CO2 Engineering Manual-ANSUL
Comments
Description
CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMSANSUL ® COMPONENTS, DESIGN, INSTALLATION, RECHARGE AND MAINTENANCE AutoPulse ® REVISION RECORD 2-22-01 Page 1 REV. 1 DATE 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 PAGE 1-1.1 1-5.1 1-8 1-8.1 1-11 1-11.1 1-12 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-44 1-54 1-55 2-14 4-1 4-2 7-4 7-5 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 REV. NO. New Page New Page 1 New Page 1 New Page 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 New Page 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 DATE 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 PAGE 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-28 7-29 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 9-2 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 REV. NO. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Indicates revised information. REVISION RECORD 2-22-01 Page 2 REV. 1 DATE 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 6-19-98 2-22-01 2-22-01 2-22-01 2-22-01 PAGE 9-11 9-12 9-13 11-1 11-3 F-91122 1-6 1-33.1 7-7 7-27 REV. NO. 1 1 New Page 1 1 2 1 New Page 2 2 DATE PAGE REV. NO. Indicates revised information. ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 1. COMPONENTS CV90 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly CV98 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly MAX Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly AP-8 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly AUTOPULSE Control System HF Electric Actuator CV98 Electric Actuator CV98/CV90/AP-8 Valve Flexible Discharge Bend MAX Valve Flexible Discharge Bend CV90/MAX Valve Stackable/Lever Actuator CV98 Lever Release Actuator CV90/MAX Valve Manual/Pneumatic Actuator CV90/MAX Valve Pneumatic Actuator Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” – Corrosion Resistant Sealed Nozzle With Strainer Bulkhead Mounting Flange Discharge Nozzle – Type “A” Discharge Nozzle – Cone Type Discharge Nozzle – Discharge Nozzle – Discharge Nozzle – Discharge Nozzle – Cylinder Bracketing 4 In. Multi-Discharge Type 6 In. Multi-Discharge Type Regular Type Baffle Type FORM NO. F-90110 F-9880 F-90137 F-90136 F-90228-1 F-90182-1 F-9881 F-90132-1 F-90135 F-90134-1 F-9882 F-90131 F-90133-1 F-90216-1 F-96156 F-90217-1 F-90218 F-90219-1 F-90220-1 F-90221-2 F-90222-1 F-90223-1 F-90224-2 F-90183-1 F-90191 F-90190 F-90189 F-90194 F-90196 F-90193 F-90192 F-90225 F-90226-1 F-90208 F-91139-1 PAGE NO. 1-1 1-1.1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-5.1 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-8.1 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-11.1 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 1-22 1-23 1-24 1-25 1-26 1-27 1-28 1-29 1-30 1-30.1 2-22-01 Nameplate – MAIN Nameplate – RESERVE Nameplate – Maintenance Warning Plate – Outside Room Without Alarm Pressure Bleeder Plug – 1/4 In. Warning Plate – Outside Room With Alarm Warning Plate – Inside Room With Alarm Connecting Link Lever Release Actuator AP-8 Valve/Selector Valve Selector Valves With Pressure Actuator Selector Valves With Electric Solenoid Actuator ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 1. COMPONENTS (Continued) Selector Valves With Lever Actuator Direction/Stop Valves Lock Handle Stop Valve Manual Pull Box Corner Pulley Check Valves Cable With Swaged End Fitting Dual/Triple Control Boxes Remote Cable Pull Equalizer Quartzoid Bulb Actuator Pneumatic Time Delay AP-8 Valve Enclosed Release Attachment With Flexible Connector Hose Reels Pressure Trip Header Safety Header Vent Plug Pressure Operated Siren Discharge Indicator Odorizer Pressure Switch – DPST Pressure Switch – 3PST Pressure Switch – SPDT Pressure Switch – DPDT – Explosion-Proof Marine Actuation Station – Two Step Marine Actuation Station – One Step 2. APPLICATIONS Electronic Data Processing – Computer Room and Subfloor Electronic Data Processing – Subfloor Recirculating Turbine Generators Non-Recirculating Turbine Generators Control Rooms Record Storage Rooms Battery Storage Open Top Lube Oil Pits FORM NO. PAGE NO. F-90210-1 F-90211-1 F-2001045 F-90213 F-90214 F-90215 F-90204 F-90206 F-90205 F-90203 F-90207 F-90227 F-90195 F-90212-1 F-90187 F-90188 F-90186-1 F-90185 F-90184 F-90202 F-90199 F-90201 F-90200-1 F-90197-1 F-90198-1 1-32 1-33 1-33.1 1-34 1-35 1-36 1-37 1-38 1-39 1-40 1-41 1-42 1-43 1-44 1-45 1-46 1-47 1-48 1-49 1-50 1-51 1-52 1-53 1-54 1-55 F-90171 F-90164 F-90106 F-90162 F-90177 F-90175 F-90174 F-90176 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-22-01 ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 2. APPLICATIONS (Continued) Electrical Cabinets Transformers Wave Solder Machines Industrial Fryers Dip Tanks Open Face Wet Bench and Processing Tool Protection Guide 3. SPECIFICATIONS CSI SPEC-DATA SHEET – Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems CSI MANU-SPEC SHEET – Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems GENERAL INFORMATION Carbon Dioxide Personnel Safety Types of Systems Total Flooding Local Application Types of Actuation Pneumatic Mechanical Electrical Rate of Rise (H.A.D.) Types of Detection H.A.D. (Rate of Rise) Electric Mechanical (Fusible Link) PLANNING Application Methods Total Flooding Local Application Hazard Analysis Hazard Type Hazard Dimensions Unclosable Openings Types of Fires Hazard Atmosphere Hazardous Material Ventilation Considerations Electrical Considerations Temperature Range Other Factors That Influence System Planning FORM NO. F-90166 F-90173 F-90165 F-90172 F-90163 F-97137 PAGE NO. 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 F-90181 F-90230 – – 4-1 – 4-2 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 5-1 – 5-4 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 – 5-3 5-1 5-1 5-1 – 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 6-19-98 4. 5. ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 6. DESIGN Application Method Total Flooding Local Application Hand Hose Lines Detection System Requirements Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links) Actuation Requirements Manual Actuation Pneumatic Actuation Electric Actuation Accessories Electric or Mechanical Manual Pull Station Selector Valves Direction/Stop Valves Pressure Operated Siren Pressure Switch Pressure Trip Pneumatic Time Delay Alarms Reserve System Develop Bill of Materials Sample Problem INSTALLATION Mounting Components Cylinder/Bracket Assembly Releasing Devices Installing Actuation Piping General Piping Requirements Actuation Piping Installation Installing Distribution Piping Hanger Applications General Piping Requirements Distribution Manifold and Piping Installation Main/Reserve System Installing Detection/Actuation System AUTOPULSE Control System with HF Electric Actuator AUTOPULSE Control System with ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C with Pneumatic Actuation ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release with Pneumatic Actuation H.A.D. Detection with Mechanical Actuation Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release with Fusible Link Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) Installing Actuators Pneumatic Manual Electric FORM NO. PAGE NO. 6-1 – 6-18 6-1 – 6-13 6-1 – 6-5 6-5 – 6-13 6-13 6-13 – 6-14 6-13 – 6-14 6-14 – 6-15 6-14 6-14 6-15 6-15 – 6-18 6-15 6-15 – 6-16 6-16 6-17 6-17 6-17 6-17 – 6-18 6-18 6-18 6-18 6-18 7-1 – 7-30 7-1 – 7-4 7-1 – 7-4 7-4 7-4 – 7-5 7-4 7-5 7-5 – 7-7 7-5 – 7-6 7-6 7-7 7-7 7-8 – 7-17 7-8 7-8 – 7-9 7-9 7-9 – 7-10 7-10 – 7-17 7-17 7-17 – 7-19 7-17 – 7-18 7-18 7-19 6-19-98 7. ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 7. INSTALLATION (Continued) Stacking Actuators Installing Accessories Manual Pull Station Alarms Selector Valves Lock Handle Stop Valve Direction/Stop Valves Pressure Trip Pressure Switch Time Delay Pressure Operated Siren TESTING AND PLACING IN SERVICE Testing Testing Testing Testing Testing Testing 9. H.A.D. System Pull Station Electric Detection System – AUTOPULSE Control System Electric Detection System – ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release Mechanical – ANSUL AUTOMAN Release with Fusible Link 60 Second Time Delay FORM NO. PAGE NO. 7-19 7-20 7-20 7-25 7-25 7-27 7-27 7-29 7-29 7-29 7-29 – 7-29 – 7-25 – 7-27 – 7-28 8. 8-1 – 8-6 8-1 8-1 – 8-2 8-2 8-2 8-2 – 8-3 8-4 – 8-5 9-1 – 9-14 9-1 9-1 – 9-1 9-1 – 9-2 9-2 9-2 9-2 – 9-2 – 9-12 9-13 9-13 9-13 9-13 9-2 9-2 RESETTING AND RECHARGE Clear Electrical Equipment Check Electrical and Mechanical Equipment Piping and Nozzles Mechanical Detection System Electric Detection System H.A.D. Detection System Pressure Switch Place System Back in Service Recharge CO2 Cylinder Pneumatic Valve Actuator Electric Valve Actuator Manual Valve Actuator Manual Pull Station Replace ANSUL AUTOMAN Cartridge 9-13 9-11 10. INSPECTION Manual Pull Station Detectors Control System ANSUL AUTOMAN Releasing Device Cylinders Cylinder Actuator Distribution Piping and Nozzles Alarms and Sirens Miscellaneous 10-1 – 10-2 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1 2-22-01 ANSUL Table of Contents SECTION 11 MAINTENANCE . Semi-Annual Maintenance Examination General Information – Weigh Cylinders Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release H.A.D. Detection/Mechanical Control Head Electric Detection/AUTOPULSE Control System 12. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Design Examples Example No. 1 – Dip Tanks Example No. 2 – Computer Room and Subfloor Example No. 3 – Wave Solder Machines Example No. 4 – Electrical Cabinets Example No. 5 – Transformers Example No. 6 – Subfloor Example No. 7 – Battery Storage Vaults Example No. 8 – Document Storage Example No. 9 – Control Rooms Example No. 10 – Lube Oil Pits Example No. 11 – Generators (Recirculating and Non-Recirculating Type) Example No. 12 – Industrial Fryer 13. APPENDIX Proposal Information Parts List for Single Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Parts List for Double Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Parts List for Back to Back Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Parts List for CV90 Cylinder Valve FORM NO. PAGE NO. 1 1-1 – 11-6 11-1 11-1 11-2 11-4 11-5 11-6 – – – – 11-6 11-2 11-3 11-5 12-1 – 12-272 12-1 – 12-271 12-2 – 12-13 12-14 – 12-36 12-37 – 12-60 12-61 – 12-71 12- 72 – 12-102 12-103 – 12-117 12-118 – 12-126 12-127 – 12-138 12-139 – 12-150.1 12-151 – 12-185 12-186 – 12-213 12-214 – 12-272 F-94148 F-9127-1 F-9128-1 F-9129-1 F-91122-2 6-19-98 ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV90 Cylinder Shipping Assembly Description The CV90 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. A single cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can be manifolded together to obtain the required quantity of agent for total flooding or local application methods. The CV90 cylinder can be actuated electrically, pneumatically, and/or manually with approved valve actuation components. The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record card and protective shipping cap attached to the threaded neck of each cylinder. This cap entirely encloses and protects the valve while in shipment. The 25, 35, and 50 lb. (11.3, 15.9, and 22.7 kg) cylinders are manufactured with a bent siphon tube which allows for either horizontal or vertical mounting. Approvals Meets DOT 3A1800 or 3AA1800 Component Cylinder CV90 Valve Material Steel Brass Thread Size/Type 1-11 1/2 NPT, Female 1-11 1/2 NPT, Male x 1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread – Male 1.25-18 UNEF-3A Male Filling Port Thread .6250-18UNF-3B, Male Safety Relief Valve Valve/Tank Assembly Brass In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives UL (EX-2968), FM Approved, Complies with Regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) and meets requirements of NFPA 12. Shipping Cap Steel 3.125-11 NS1, Female Shipping Assembly Part No. Weight Of CO2 lb. (kg) Approximate Weight lb. (kg) Dimension A* in. (cm) Dimension B in. (cm) Finish: Red Enamel Paint 79814 79816 79818 79820 79822 25 35 50 75 100 (11.3) (15.9) (22.7) (34.0) (45.4) 98 121 165 200 300 (44.5) (54.9) (75) (91) (136) 26 1/2 35 3/4 52 3/4 57 3/4 59 3/4 (67) (90.8) (128.9) (146.7) (151.8) 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.6) (21.6) (21.6) (23.5) (27.3) Finish: Red Epoxy Paint 79815 79817 79819 79821 79823 *Tolerance ± 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) 25 35 50 75 100 (11.3) (15.9) (22.7) (34.0) (45.4) 98 121 165 200 300 (44.5) (55) (75) (91) (136) 26 1/2 35 3/4 52 3/4 57 3/4 59 3/4 (67) (90.8) (133.9) (146.7) (151.8) 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.6) (21.6) (21.6) (23.5) (27.3) 1-1 F-90110 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (7. MARINETTE.14 cm) 001417 NOTE: Use Flexible Discharge Bend.2 cm) SPRING STOP RECOIL SEAT BACK PRESSURE CHECK VALVE RECOIL VALVE MAIN STEM SAFETY DISC AND WASHER DISCHARGE BEND OUTLET FILL CHECK SAFETY DISC NUT SEAL BODY 1 IN. ONE STANTON STREET. .S. Part No. ANSUL is a registered trademark.CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP VALVE SHIPPING CAP CV90 VALVE RECORD TAG SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR SIPHON TUBE SAFETY DISC NUT A HEIGHT TO OUTLET B 001416 001816 THREADED FOR RELEASE ATTACHMENT OR SHIPPING CAP ACTUATION INSERT SET SCREW PLUNGER ACTUATION ISOLATOR PLUNGER SPRING VALVE OUTLET MAIN SEAL SPRING 6 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD MAIN SEAL THREADED FOR SIPHON TUBE 2 13/16 IN. ANSUL INCORPORATED. (15.A. 42424. when attaching valve to supply pipe or manifold. 5) (27.4) 121 165 200 300 (54.8) (128. Shipping Cap Steel 3.0) (45. Complies with Regulations of the U. (cm) Finish: Red Enamel Paint 426242 426244 426246 426248 35 50 75 100 (15.4) 121 165 200 300 (55) (75) (91) (136) 35 3/4 52 3/4 57 3/4 59 3/4 (90.9) (22.6) (23. Weight Of CO2 lb.8) 8 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.3) Finish: Red Epoxy Paint 426243 426245 426247 426249 35 50 75 100 (15.8) 8 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.6) (21.S.7 kg) cylinders are manufactured with a bent siphon tube which allows for either horizontal or vertical mounting. Female Shipping Assembly Part No.7) (34. The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record card and protective shipping cap attached to the threaded neck of each cylinder.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV-98 Cylinder Shipping Assembly Description The CV-98 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide.7) (151.125-11 NS1.6) (21. FM Approved. Coast Guard (162.0) (45. The CV-98 cylinder can be actuated electrically.9) (75) (91) (136) 35 3/4 52 3/4 57 3/4 59 3/4 (90. A single cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can be manifolded together to obtain the required quantity of agent for total flooding or local application methods. Male Safety Relief Valve Valve/Tank Assembly Brass In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives UL (EX-2968). This cap entirely encloses and protects the valve while in shipment.6250-18UNF-3B. (15. (cm) Dimension B in.8) (133.9) (146. (kg) Dimension A in.5) (27.9 and 22. and/or manually with approved valve actuation components.3) 1-1. Approvals Meets DOT 3A1800 or 3AA1800 Component Cylinder CV-98 Valve Material Steel Brass Thread Size/Type 1-11 1/2 NPT.7) (34. (kg) Approximate Weight lb.9) (146. The 35 and 50 lb.1 .7) (151.9) (22. pneumatically. Male x 1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread – Male .6) (23. Female 1-11 1/2 NPT.038/7/0) and meets requirements of NFPA 12. A. ONE STANTON STREET. when attaching valve to supply pipe or manifold. ANSUL is a registered trademark. Part No.S.CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP VALVE SHIPPING CAP CV-98 VALVE RECORD TAG SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR SIPHON TUBE SAFETY DISC NUT A HEIGHT TO OUTLET B 001416 001816 NOTE: Use Flexible Discharge Bend. ANSUL INCORPORATED. 42424. CV-98 CO2 VALVE The CV-98 valve has a ten (10) year warranty. the complete valve must be sent back to Ansul for warranty replacement. The valve is sealed closed and must never be disassembled. MARINETTE. the warranty is voided. F-9880 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. . If there is ever a malfunction of the CV-98 valve. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. The valve requires no internal maintenance. If the external seal is broken. 7) (34) (45.3) Finish: Red Epoxy Paint 76921 76922 76923 *Tolerance ± 1/2 in.6) (23. Shipping Cap Steel 3. Female . (cm) Finish: Red Enamel Paint 70760 70761 70762 50 75 100 (22. (kg) Dimension A* in.125-11 NS1.038/7/0) and meets requirements of NFPA 12. The MAX valve cylinder can be actuated electrically.8) (156.8) (156. and/or manually with approved valve actuation components. Coast Guard (162.S. Complies with Regulations of the U. (12. This cap entirely encloses and protects the valve while in shipment. pneumatically. The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record card and protective cap attached to the threaded collar on the neck of each cylinder.7) (34) (45.4) 165 200 300 (75) (91) (136) 54 3/4 59 3/4 61 3/4 (139. Female Shipping Assembly Part No.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components MAX Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly Description The MAX valve cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. Weight Of CO2 lb. Component Cylinder MAX Valve Material Steel Brass Thread Size/Type 1-11 1/2 NPT. Male 3/4-14 NPSM Outlet Thread. Female 1-11 1/2 NPT.5) (27.0) (151.8) 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21. FM Approved. Male Approvals Meets DOT 3A1800 or 3AA1800 Safety Relief Valve Valve/Tank Assembly Brass In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives UL (EX-2968).4) 165 200 300 (75) (91) (136) 54 3/4 59 3/4 61 3/4 (139.6250-18UNF-3B.6) (23.8) 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.5) (27.3) 1-2 . A single cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can be manifolded together to obtain the required quantity of agent for total flooding or local application methods. (cm) Dimension B in.7 mm) 50 75 100 (22.0) (151. (kg) Approximate Weight lb. F-90137 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.3 cm) 001820 NOTE: Use Flexible Discharge Bend.4 cm) THREADED FOR SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR 4 1/16 IN. .CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP SHIPPING PLUG STANDARD BACK-PRESSURE ACTUATOR RECORD TAG SAFETY DISC NUT BACK-PRESSURE ACTUATOR – REPLACE WITH STACKABLE BACK-PRESSURE ACTUATOR FOR OTHER ACTUATION MEANS VALVE SHIPPING CAP MAX VALVE SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR SIPHON TUBE CYLINDER COLLAR (THREADED FOR ATTACHMENT OF SHIPPING CAP) A HEIGHT TO OUTLET MAX CYLINDER VALVE B DIAMETER 001818 001819 STANDARD BACKPRESSURE ADAPTOR PASSAGE FOR PRESSURE OPERATION PISTON ACTUATOR SEAL VALVE OUTLET CHECK VALVE INSERT SAFETY DISC AND WASHER VENT PORT VALVE CORE BALL CHECK PISTON MAIN SEAL VALVE BODY 1 IN. when attaching valve to supply pipe or manifold. STANDARD PIPE THREAD SAFETY RELIEF DEVICE 4 1/2 IN.A. ONE STANTON STREET.S. MARINETTE. 68714. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. Part No. ANSUL is a registered trademark. (10. (11. ANSUL INCORPORATED. (12.4) 59 1/4 (150. The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record card and protective cap attached to the threaded collar on the neck of each cylinder.7) (34) (45. pneumatically.7) 57 1/4 (145.7) 57 1/4 (145.5) (27.5) (27.3) Finish: Red Epoxy Paint 76924 76925 76926 *Tolerance ± 1/2 in. Weight Of CO2 lb. and/or manually with approved valve actuation components.6) (23.7 mm) 50 75 100 (22.4) 165 200 300 (75) (91) (136) 52 1/4 (132.4) 5 1/4 (150.5) 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21.5) 8 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 (21. This cap entirely encloses and protects the valve while in shipment. STANDARD PIPE THREAD A HEIGHT TO OUTLET CYLINDER B 001821 001822 1-3 .3) CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP BONNET CAP BONNET PRESSURE VENT SAFETY DISC NUT RECOIL PREVENTOR AP-8 VALVE RECORD TAG MAIN OUTLET CYLINDER COLLAR (THREADED FOR ATTACHMENT OF PROTECTION COVER) 1 IN. (cm) Dimension B in.7) (34) (45.6) (23. The AP-8 cylinder can be actuated electrically. (cm) Finish: Red Enamel Paint 46240 46242 46244 50 75 100 (22. Shipping Assembly Part No. A single cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can be manifolded together to obtain the required quantity of agent for total flooding or local application methods. (kg) Dimension A* in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components AP-8 Cylinder Shipping Assembly Description The AP-8 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. (kg) Approximate Weight lb.4) 165 200 300 (75) (91) (136) 52 1/4 (132. F-90136 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. FM Approved. . when attaching valve to supply pipe or manifold. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET.Component Cylinder AP-8 Valve Safety Relief Valve Valve/Tank Assembly Material Steel Brass Brass Thread Size/Type 1-11 1/2 NPT. Part No. 42424. Shipping Cap Steel 3. Female VALVE IN OPEN POSITION THREADED FOR RELEASE ATTACHMENT OR BONNET CAP PASSAGE FOR PRESSURE OPERATION VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION PRESSURE RELEASE PLUG SAFETY PLUG CHECK SAFETY DISC AND WASHER OUTLET CHECK BONNET CAP CHAIN MINIMUM AREA OF OUTLET PASSAGE 0. Male . ANSUL INCORPORATED.S. Male 1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread.S.A.038/7/0) and meets requirements of NFPA 12. IN.6250-18UNF-3B. MARINETTE. Coast Guard (162. Male Approvals Meets DOT 3A1800 or 3AA1800 In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives UL (EX-2968). Female 1-11 1/2 NPT. STANDARD PIPE THREAD 001823 NOTE: Use Flexible Discharge Bend. ANSUL is a registered trademark. DISCHARGE BEND OUTLET THREADED FOR SYPHON TUBE 1 IN.2485 SQ. Complies with Regulations of the U.125-11 NS1. A. The control system is listed by UL and ULC. . WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. Several models of the AUTOPULSE Control System are available depending on the type of hazard being protected. approved by FM. commercial and institutional facilities where an automatic electronic control system is required to actuate a fixed suppression system. counting-zone. MARINETTE. and has been tested to the applicable FCC Rules and Regulations for Class “A” computing devices. ANSUL and AUTOPULSE are registered trademarks. F-90228-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.” Component AUTOPULSE Control System Approvals UL (S-2374) ULC FM Approved FCC 001824 See Price List and Installation Maintenance Manual for details and part numbers of individual shipping assemblies. The design meets the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 72 “National Fire Alarm Code. ONE STANTON STREET.S. The AUTOPULSE Control System is ideal for industrial.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components AUTOPULSE Control System Description The AUTOPULSE Control System consists of a microprocessor based panel field programmable for crosszone. 1-4 ANSUL INCORPORATED. independent or priority-zone (counting) detection circuit applications. Shipping Assembly Part No. When utilizing only one HF electric actuator. An arming tool is required to reset the actuator after operation. is required in the supervised release circuit. Div. Part No. This actuator can be used in hazardous environments where the ambient temperature range is between 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C). ONE STANTON STREET. The actuator specifications are: Nominal Voltage 12 VDC @ 0. The HF electric actuator meets the requirements of N. F. D and Class II.57 amps Rated Voltage Minimum Maximum 10. 73606. 1. C.S. The actuator contains a standard 1/2 in. . an in-line resistor.0 VDC 2 1/4 IN. (11.0 VDC. 1.C. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 1-5 ANSUL INCORPORATED. 73327 001395 Description HF electric actuator Component HF Electric Actuator Material Body: Brass Plunger Stainless Steel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.4 cm) In auxiliary or override applications. Class I. A maximum of two HF electric actuators can be used on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit. F-90182-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.A. Groups E. MARINETTE.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components HF Electric Actuator Description Electrical actuation of an agent cylinder is accomplished by an HF electric actuator interfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System. Straight Female Approvals UL (EX-2968) FM Approved *Minimum operating voltage is 9.7 cm) 4 1/2 IN. G. (5. ANSUL and AUTOPULSE are registered trademarks. a manual-local override valve actuator or a manual cable pull actuator can be installed on top of the HF electric actuator by removing the safety cap.E.4 VDC* 14. threaded female straight connector for electrical conduit hookup. Div. Groups B. This actuator can be used in hazardous environments where the ambient temperature range is between 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C). A maximum of two CV-98 electric actuators can be used on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit. The METRON PROTRACTOR must be replaced after discharge of the CO2 system. an in-line resistor. C. G. The CV-98 electric actuator meets the requirements of N. 426001. 1. threaded female straight connector for electrical conduit hookup.A.1 ANSUL INCORPORATED. Class I. Groups E. The actuator is electrically actuated and will operate within milliseconds. Shipping Assembly Part No.S. Part No. Div. MARINETTE. F-9881 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. The actuator contains a standard 1/2 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV-98 Electric Actuator Description Electrical actuation of a CV-98 CO2 cylinder valve is accomplished by a CV-98 electric actuator interfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System. When using either one or two CV-98 electric actuators. must always be used. a manual cable pull actuator can be installed on top of the CF-98 electric actuator by removing the safety cap. The actuator specifications are: Nominal Voltage 24 VDC @ 1. F.5 amps In auxiliary or override applications. Div. ONE STANTON STREET.C. 423684 423958 001395 Description CV-98 Electric Actuator Replaceable METRON PROTRACTOR The CV-98 electric actuator uses a replaceable METRON PROTRACTOR which is a device designed to produce a high force mechanical output. 1-5. Groups B.E. 1. Straight Female ANSUL and AUTOPULSE are registered trademarks. Approvals UL (E91021) FM Approved Component CV-98 Electric Actuator Material Body: Brass Plunger Stainless Steel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. D and Class II. . Flexible Discharge Bend Material SAE 100 R2 Type AT Valve End 1 5/16-12-UN-3B Female Manifold End 1/2 NPT Male Approvals U.59 cm) I. Each bend has a built-in check valve that prevents loss of agent should the system discharge while any cylinder is removed. MARINETTE. (1. F-90132-1 ©1999 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 427082) is a 5/8 in.S. The discharge bend will withstand a pressure of 9000 psi (621 bar). WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET. 1-6 REV. NPT MALE COUPLING VALVE END MANIFOLD/END 000658 ANSUL is a registered trademark. NPT thread for connecting to the fixed piping or manifold. Coast Guard (162. 427082 842430 Description Flexible discharge bend Washer Thread Size/Type Component 5/8 in.D. 1 ANSUL INCORPORATED.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 18 7/8 IN.3-12-UN-3B thread for connecting to the valve outlet and a male 1/2 in. Its flexible connection allows for easy alignment of multiple cylinder banks to fixed piping.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV98/CV90/AP-8 Valve Flexible Discharge Bend Description The CV98/CV90/AP-8 valve Flexible Discharge Bend (Part No.9 cm) FEMALE ADAPTOR (THREAD 1 5/16 IN.A.-12N-3) (BRONZE) CHECK SWAGE ON 1/2 IN. .S. Shipping Assembly Part No. (47. extra-heavy flexible hose which connects the valve discharge outlet to the fixed piping or header manifold. The discharge bend has a female 1. Male Manifold End 1/2 NPT Male Approvals U. Its flexible connection allows for easy alignment of multiple cylinder banks to fixed piping. The discharge bend has a male 3/4-14 NPSM thread for connecting to the valve outlet and a male 1/2 in. MARINETTE. Flexible Discharge Bend – MAX Material Double Wire Braided (Perforated) Rubber Covered Hose Bronze Couplings Valve End 3/4–14 NPSM. NPT thread for connecting to the fixed piping or manifold.S. Each bend has a built-in check valve that prevents loss of agent should the system discharge while any cylinder is removed.A. 68714) is a 5/8 in. ONE STANTON STREET. 1-7 ANSUL INCORPORATED. . 68714 Description Flexible discharge bend Thread Size/Type Component 5/8 in. The discharge bend will withstand a pressure of 6000 psi (41370 kPa). MALE ADAPTOR SWAGE ON 1/2 IN. NPT MALE COUPLING (BRONZE) MANIFOLD/ PIPE END VALVE END 18 7/8 IN.D. Coast Guard (162. 24235) CHECK 3/4 IN.9 cm) 001827 ANSUL is a registered trademark. (47. Shipping Assembly Part No.S. (1. F-90135 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.59 cm) I. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. extra-heavy flexible hose which connects the valve discharge outlet to the fixed piping or header manifold.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved O-RING (PART NO.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components MAX Valve Flexible DIscharge Bend Description The MAX valve Flexible Discharge Bend (Part No. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detent which secures the lever in the open position when actuated. for use with three or more cylinders) Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the valve hand lever.L. Lever Release Actuator – CV90/MAX Valve: The manual lever release actuator provides a manual means of agent cylinder actuation by direct manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actuation when used in conjunction with a remote manual pull station.S. which comes installed as part of the MAX valve.S. for local control) Manual-cable pull actuator (handle. no pin.8 cm). (EX-2968) FM Approved Brass with Stainless Steel Pin 1-8 . a connecting link is required to provide simultaneous actuation of both manual cable-pull actuators. one stackable back-pressure actuator is required to attach a valve actuation component. Coast Guard (162. The remaining cylinder(s) is actuated by the pressure generated within the distribution manifold.038/7/0) U. In three or more cylinder systems. In one and two-cylinder systems. two stackable backpressure actuators are required to attach valve actuation components. must be removed in order to attach the stackable back-pressure actuator. Coast Guard (162. The slave back-pressure actuator. The remote manual pull station system must contain the components necessary to meet the actuator lever traveling requirements of 7 in. Description 70326 70846 70847 32098 Stackable back-pressure actuator Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin. the remaining cylinder is actuated by the pressure generated within the distribution manifold. Cable-pull actuation is accomplished by using a remote manual pull station. Component Stackable Back-Pressure Actuator All Manual Cable-Pull Actuators Material Brass Approvals U. Shipping Assembly Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. (17. In three or more cylinder systems.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV90/MAX Valve Stackable/Lever Actuator Description Stackable Actuator – MAX Valve Only: The stackable actuator is required to attach a valve actuation component to the MAX valve. for remote control) Manual-cable pull actuator (no handle. no pin. In a two cylinder system. 7 FO MAX ALV EL N V LAB 90 CV 3 7/8 IN.6 cm) Part No. ONE STANTON STREET. ON VE O NLY 5 SE L O 047 R U VA ES O. ANSUL INCORPORATED. (9. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. MARINETTE.HANDLE N LO HA R . 70846 HANDLE HANDLE N LO HA R . 7 FO MAX ALV EL N 0 V LAB 9 CV PIN 3 7/8 IN. 32098 ANSUL is a registered trademark.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN. (9.8 cm) Part No. (9. (7. 70326 001828 000897 DEPTH: 3 IN.S.1 cm) 001393b 3 7/8 IN. (7. 70847 001393b DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. ON VE O NLY 5 SE L O 047 R U VA ES O.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN. .8 cm) DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. F-90134-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 7 FO MAX ALV EL N V LAB 90 CV N LO HA R .8 cm) Part No. (9. ON VE O NLY 5 SE L O 047 R U VA ES O.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN. (9.A. (7. (9.1 cm) Part No. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detent which secures the lever in the open position when actuated.8 cm) PIN 3 7/8 IN. Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the actuator hand lever. (9. (9. Shipping Assembly Part No.6 cm) Part No.* (9. (17. 423309 * Add 1 9/16 in.* (9. Cable-pull actuation is accomplished by using a remote manual pull station.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN.9 cm) to height when handle is in the straight up position. Part No. Description Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV-98 Lever Release Actuator Description The manual lever release actuator provides a manual means of CV-98 CO2 agent cylinder actuation by direct manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actuation when used in conjunction with a remote manual pull station. no pin. no pin.1 . (7.8 cm) 000897 002553 1 1/8 – 18 THREAD DEPTH: 1 13/16 IN. 423309 423310 423311 Component All Manual Cable-pull Actuators Material Brass with Stainless Steel Pin Approvals FMRC Approved UL Listed (EX-2968) These lever actuators can also be attached to the top of a CV-98 electric actuator. for remote control) Manual cable-pull actuator (no handle. for remote control) HANDLE 3 7/8 IN. (4.6 cm) 3 7/8 IN. Each type actuator has its Part No.8 cm) 1 1/8 – 18 THREAD DEPTH: 3 7/8 IN. for local control) Manual cable-pull actuator (handle.8 cm). (3. 423311 1-8. The remote manual pull station system must contain the components necessary to meet the actuator lever traveling requirements of 7 in. stamped on the lever. . (3. MARINETTE.HANDLE 3 7/8 IN.8 cm) 1 1/8 – 18 THREAD DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN.S.9 cm) to height when handle is in the straight up position. 423310 * Add 1 9/16 in. ANSUL INCORPORATED. ONE STANTON STREET.A. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (9. (7.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN.* (9. ANSUL is a registered trademark. F-9882-1 © 1999 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.1 cm) 001420 Part No. S. Operation is accomplished by either removing the ring pin and depressing the red palm button or by supplying a minimum of 30 psi (207 kPa) to the inlet port. MARINETTE. (9.5 cm) INLET PORT 1/4 IN. 1-9 ANSUL INCORPORATED. the manual/pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly to the top of the electric actuator.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV90/MAX Valve Manual/Pneumatic Actuator Description The CV90/MAX valve manual/pneumatic actuator (Part No. pneumatic. and electric actuation.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 001394 1 7/8 IN.A. F-90131 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. A swivel connection is provided to facilitate orientation of the inlet port. (4. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. giving the system the capability of manual. Coast Guard (162. When either valve uses an electric actuator. NPT FEMALE PIPE Component Manual/Pneumatic Actuator Material Brass Approvals U. Description 32094 Manual/pneumatic actuator ANSUL is a registered trademark. The manual actuator can be mounted directly to the release attachment port of the CV90 valve or to the release attachment port on the MAX valve by incorporating the use of a stackable actuator.8 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No. 32094) is used where a system design requires manuallocal override at the cylinder. 3 3/4 IN.S. . ONE STANTON STREET. When either valve uses an electric actuator. 32096) is used where a system design requires pneumatic actuation at the cylinder.1 cm) 1 7/8 IN. to the inlet port of the actuator.A. giving the system the capability of both pneumatic and electric actuation. NPT FEMALE PIPE 1 5/8 IN. the pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly to the top of the electric actuator.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components CV90/MAX Valve Pneumatic Actuator Description The CV90/MAX valve pneumatic actuator (Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 001391 INLET PORT 1/4 IN.S. Component Pneumatic Actuator Material Brass Approvals U. (4. Coast Guard (162. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90133-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. The pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly to the release attachment port of the CV90 valve or to the release attachment port on the MAX valve by incorporating the use of a stackable actuator. (4. . Operation is accomplished by supplying a minimum of 30 psi (207 kPa) for MAX valve and a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) for CV90 valve. MARINETTE. Description 32096 Pneumatic Actuator ANSUL is a registered trademark.8 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No.S. A swivel fitting is provided for orientation of piping and to allow for disassembly without breaking the pneumatic connections. 1-10 ANSUL INCORPORATED. ONE STANTON STREET. 5 – 7 3. 1-11 . Discharge rate: 11 to 48. 426100 – 2. 426100 426101 426301 Description Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle with strainer Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle. The ‘‘D’’ type nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 1 through 7. Coast Guard (162. The nozzle shell is drawn sheet steel and the insert is brass. The area covered in local application is dependent upon Component Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle Material Shell: Steel Insert: Brass Strainer: Monel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.S. per minute (5 to 22 kg per minute). Height range: 15 to 91 1/2 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” Description The type ‘‘D’’ nozzle is used primarily for local application and is also listed and approved for use as a total flooding nozzle.5 lbs.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. Orifice Size 1 through 7 Approvals U.5 – 7 NOTE: When ordering. (38 to 232 cm). NPT Female the discharge rate and the height of the nozzle above the surface being protected. Chrome Plated Orifice Code 1–3 3.5. The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel plating available as an option. See carbon dioxide design manual for UL and FM listed area coverage and required flow rates. (6. ONE STANTON STREET. (5 cm) DIAMETER 3 15/32 IN. . (8.1 cm) 000672a 000672b Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘D’’ Discharge Nozzle with Strainer 1/2 IN. ANSUL INCORPORATED.8 cm) 2 1/2 IN. (10.3 cm) DIAMETER 4 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (10. (5 cm) DIAMETER 2 1/2 IN.Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘D’’ Discharge Nozzle NOZZLE CODE STAMPED HERE 1/2 IN. (8.1 cm) 000671a 000671b ANSUL is a registered trademark.8 cm) 2 IN. MARINETTE. (6. NPT BRASS NOZZLE INSERT DRAWN STEEL ORIFICE 3 15/32 IN. NPT NOZZLE CODE STAMPED HERE STRAINER BRASS NOZZLE INSERT DRAWN STEEL ORIFICE 2 IN.3 cm) DIAMETER 4 IN. F-90216-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.A.S. 422647 422648 422649 422650 422651 422652 422653 422654 422655 422656 422657 422658 422659 422780 423256 426206 Description Type “D” nozzle with strainer Type “D” nozzle with strainer Type “D” nozzle with strainer Type “D” nozzle with strainer Type “D” nozzle with strainer Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Type “D” nozzle Nozzle Tube Adaptor Spare Blow Off Cap (1) Cap Installation Tool 1-16 UN 2A EXTERNAL THREAD BLOW OFF CAP 2 1/2 IN. contact Ansul Technical Services Department.1 ANSUL INCORPORATED. See carbon dioxide design manual for FM listed area coverage and required flow rates Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. The CR “D” type nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 1 through 7. Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont. The area covered in local application is dependent upon the discharge rate and the height of the nozzle above the surface being protected.8 lbs.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” (Corrosion Resistant) Description The corrosion resistant (CR) type “D” nozzle is used primarily for local application wet bench protection but is also approved for use as a total flooding nozzle. Cap should be installed using special tool. (61 to 84 cm). ANSUL is a registered trademark.A.4 to 21. F-96156 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Nozzle shipping assembly includes a blow off cap. Discharge rate: 16.S.3 cm) 001538 NOTE: For non-typical wet bench environments.4 to 9. The nozzle shell is drawn sheet steel and the insert is stainless steel.2 cm) 1/2 IN. MARINETTE.9 kg per minute). 426206. (6. per minute (7. . ONE STANTON STREET. DIA. Part No. 1-11. Also available is a plastic nozzle tube adaptor which can be threaded on the external nozzle threads and plastic Component Type “D” nozzle Material Shell: Steel Insert: Stainless Steel Strainer: Monel Assembly coated with acid resistant material (Halar® ECTFE) Blow Off Cap Teflon® (TFE) Orifice Code 1 1+ 2 2+ 3 3+ 4 4+ 5 5+ 6 6+ 7 4 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. *FM APPROVAL limited to non-corrosive environments. NPT Female Orifice Size 1 through 7 Approvals FM Approved* Shipping Assembly Part No. The entire nozzle is coated with a corrosion resistant material which is not effected by the acid type environment of a typical wet bench hazard. Halar is a registered trademark of Ausimont. (10. The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure. FEMALE NPT LOCATION OF ORIFICE SIZE STAMPING tubing can be attached to this to cover the discharge piping within the corrosive environment. Height range: 24 to 33 in. 038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. NOZZLE 3 1/4 IN.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Sealed Nozzle With Strainer Description The sealed nozzle is used primarily in ducts and enclosed machinery spaces. The seal portion of the nozzle is a combination line seal and strainer unit.S. On operation of the carbon dioxide system. STRAIGHT PIPE THREAD 000673 ANSUL is a registered trademark.A. This is accomplished by removing the hex cap on the nozzle. 426102 Description Sealed nozzle with strainer Orifice Code 2– 7 NOTE: When ordering. NPT Female sealing disc. It is used to prevent dirt or vapors from entering the system piping and also to function as a strainer for the system piping. (5. . 426102 – 2. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. ONE STANTON STREET. F-90217-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 1-12 ANSUL INCORPORATED. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.5. (8. Coast Guard (162. the high pressure of the gas released from the cylinders ruptures the thin Component Sealed Nozzle Material Body: Brass Strainer: Monel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. NPT INLET KNURLED MONEL SCREEN – RING STRAINER SEALING DISC RETAINER 1/2 IN. The advantage of the sealed nozzle is that it does not require disassembly of the system piping to clean the strainer or replace a ruptured sealing disc. MARINETTE.S.1 cm) SPARE SEALING DISCS BODY 1/2 IN.3 cm) CELERON WASHER JAM NUT TO BE USED IF DUCT IS TOO THIN TO BE THREADED SEALING DISC HEX CAP 2 IN. Orifice Size 2 through 7 Approvals U. allowing an unobstructed flow of gas to the internal discharge nozzle. which is shipped as a separate unit. . LONG) BULKHEAD MOUNTING HOLE 4 1/2 IN. 1-13 ANSUL INCORPORATED. Part No. Part No. 42806. A typical application is a large exhaust duct where access into the duct is limited. keeping the nozzle outside of the area. is available. Coast Guard (162.S. Should a seal be required between the flange and the mounting surface. Component Mounting Flange Material Steel Approvals U. Part No. 42293. The flange allows the nozzle to be rigidly fastened against a wall or bulkhead of a hazard area.A. 42293 RETAINING RING ASSEMBLY OF MULTI-DISCHARGE NOZZLE WITH MOUNTING RINGS (BULKHEAD NOT SHOWN) 000670b NOTE: When using mounting flange with a fiber seal. the fiber seal. use retaining ring. MARINETTE. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. This is an advantage on hazard areas where the nozzle cannot be mounted inside the area because of space limitations or interference with moving parts.S. Part No. Also available is a sealing plug.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Bulkhead Mounting Flange Description The bulkhead mounting flange. 46793. ANSUL is a registered trademark. DIAMETER LOCKWASHER AND NUT PLUG SEAL (OPTIONAL) PART NO. is used on the multi-discharge type nozzles. F-90218 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 36550.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved CLAMPING SCREW 000670a NOZZLE CLAMPING RING MOUNTING SCREWS (1/4 IN. ONE STANTON STREET. – 20 x 5/8 IN. The nozzle shell is drawn sheet steel and the insert is brass. Coast Guard (162. The ‘‘A’’ type nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 1 through 7. Orifice Size 1 through 7 Approvals U.S. per minute (6 to 22 kg per minute).ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Type “A” Description The type ‘‘A’’ nozzle is used primarily for local application and is also listed and approved for use as a total flooding nozzle. 426103 426104 Description Type ‘‘A’’ nozzle with strainer Type ‘‘A’’ nozzle Orifice Code 1–3 3. NPT Female surface being protected. The area covered in local application is dependent on the discharge rate of the height of the nozzle above the Component Type ‘‘A’’ Nozzle Material Shell: Steel Insert: Brass Strainer: Monel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.5 – 7 NOTE: When ordering.5 lbs. 1-14 . specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure. 426103 – 2. The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel plating available as an option.5. Height range: 18 to 72 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. Discharge rate: 14 to 48. (46 to 183 cm). See carbon dioxide design manual for area coverage and required flow rates. MARINETTE.2 cm) DIAMETER 4 23/32 IN. (11.9 cm) 3 3/4 IN. . ANSUL INCORPORATED. (11. (8.4 cm) 001830a 001830b ANSUL is a registered trademark. (8. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.2 cm) DIAMETER 4 1/2 IN. ONE STANTON STREET. NPT BRASS NOZZLE INSERT ORIFICE 3 1/4 IN. (8.4 cm) 001829a 001829b Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘A’’ Discharge Nozzle DRAWN STEEL NOZZLE CODE STAMPED HERE 1/2 IN.A.S.9 cm) 3 3/4 IN.2 cm) DIAMETER 4 1/2 IN.2 cm) DIAMETER 4 23/32 IN. F-90219-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (8. (11.Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘A’’ Discharge Nozzle with Strainer NOZZLE CODE STAMPED HERE 1/2 IN. (11. NPT STRAINER BRASS NOZZLE INSERT DRAWN STEEL ORIFICE 3 1/4 IN. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Cone Type Description The cone nozzle is used primarily for local application and also listed and approved for use as a total flooding nozzle. Height range: 42 to 108 in. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No.A.S. The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel plating available as an option.5. The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure. (12.4 cm) 4 13/16 IN. See carbon dioxide design manual for area coverage and required flow rates. MARINETTE. NPT Female Orifice Size 3 through 11 Approvals UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. Description 426105 Cone nozzle Orifice Code 3 – 11 NOTE: When ordering. F-90220-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (23. 9 1/4 IN.426105 – 3. The area covered in local application is dependent upon the discharge rate and the height above the surface being protected. The nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 3 through 11. 1-15 ANSUL INCORPORATED. The nozzle insert is stainless steel and the body is sheet steel. per minute (10 to 60 kg per minute). . ONE STANTON STREET. Discharge rate: 21 to 132 lbs. Component Cone nozzle Material Shell: Steel Insert: Stainless Steel Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. (107 to 274 cm). WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.2 cm) 001834 ANSUL is a registered trademark. The nozzle insert is brass and the remainder of the nozzle is steel. Coast Guard (162. 426106 426107 426108 Description 4 in MD nozzle with strainer 4 in MD nozzle 4 in MD nozzle Orifice Code 2 – 4. MD Nozzle 1/2 in. NPT Female 8 through 18 Shipping Assembly Part No.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – 4 in.5 Approvals U. The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel plating available as an option. Component 4 in.5 5 – 10 8 – 18 NOTE: When ordering. NPT Female 5 through 10 4 in. The dischargerate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and the nozzle pressure. 426107 – 6. Coast Guard (162. The nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 2 through 18. MD Nozzle w/Strainer Material Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. NPT Female Orifice Size 2 through 4. Multi-Discharge Type Description The 4 in.5.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 4 in. multi-discharge nozzle is used only for total flooding applications. 1-16 . Coast Guard (162. MDL Nozzle 3/4 in. S.8 cm) Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 4 MD and 4 MDL METAL HORN BRASS NOZZLE INSERT CODE NO. (8. F-90221-2 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. MARINETTE. (8. NPT STRAINER 5 13/16 (13. OR 3/4 IN.1 cm) 001831a 001831b 3 1/2 IN. NPT (SEE TABLE) 5 13/16 (13. OF ORIFICE STAMPED ON CONNECTOR 1/2 IN. .1 cm) 001835a 001835b 3 1/2 IN. ONE STANTON STREET. ANSUL INCORPORATED.Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 4 MD with Strainer METAL HORN BRASS NOZZLE INSERT CODE NO. OF ORIFICE STAMPED ON CONNECTOR 1/2 IN.A. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.8 cm) ANSUL is a registered trademark. The area covered in local application is dependent upon the discharge rate and the height above the surface being protected. The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orifice size and the nozzle pressure. NPT Female 5 through 10 UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 6 in. See carbon dioxide design manual for area coverage and required flow rates. MD Nozzle w/Strainer Material Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Nozzle: Steel Insert: Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. 1-17 . The nozzle insert is brass and the remainder of the nozzle is steel. Discharge rate: 28. multi-discharge nozzle is used primarily for local application and it is also listed and approved for use as a total flooding nozzle. Multi-Discharge Type Description The 6 in. (91 to 366 cm). 426111 – 17. per minute (13 to 49 kg per minute). The nozzle is painted red with chrome and nickel plating available as an option. 426109 426110 426111 Description 6 in MD nozzle with strainer 6 in MD nozzle 6 in MDL nozzle Orifice Code 2 – 4.5 5 – 10 8 – 18 NOTE: When ordering.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – 6 in. The nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from 2 through 18.5 Approvals UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 6 in.5 to 108 lbs. Height range: 36 to 144 in. MD Nozzle 1/2 in. NPT Female Orifice Size 2 through 4. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No.5. NPT Female 8 through 18 UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. MDL Nozzle 3/4 in. Component 6 in. MARINETTE. .Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 6 MD with Strainer DRAWN STEEL HORN BRASS NOZZLE INSERT CODE NO. NPT (SEE TABLE) 7 3/4 IN. F-90222-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.6 cm) 000669a 3 1/2 IN.6 cm) 000737a 3 1/2 IN.8 cm) 000737b Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 6 MD and 6 MDL DRAWN STEEL HORN BRASS NOZZLE INSERT CODE NO. OR 3/4 IN.A. OF ORIFICE STAMPED ON CONNECTOR 1/2 IN.8 cm) 000669b ANSUL is a registered trademark. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (8. OF ORIFICE STAMPED ON CONNECTOR 1/2 IN. (19. NPT STRAINER 7 3/4 IN. (19. (8.S. ONE STANTON STREET. ANSUL INCORPORATED. regular sealed with flange and strainer. The nozzle is available in seven different configurations: regular (1/2 in. NPT Male 8 through 18 1-18 . Coast Guard (162.S. and regular RSFL sealed with flange. NPT Male Orifice Size 3 through 12 Approvals U. Coast Guard (162.S. The regular type nozzle provides orifice sizes of 1 through 18. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. NPT Male 8 through 18 Regular Sealed with Strainer Nozzle: Brass Strainer: Monel Brass 1/2 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. NPT threads for orifice sized 8 through 18. The nozzle is available with 1/2 in.S.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Regular RSFL Nozzle: Sealed with Flange Brass Flange: Steel 3/4 in. NPT threads for orifice sizes 1 through 12 and 3/4 in.S. NPT Male 1 through 2. Coast Guard (162.). Coast Guard (162.). Component Regular Type Material Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.5 1/2 in.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Regular RL Type Brass 3/4 in. Stainless steel nozzles are also available. The sealed type has a sealing disc retaining ring and a frangible seal to prevent foreign matter from entering and plugging the nozzle orifice. regular sealed. NPT Male 3 through 12 Regular Sealed with Nozzle: Flange and Strainer Brass Strainer: Monel Flange: Steel Regular Sealed with Flange Nozzle: Brass Flange: Steel 1/2 in. regular RL (3/4 in. NPT Male 1 through 2. regular sealed with flange. The nozzle is supplied in natural brass with chrome or nickel plating available. Coast Guard (162. NPT Male 3 through 12 U. Nozzles with orifices of 1 through 2+ are supplied with a strainer.5 Regular Sealed 1/2 in. The discharge rate of the regular nozzle depends on nozzle pressure and orifice size.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. regular sealed with strainer.S. Coast Guard (162.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Regular Type Description The regular type nozzle is used for total flooding applications only. 6 cm) STRAINER STRAINER 7/16 IN. CLEARANCE HOLE SEAL 3/16 IN. (6.3 cm) 1 5/8 IN. MARINETTE. ONE STANTON STREET. (6.1 cm) 5/8 IN. STAMPED ON HEX 3/4 IN. Regular Type Nozzle – Brass 29/32 IN. NPT 1 7/8 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD 000666a 000666b ORIFICE CODE NO.6 cm) 2 1/2 IN.6 cm) 2 1/2 IN. (6.1 cm) 1/2 IN. HEX 1 1/8 IN. MOUNTING HOLE 000667a 1 IN. (1. (6. 426112 426113 426114 426115 426116 426117 426118 426299 426300 Description Regular type nozzle Regular RL type nozzle Regular sealed with strainer nozzle Regular sealed nozzle Regular sealed with flange and strainer nozzle Regular sealed with flange nozzle Regular RSFL sealed with flange nozzle Regular sealed with flange and strainer nozzle (stainless steel) Regular sealed with flange nozzle (stainless steel) Orifice Code 3 – 12 8 – 18 1 – 2. (2. (7.5 3 – 12 1 – 2.3 cm) Regular Nozzle – Type RL 1 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD ORIFICE CODE NO. 426118 – 9. (2.8 cm) Regular Sealed Flanged Type Nozzle With or Without Strainer 3 IN. (7.5 3 – 12 NOTE: When ordering. (2. (3.7 cm) SELFTAPPING SCREW 2 1/2 IN. ANSUL INCORPORATED.5 cm) 7/8 IN. (1. STANDARD PIPE THREAD ORIFICE CODE NO.A. MOUNTING HOLE 000668a 000668b ANSUL is a registered trademark.6 cm) 1 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.S. CLEARANCE HOLE SEAL 000667b Regular Sealed Flanged Type Nozzle – Type RSFL 3 IN. HEX 7/16 IN. NPT SELFTAPPING SCREW FRANGIBLE SEALING DISC 1 1/8 IN. (4.3 cm) 3 IN.5 3 – 12 8 – 18 1 – 2. . specify orifice code required: Example – Part No.5 cm) 1/2 IN. STAMPED ON HEX 001836a 001836b 001837a 001837b Regular Type Sealed Nozzle With or Without Strainer 1 1/2 IN.3 cm) 3/4 IN. (1.3 cm) 3 IN.1 cm) 1/2 IN.5. F-90223-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (7.Shipping Assembly Part No. (7. (4. STAMPED ON HEX 3/16 IN.8 cm) 2 1/2 IN. 5 – 14 9 – 16 NOTE: When ordering. NPT Male 9 through 16 Shipping Assembly Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162.S.S. NPT Male 3.1 m) on centers in a room or any enclosed space. each nozzle provides a 180° fan spray of CO2. spreading the extinguishing gas quickly and efficiently throughout the protected space. This nozzle is supplied in natural brass with chrome or nickel plating available as an option.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Baffle Type 1/2 in. Baffle type nozzles are available in orifice sizes 1 through 16. 1-19 . NPT Male Orifice Size 1 through 3 Approvals U.5. (4.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.S. 426119 426120 426121 Description Baffle type with strainer nozzle Baffle type nozzle Baffle type BL nozzle Orifice Code 1–3 3. Discharge rate depends upon nozzle pressure and orifice size. Coast Guard (162. Placed around the outside edge or placed near the ceiling approximately 15 to 20 ft.5 through 14 Baffle Type BL Brass 3/4 in. 426121 – 10.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Nozzle – Baffle Type Description The baffle type nozzle is used in total flood applications only. Component Baffle Type with Strainer Material Nozzle: Brass Strainer Monel Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.6 to 6. specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. Baffle Type Nozzle With or Without Strainer STRAINER (BAFFLE TYPE WITH STRAINER ONLY) FORGED BRASS BODY 1/2 IN.S. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. NPT 3 5/16 IN. F-90224-2 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. ANSUL INCORPORATED. ONE STANTON STREET. (6. (84 cm) 3 1/4 IN. . NPT DISCHARGE ORIFICE ORIFICE SIZE STAMPED ON THIS SURFACE 2 5/8 IN. (4. MARINETTE. (8.6 cm) 1 3/4 IN.7 cm) 000664a 000664b ANSUL is a registered trademark.A.4 cm) 000662a 000662b Baffle Type BL Nozzle 3/4 IN. (5.2 cm) DISCHARGE ORIFICE FORGED BRASS BODY STAMPED NOZZLE CODE 2 1/4 IN. (22. a scale and lifting yoke is also available. (34 kg) cylinders) 25 in.5 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 100 lb.5 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 100 lb. (22.7 kg) cylinders) 20. Bracketing uprights and weigh rail supports are also available for weighing cylinders in place. (52.7 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder) 50 lb.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Cylinder Bracketing Description The cylinder bracketing is designed to rigidly support the installed carbon dioxide cylinders. double row or back-to-back rows of cylinders.4 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder) Back frame assembly (2 cylinder) Back frame assembly (3 cylinder) Back frame assembly (4 cylinder) Back frame assembly (5 cylinder) Back frame assembly (6 cylinder) Upright (used either for right or left side) Single row or back-to-back row bracket foot (left side) Single row or back-to-back row bracket foot (right side) Double row bracket foot (left side) Double row bracket foot (right side) Center upright (required when weighing seven or more cylinders in a row) Connector (required to hook together back frames for seven or more cylinders) 10 in. Bracketing can be assembled to support single row. (22. (22.8 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 50 lb.1 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 75 lb. which ever makes the installation more convenient. The bracketing components are constructed of heavy structual steel. Bracket assemblies are available in modules for two to six cylinders and can also be mated together for any combination over six.4 kg) cylinders) 20 in. (45. (25. Bracketing components are painted with a red enamel coating. (34 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder) 75 lb. Coast Guard (162. (45.7 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 75 lb. Uprights and back frame assemblies can be bolted or welded together. Component Bracketing Material Steel Approvals U.5 in (26.7 kg) cylinders) 10. (34 kg) cylinders) 12 in. (45. 45120 45244 45121 45261 45122 45245 79638 79639 79640 79641 79642 73257 73553 73554 73555 73556 73256 79413 73250 73251 73252 73253 73254 73255 73266 73267 73268 73269 73270 73091 73092 Description 50 lb.4 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder) 100 lb. (45. (34 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder) 100 lb.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No.5 in.S.4 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 50 lb. (50. For weighing cylinders.7 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder) 75 lb.4 kg) cylinders) Weigh rail (two cylinder) Weigh rail (three cylinder) Weigh rail (four cylinder) Weigh rail (five cylinder) Weigh rail (six cylinder) Cylinder clamp (2 cylinders) Cylinder clamp (3 cylinders 1-20 . (30. (63. A. . WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. MARINETTE. ONE STANTON STREET. ANSUL INCORPORATED. F-90183-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 71683 71682 71684 74241 69877 Description Weigh rail support (single row) Weigh rail support (double row) Weigh rail support (back-to-back) Scale Lifting yoke WEIGH RAIL SUPPORT UPRIGHT WEIGH RAIL BACK FRAME CYLINDER CLAMP CARRIAGE BOLT WITH NUT RIGHT BRACKET FOOT LEFT BRACKET FOOT 0001838 ANSUL is a registered trademark.Shipping Assembly Part No.S. MARINETTE. Shipping Assembly Part No. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. . Description 41942 Nameplate – MAIN Component Nameplate Material Aluminum Mounting Hole Size 13/64 in. F-90191 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Nameplate – MAIN Description The ‘‘MAIN’’ nameplate is available for labeling components and/or remote pull stations to distinguish them from reserve system components.5 cm) DIAMETER HOLES ANSUL is a registered trademark.S. 1-21 ANSUL INCORPORATED. Coast Guard (162.4 cm) 1 7/8 IN. (12. (.9 cm) 4 7/8 IN. 41942 000723 2 1/2 IN.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 5 1/2 IN.A.S. (. (. (13. (6.52 cm) Approvals U. ONE STANTON STREET. The nameplate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.7 cm) 4 – 13/64 IN.4 cm) 5/16 IN. (4.8 cm) MAIN PART NO. A. (12. ONE STANTON STREET.S. (. 1-22 ANSUL INCORPORATED.9 cm) 4 7/8 IN. The nameplate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation. 41943 000723 2 1/2 IN. (.4 cm) 5/16 IN. F-90190 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Shipping Assembly Part No. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (4.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 5 1/2 IN. . (.4 cm) 1 7/8 IN. Description 41943 Nameplate – RESERVE Component Nameplate Material Aluminum Mounting Hole Size 13/64 in.8 cm) RESERVE PART NO.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Nameplate – RESERVE Description The “RESERVE’’ nameplate is available for labeling components and/or remote pull stations to distinguish them from main system components.S. Coast Guard (162. (13.52 cm) DIAMETER HOLES ANSUL is a registered trademark.8 cm) 4 – 13/64 IN. MARINETTE.52 cm) Approvals U. (6. 4 7/8 IN. 70449 000725 ANSUL is a registered trademark.40 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No. The nameplate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation. FOR DETAILS SEE INSTRUCTION BOOK.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Nameplate – Maintenance Description The maintenance nameplate is available for mounting near the system cylinders. Component Nameplate Material Aluminum Mounting Hole Size 5/32 in. (13.5 cm) ANSUL CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS WEIGH CYLINDERS EVERY SIX MONTHS AND RECORD ON CYLINDER RECORD TAG. BE SURE THAT RELEASE ATTACHMENT IS IN SET POSITION WHEN REPLACING VALVE. Coast Guard (162. (12.7 cm) 3/16 IN. ( kg) LESS THAN FULL WEIGHT STAMPED ON THE BODY OF CYLINDER VALVE OR ON NECK OF CYLINDER. BEFORE WEIGHING CYLINDERS. WHEN SHIPPING CYLINDER. Description 70449 Nameplate – maintenance Approvals U. IF WEIGHT OF CYLINDER IS LBS. (. BE SURE THAT OUTLET PLUG IS SCREWED INTO TOP OF CYLINDER VALVE AND SHIPPING CAP IS SCREWED ON TOP OF CYLINDER.4 cm) 4 1/2 IN. (. (14.A. F-90189 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S. REMOVE RELEASE ATTACHMENTS FROM THE CONTROL CYLINDERS AND DISCONNECT THE FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE BEND FROM ALL CYLINDERS BEING WEIGHED. . WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 5 3/4 IN. (11.6 cm) 5 3/8 IN. CONTENTS UNDER HIGH PRESSURE. This plate gives instructions for performing the semi-annual cylinder weighing requirements. RECHARGE. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET. MARINETTE.4 cm) LISTED 295S ® ANSUL ® ANSUL FIRE PROTECTION ONE STANTON STREET MARINETTE. 1-23 ANSUL INCORPORATED. CARBON DIOXIDE GAS HMIS 1-0-0/VERY COLD DISCHARGE. DO NOT ENTER WITHOUT APPROVED SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS OR UNTIL VENTILATION HAS BEEN OPERATED FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES.A.63 cm) WARNING THIS SPACE IS PROTECTED BY A CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. MARINETTE. Component Warning Plate Material Stainless Steel Mounting Hole Size 7/32 in.56 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No. (19 cm) 1/4 IN.7 cm) 4 1/2 IN. (. ONE STANTON STREET. Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 8 IN. Description 41905 Warning plate – outside room without alarm Approvals U. The warning plate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Warning Plate – Outside Room Without Alarm Description The warning plate is available for mounting outside the hazard area to warn personnel that the space is protected by a carbon dioxide system and no one should enter after a discharge without being properly protected.4 cm) 000724 ANSUL is a registered trademark. Coast Guard (162. (11.S.S. WHEN SYSTEM IS DISCHARGED. . 1-24 ANSUL INCORPORATED. (20. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (.3 cm) 7 1/2 IN. 41905 5 IN. F-90194 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (12. 4 mm) ORIFICE 42175 Pressure bleeder plug 001839b Component Bleeder Plug Material Brass Mounting Hole Size 1/4 in. ONE STANTON STREET.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Bleeder Plug – 1/4 in. This slow relief of pressure does not affect the function of the actuation line. Description The pressure bleeder plug can be used to relieve the pressure in closed actuation lines. Shipping Assembly Part No. Description 1/4 IN.A. (0. NPT Male Approvals UL (EX-2968) FM Approved ANSUL is a registered trademark. MARINETTE. . The plug relieves the pressure through a small 1/64 in. F-90196 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 1-25 ANSUL INCORPORATED.4 mm) orifice. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (0. NPT 1/64 IN. S.S.7 cm) ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp. Part No. . MARINETTE. Description 41927 Warning plate – outside room with alarm Approvals U. The plate is constructed of BAKELITE engraving stock with a red finish. (12. The warning plate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation. (2 cm) WARNING DO NOT ENTER ROOM WHEN ALARM SOUNDS.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Warning Plate – Outside Room With Alarm Description The warning plate is available for mounting outside the hazard area to warn personnel not to enter the room when the alarm is sounding. (. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET.A. 1-26 ANSUL INCORPORATED.56 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No. F-90193 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Component Warning Plate Material BAKELITE Molded Plastic Mounting Hole Size 7/32 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 8 IN. CARBON DIOXIDE BEING RELEASED. Coast Guard (162. 41927 000727 5 IN. Description 41925 Warning plate – inside room with alarm Approvals U. ONE STANTON STREET.S. (39. (.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 15 1/2 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. MARINETTE. .S. The warning plate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.4 cm) Part No. (12. 41925 000726 ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp.1 cm) 1/4 IN. F-90192 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.63 cm) WHEN ALARM SOUNDS VACATE AT ONCE CARBON DIOXIDE BEING RELEASED 5 IN. (. (11. The plate is constructed of BAKELITE engraving stock with a red finish.7 cm) 4 1/2 IN.A. Component Warning Plate Material BAKELITE Molded Plastic Mounting Hole Size 1/4 in. Coast Guard (162. 1-27 ANSUL INCORPORATED.3 cm) 15 IN.64 cm) Shipping Assembly Part No.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Warning Plate – Inside Room With Alarm Description The warning plate is available for mounting inside the hazard area to warn the personnel to vacate the hazard area when the alarm sounds. (38. One size connecting link is available for all size cylinders.2 cm) 3/4 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.S. all cylinders will actuate simultaneously. . or AP-8 Ansul carbon dioxide valves. (19 mm) 000661c 001840 ANSUL is a registered trademark.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Connecting Link Description The connecting link is used to connect the lever releases located on the pilot cylinders together. (36. ONE STANTON STREET. MAX. F-90225 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Coast Guard (162. MARINETTE.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) Shipping Assembly Part No.S. Description 42514 Connecting link 000661a PIVOT PIN FLEXLOCK HEX NUT 15/16 IN. 1-28 ANSUL INCORPORATED. When cable or manual actuation is required. (24 mm) 14 1/4 IN. Component Connecting Link Material Steel Approvals U.A. The connecting link can be used on CV90. The remote manual pull station system must provide the components necessary to meet the actuator lever traveling requirements of 7 in. (7. 42484 42485 42486 Description Lever release actuator (with handle and pin.8 cm) Part No. for local control) Lever release actuator (with handle.6 cm) 000897 3 7/8 IN. Cable pull actuation is accomplished by using a remote manual pull station. a connecting link is required to provide simultaneous actuation of both lever release actuators.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. (9.8 cm) DEPTH: 3 IN.S.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN.1 cm) Part No. Component Lever Release Actuator Material Brass With Stainless Steel Stem Approvals U. for remote control) Lever release actuator (with no handle. 42485 1-29 . Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the valve hand lever. no pin. (7.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN. In three or more cylinder systems. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detent which secures the lever in the open position when actuated. -8 N AP ALVEEL B V LA N E O OR US CT Y OR ELE NL 70476 F /S S ONO. for use with three or more cylinders) HANDLE HANDLE N E O OR US CT Y OR ELE NL70476 F /S S O O. Coast Guard (162. no pin. (9. (9.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Lever Release Actuator AP-8 Valve/Selector Valve Description Lever Release Actuator: The manual lever release actuator can provide a manual means of agent cylinder actuation by direct manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actuation when used in conjunction with a remote manual pull station. 42484 001393b DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. -8 AP ALVE BEL LA V PIN 3 7/8 IN. (9.8 cm). (17. Manual actuation for electric or pneumatic selector valves can be accomplished using these lever actuators. ON R SE TO R U EC LY 76 FO /SEL ON .6 cm) 001393b Part No.S.8 cm) DEPTH: 1 13/16 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (4. 704 S NO -8 AP ALVE BEL LA V 3 7/8 IN.8 cm) 3 7/8 IN. F-90226-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. ONE STANTON STREET. . ANSUL INCORPORATED. (9. MARINETTE.A. 42486 ANSUL is a registered trademark. (9. S. Flange – 600 lb. 3 in. 1-30 . (7. Coast Guard (162. 426893.) Material Thread Size/Type Brass 1/2 in. 426893.3 m) Sch.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. Coast Guard (162.) Brass 1 1/2 in.S. NPT Female Approvals U. 426674.0 ft.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Equivalent Length 9. 80 111 ft. Coast Guard (162. NPT Female 61.) Selector Valve (4 in.1 m) Sch. 80 Selector Valve (1 1/2 in. (4.. (3. it will not operate properly the next time it is used.7 m) Sch. NPT Female 27. 80 Selector Valve (1 1/4 in.6 m) Sch.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. 80 2 1/2 in.0 ft. – 10 ft. must be purchased separately to provide electric actuation to the selector valve. 40 14.) Brass 1 in.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Selector Valves Description Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxide into a single hazard of a multiple hazard system. 80 Selector Valve (1 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. pressure line can be connected from a cartridge receiver in the detection panel which will supply the required pressure to operate the selector valve. 80 Selector Valve (3/4 in. Component Selector Valve (1/2 in. can be attached to accommodate a CV-98 electric actuator.) Ductile Iron 3 in. 80 3 in. (5.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. by the use of a hand lever attached to the top of the CV-98 electric actuator or by means of a remote manual pull which will operate the hand lever remotely. to this actuator.3 m) Sch. – 72 ft. (7. Coast Guard (162. (1.5 m) Sch. To this actuator. The selector valve can also be operated manually.0 ft. Or. This series of valves comes equipped with a pressure actuator attached to the top of the valve.8 m) Sch.6 m) Sch. to 4 in.0 m) Sch. The adaptor and electric actuator are part of the selector valve electric actuation kit.9 m) Sch. Flange – 600 lb. NOTE: Pneumatic actuation cannot be used if the selector valve has an electric actuator attached. Coast Guard (162. (18. NPT Female 18 ft.0 ft.S.) Brass 1 1/4 in. The valves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. (33. three types of lever actuators are available. Part No. 40 5. Part No. If the valve is not reset. 423684. (21. American Standard Raised Face 2 in.S.S. 80 Selector Valve (2 in. – 25 ft..S. an adaptor. Coast Guard (162. Part No.0 ft. (8.) Brass 3/4 in. American Standard Raised Face 4 in. They must be manually reset by pulling out the reset knob on the side of the pressure actuator. Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. 2 1/2 in. For manual actuation. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.5 m) Sch.0 ft. NPT Female 23. (2. 80 Ductile Iron NOTE: These selector valves latch open upon actuation. The Selector Valve Electric Actuation Kit. a 1/4 in. F-90208-1 ©1999 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.5) (29.5) (22. 3/4 in.6) (14.25 16.6) in.8) (31. 1 1/2 in. 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 8 3/4 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 C (cm) (6. for local control on electric actuator) – order separately Manual cable-pull actuator (no handle.9) (6.6) (14.6) (17. selector valve 3/4 in. 2 1/2 in.6) (33) (33) (33) (40. 1 1/4 in.3) (41. no pin. Valve will not operate properly without one of these on top of pressure actuator assembly. selector valve Lever release (with handle and pin for local control for attaching directly to selector valve) – order separately Lever release (no handle. selector valve 1 1/2 in. for remote control of electric actuator) – order separately Electric actuator kit Brass Cap NOTE: A lever actuator.5) (31. 1 in. or CV-98 electric actuator. for remote control of electric actuator) – order separately Manual cable-pull actuator (handle. selector valve 1 1/4 in. 3 in.6) (17.S. Body Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged in.9) (7.8) (41.25 16.63 11. 2 1/2 in. selector valve 2 in. no pin for remote control for attaching directly to selector valve) – order separately Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin.3) (41.A.6) (17.9) (6. selector valve 1 in. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.9) (7.25 19. ONE STANTON STREET.50 16.. brass cap.5) (15. 57428 57429 57430 57431 57432 57433 57445 42484 42486 423309 423311 423310 426893 42402 Description 1/2 in.6) (14. selector valve 4 in. 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 13 13 13 16 (cm) (12) (12) (12) (14.2) in. 1 1/4 – 18 THREAD PRESSURE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY D C 003549 A IF FLANGED A B A Valve Size 1/2 in. must be used with each selector valve.5) ANSUL is a registered trademark. ANSUL INCORPORATED.63 11. no pin.50 12.6) (14.88 D (cm) (29.5) (29.. 4 in. B (cm) (17.5) (15.9) (15. 2 in.Shipping Assembly Part No. 11. .6) in.6) (14.3) (50. 3 in. MARINETTE.63 12.6) (17. lever release Part No.) Selector Valve (1 1/2 in. For local manual actuation. Flange – 600 lb. American Standard Raised Face 4 in. Component Selector Valve (1/2 in. FMRC UL (EX-2968). NPT Female 1 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Selector Valves with Electric Solenoid Actuator Description Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxide into a single hazard of a multiple hazard system. The selector valve can also be operated manually. NPT Female 1 1/2 in. to 4 in. This series of valves come equipped with an electric solenoid actuator attached to the valve. FMRC UL (EX-2968). 3 in.) Selector Valve (1 in. is available with a locking pin which must be disengaged prior to the valve being operated manually.) Selector Valve (1 1/4 in. Flange – 600 lb..) Selector Valve (3/4 in.) Selector Valve (4 in. FMRC 1-30. The valves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. American Standard Raised Face Approvals UL (EX-2968). 42484.) Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. either by the use of the hand lever attached to the pressure actuator located on top of the valve or by means of a remote manual pull box which will operate the hand lever remotely. 2 1/2 in. FMRC UL (EX-2968). NPT Female 3 in. FMRC UL (EX-2968).1 . FMRC UL (EX-2968). NPT Female 3/4 in.. FMRC UL (EX-2968). Electrical actuation of the selector valve is accomplished by the electric solenoid valve interfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System. NPT Female 1 1/4 in.) Selector Valve (2 in. 1) (38. 1 1/2 in .A.5) (20.. 3 in.6) (14 6) (14. F-91139-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.1) (38. 2 1/2 in. 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 13 13 13 16 (cm) (12) (12) (12) (14. ONE STANTON STREET.6) (17.9) (53. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 3/4 in. 1 1/4 in.8) (57.8) (49.6) in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 1 in.6) (14.9) (7.9) (15.9) (53. no pin for remote control) CLOSED POSITION OPEN POSITION HAND LEVER LOCKING PIN ACTUATOR NAMEPLATE RESET KNOB E D SOLENOID VALVE AIR VENT C A A IF FLANGED B 001431 A Valve Size Body 1/2 in. 15 15 15 15 7/8 15 7/8 19 5/8 19 5/8 19 5/8 22 5/8 E (cm) (42) (42) (42) (44.3) (40.6) in. 3 in.1) (40.9) (6..8) (49.6) (17. 2 1/2 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 1 1/2 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator Lever release (with handle and pin for local control) Lever release (no handle.9) in. 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 8 1/4 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 C (cm) (6.5) (15.2) (44.6) (14. Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged in.3) (49. B (cm) (17.Shipping Assembly Part No.6) (14. 4 in.9) (6.2) (53. D (cm) (38. 3/4 in.6) (17. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 2 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 1 1/4 in.S. 1 in. 415221 415222 415223 415224 415225 415226 415227 42484 42486 Description 1/2 in.4) in.6) (17. ANSUL INCORPORATED. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator 4 in.5) 16 9/16 16 9/16 16 9/16 17 7/16 17 7/16 21 1/4 21 1/4 21 1/4 24 1/4 ANSUL is a registered trademark.6) (33) (33) (33) (40. MARINETTE. 2 in.9) (7.9) (61.5) (15. . selector valve 4 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. selector valve 1 in. 2 1/2 in. Coast Guard (162. The valve can be operated manually.S.S. 43348 46386 43349 43350 43351 46194 46201 45650 45667 Description 1/2 in. are the only actuators approved for use with these valves.) Selector Valve (1 1/4 in. 3 in. either by the use of the hand lever attached directly to the top of the valve or by means of a remote manual pull box which will operate the hand lever remotely. Coast Guard (162.S. Flange – 600 lb..ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Selector Valves with Lever Actuator Description Selector valves with manual lever actuators are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxide into a single hazard of a multiple hazard system...) Selector Valve (3/4 in. is available with a locking pin which must be disengaged prior to valve operating. NPT Female Ductile Iron Ductile Iron 3 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Brass 3/4 in. 45650 and 45667. Part Nos. selector valve 2 in.) Selector Valve (1 1/2 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. selector valve 3/4 in.S. Coast Guard (162. For strictly local manual actuation.) Selector Valve (4 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. 2 1/2 in.) Selector Valve (1 in.S. 45650. NPT Female Approvals U. NPT Female Brass 1 in. lever release Part No.S. Component Selector Valve (1/2 in.. Coast Guard (162. Lever releases. American Standard Raised Face Shipping Assembly Part No. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162. NPT Female Brass 1 1/2 in.) Material Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. to 4 in. selector valve 1 1/4 in. Flange – 600 lb. The valves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. American Standard Raised Face 4 in. no pin for remote control) 1-32 . Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.S. NPT Female Brass 1 1/4 in. selector valve 1 1/2 in. 3 in.) Selector Valve (2 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. selector valve Lever release (with handle and pin for local control) Lever release (no handle. MARINETTE.9) (6.6) in.7) (34.2) (32.2) (32. .OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION HAND LEVER PART NO.3) (38. 1 in.2) (53. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.6) (14.3) (37.2) (38.9) (53.6) in.6) (14.9) (16.9) (61. 3/4 in.6) (17.5) (20.5) 14 11/16 14 11/16 14 11/16 15 1/16 15 1/16 21 1/4 21 1/4 21 1/4 24 1/4 ANSUL is a registered trademark. 2 1/2 in. Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged in.7) (49. 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 8 1/4 D (cm) (32. 45667 LOCKING PIN CHAIN E D B AIR VENT PIPE C A A IF FLANGED 001429 A Valve Size Body 1/2 in.9) (7.9) in. B (cm) (16. ANSUL INCORPORATED.6) (33) (33) (33) (40.9) (7.3) (37. 6 11/16 6 11/16 6 11/16 6 15/16 6 15/16 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 C (cm) (6. 1 1/2 in .6) (14. 3 in. 2 in.2) (34. 45650 OR PART NO.9) (53.9) (15.6) (14. F-90210-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S. 4 in. 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 13 13 13 16 (cm) (12) (12) (12) (14.8) (49.A.9) (16.5) (15.8) (49. 12 11/16 12 11/16 12 11/16 13 11/16 13 11/16 19 5/8 19 5/8 19 5/8 22 5/8 E (cm) (37. ONE STANTON STREET.6) (14.9) (6.5) (15.4) in.9) (17. 1 1/4 in.8) (57. These valves are operated manually. valve) Handle – normally open (for use with 3/4 in.S. NPT Female 1 in. and 1 in. and 1 1/2 in. valves) Handle – normally closed (for use with 1/2 in.S. direction/stop valve (valve only) 1 1/2 in. valve) Sector (for use with 3/4 in. The valves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. 41451 41102 41354 41338 41424 40248 40267 46393 40238 40239 40259 40276 40279 40281 Description 1/2 in. valves) 1-33 . and 1 1/2 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Direction/Stop Valves Description Direction/stop valves are used to either manually control the flow of carbon dioxide into a hazard area or to manually control the flow into one of several hazards being protected by a common bank of carbon dioxide cylinders. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. NPT Female Shipping Assembly Part No. valve) Handle – normally closed (for use with 3/4 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. Each size can be used with a hand lever or a sector.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. and 1 1/2 in. Approvals U. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162. valves) Sector (for use with 1/2 in. either because of a false discharge or to allow the occupants enough time to exit the area prior to the valve being manually opened. direction/stop valve (valve only) Handle – normally open (for use with 1/2 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Thread Size/Type 1/2 in.S. either by the use of a hand lever attached directly to the valve or by means of a remote manual pull box which will operate a sector Component Direction/Stop Valve Direction/Stop Valve Direction/Stop Valve Direction/Stop Valve Direction/Stop Valve Material Forged Brass Forged Brass Forged Brass Forged Brass Forged Brass attached to the valve. direction/stop valve (valve only) 1 in. keeping the flow of carbon dioxide from entering a hazard area.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. to 1 1/2 in. NPT Female 1 1/4 in. and 1 in. valves) Sector (For use with 1 1/4 in. direction/stop valve (valve only) 1 1/4 in. Coast Guard (162. NPT Female 1 1/2 in.S. NPT Female 3/4 in. Direction/stop valves can be used as a safety feature. and 1 in. valves) Handle – normally closed (for use with 1 1/4 in.S. valves) Handle – normally open (for use with 1 1/4 in. direction/stop valve (valve only) 3/4 in. Coast Guard (162. 6) (20. FLARED END FITTING CABLE TO HAVE A SLIGHT SLACK WHEN VALVE IS IN CLOSED POSITION A B CABLE CLAMP IN.4) (13. ANSUL INCORPORATED.A.2) (10.3) (13.5) (35.6) (4. F-90211-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.7) (13.7) in. (12 cm) 1/2 IN. (17.S.4) (35.C D PIPE HANDLE IN NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION B E HANDLE IN OPEN POSITION A 001427a 001427b *THIS DIMENSION WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION A Valve Size 1/2 in.4) (12.4) (9. 3/4 in.1) (20) (20. 1 1/4 in.4) (9. 7 11/16 ) m (19. 1 1/2 in. 2 15/16 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 5 1/2 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 1 11/16 1 7/8 E (cm) (7. 1 in.8) (3.3) (10.6) (4.3 cm) 30° PROVIDE A STOP FOR SECTOR AT THIS POINT 000674a 000674b A Valve Size 1/2 in.2) (10.8) (32. in. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.2) (16) (20. . 3/4 in. 3 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 1/4 5 3/8 B (cm) (7. 1 1/2 in.5 c C 3 3/8 IN.4) (12.6) (39.2) (4.3) (32. D (cm) (2. 1 in. 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 1 11/16 1 7/8 C (cm) (2.1) in. 10 14 14 17 17 (cm) (25.7) (13. 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 5/16 8 1/8 8 1/4 (cm) (12) (14.2) (2.9) in. 9 3/8 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 5/8 15 5/8 B (cm) (23.6) (9. in.3) (39. 1 1/4 in.2) (16. 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 3/8 7 7/8 8 1/4 C (cm) (12) (14.5 cm) D ATTACH CABLE IN “FIGURE 8 (LOOP)” BEFORE FASTENING CLAMP 6 13/16 IN.9) 4 3/4 IN. D (cm) (7.5) (43.6) in.1) (43.7) in.8) (3. STAINLESS STEEL OR MONEL CABLE TO PULL BOX 3/4 IN. MARINETTE. ONE STANTON STREET. (8.9) in.9) 2 15/16 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 5 1/2 ANSUL is a registered trademark.2) (4.2) (2.6) in. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Lock Handle Stop Valve The lock handle stop valve is a manually operated valve located in various locations of the piping system.07 7.55 7.75 7.6) 9 (4. 2.3 2.3 2.80 3.19 5.75 8. 4. 2. 7.0) Depth: 6” (152 mm) 1-33.65 (mm) (60) (71) (82) (92) (103) (118) in. C B E D 000649 FLOW A A Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” Part No.2) 7 (3.25 7.41 7.06 4. The valve is equipped with a slide locking device to padlock the valve in the closed position.56 (167) (192) 6. (mm) (179) 6.3 2.3 E (mm) (58) (58) (58) (58) (58) (58) Weight lbs.3 2.2) 8 (3.56 (167) D in. 428153 428154 428155 428156 428157 428158 in.36 2.63 7.1) 11 (5. The valve is used to inhibit the discharge of CO2 into an entire system or specific area of a system. in easily visible location near valve.1 .3 2.7) 7 (3.62 4. (kg) 6 (2. Part No.56 (167) (188) 6.56 (167) (204) 6.23 3. Install warning sign. Each valve is equipped with a monitoring switch to provide constant supervision of the valve at the control panel with contacts for the open and closed positions.75 5.63 (mm) (106) (146) (146) (194) (194) (194) in.02 Dimensions B C (mm) in. 428974.56 (167) (197) 6.56 (167) (184) 6.63 7. ANSUL INCORPORATED.O. RED N.O. BUT MAY BE REQUIRED BY CUSTOMER) WHITE 004894 SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 WHITE RED BLACK BLACK RED BLACK WHITE BLACK WHITE RED TERMINAL BLOCK FACTORY WIRING FIELD WIRING SUPERVISORY RESISTOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT SUPERVISORY RESISTOR { 004895 CONNECTS TO SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM LOCK-OUT VALVE VALVE MUST BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO ENTRY OF PROTECTED SPACE NOTIFY PROPER PERSONNEL PRIOR TO CLOSING VALVE (TROUBLE ALARM WILL SOUND) ALTERNATE FIRE PROTECTION MUST BE PROVIDED WHILE THIS VALVE IS CLOSED VALVE MUST BE RESET AFTER EXIT FROM PROTECTED SPACE TO RETURN PROTECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS TO STAND-BY STATUS WARNING CARBON DIOXIDE DOES NOT SUPPORT LIFE.SWITCH 1 – OFF NORMAL INDICATES VALVE NOT FULLY OPENED C. ONE STANTON STREET. MARINETTE. ONE STANTON STREET. 428974 ANSUL is a registered trademark.S. F-2001045 ©2001 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. WHITE BLACK SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (THIS CIRCUIT REQUIRED BY CODE) RED SUPERVISORY RESISTOR BLACK (THIS CIRCUIT NOT REQUIRED BY CODE. N. . MARINETTE. C. N.C.C. ANSUL INCORPORATED. FAILURE TO LOCK-OUT THE CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM BY CLOSING AND LOCKING THIS VALVE BEFORE ENTRY INTO THE PROTECTED SPACE MAY CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH IF THE SYSTEM ACTUATES.A. SWITCH 2 – OFF NORMAL INDICATES VALVE FULLY CLOSED N. WI 54143-2542 LABEL NO. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 7 cm) BODY (CAST BRONZE – PAINTED RED) 000684a 1 15/16 IN. (10.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Manual Pull Box Description The pull box on a carbon dioxide system is used to provide mechanical release of the system or directional valve from a manually operated remote station.6 cm) HINGED DOOR (CAST BRONZE – PAINTED RED) MOISTURE-PROOF JOINT 3/4 IN. Component Latch door pull box Material Brass Approvals U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. The second type has a break glass window and a spring mounted handle which rotates forward for use when the glass is broken. The latched door type has a solid cast brass door which must be opened to reach the pull handle. NPT STAINLESS STEEL PULL CABLE 3/8 IN. female NPT opening is provided at the back of each enclosure for connection of the cable housing. from the mounting surface by using support legs attached to the back of the pull box (one set for latched door type. With this option. Two types of pull boxes are available. two sets for break-glass type). A pulley elbow may be attached directly to the back of the pull box. A 3/8 in. Coast Guard (162. Description 45062 41527 41542 Latch door type pull box Break-glass window pull box Support legs Manual Pull Box Latched Door Type LEAD AND WIRE SEAL – BROKEN SIMULTANEOUSLY WHEN KNOB IS PULLED KNOB TO OPEN PULL BOX DOOR 4 3/16 IN.S. (10. (4. PIPE FOR ENCLOSING PULL CABLE PULL HANDLE (BRASS) FOR FIRE OPEN DOOR PULL HANDLE HARD 4 1/8 IN.4 cm) 1 7/16 IN. (3. to provide immediate changes in pull cable direction. Coast Guard (162.9 cm) 000684b 1-34 . the pull box can be extended an additional 3 1/2 in. Both types are painted red.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Break glass window pull box Brass Shipping Assembly Part No. if necessary. PIPE TO ENCLOSE PULL CABLE MOISTURE PROOF JOINT PULL HANDLE 4 7/8 IN. F-90213 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. MOUNTING HOLES SPRING FORCES HANDLE OUT INTO OPERATING POSITION WHEN GLASS IS BROKEN 3/8 IN. (12. STAINLESS STEEL PULL CABLE STOWAGE SPACE FOR SPARE DISC AND WASHERS CAST BRASS HINGED COVER (PAINTED RED) CAST BRASS BODY (PAINTED RED) BRASS HAMMER AND CHAIN SECURED TO BOX 000676a 000676b ANSUL is a registered trademark. ONE STANTON STREET. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ANSUL INCORPORATED.Manual Pull Box Break Glass Type “A” 2 13/16 IN.S. (8.6 cm) IN CASE OF FIRE BREAK GLASS AND PULL HANDLE HARD UNTIL RED PAINT MARK ON CABLE SHOWS 3/8 IN.1 cm) 4 7/16 IN. (7. . (11.A.2 cm) 3 1/4 IN.3 cm) GLASS FRONT 3 IN.2 cm) PROTECTED HAZARD ENGRAVED IN NAMEPLATE (SPECIFY) 4 – 3/16 IN. MARINETTE. (7. The brass wheel corner pulley is designed for location inside or outside the protected space.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Corner Pulley 3/8 in. Two types of corner pulleys are available.S. NPT U. 45771 42678 45515 40696 40696 Description Aluminum corner pulley Brass corner pulley (nylon wheel) Brass corner pulley (brass wheel) Thread adaptor – Right/left hand (brass pulley only) Thread adaptor – Right/left hand (brass pulley only) 1-35 . EMT connections. NPT pipe.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Corner Pulley Description The corner pulley is required on a carbon dioxide system whenever a mechanical release pull cable run involves a change in direction. Coast Guard (162.S. Component Corner Pulley Material Body: Aluminum Roller: Stainless Steel Body: Brass Wheel: Brass Body: Brass Wheel: Nylon Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. and uses compression fittings for 1/2 in. EMT Approvals U. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Corner Pulley 3/8 in. Thread adaptors are available to simplify the installation. Corner pulleys are installed as part of the cable housing (pipe or conduit) and provide 90° direction changes with minimal force loss and no induced kinking. Both styles of brass pulleys are watertight. The nylon wheel corner pulley is designed for location only outside the hazard space. Coast Guard (162.S. The second type is made of forged brass and is threaded for 3/8 in. has a ball bearing roller. Two styles of forged brass corner pulleys are available: one with a brass wheel and one with a nylon wheel. One is made of die cast aluminum. NPT U. 3 cm) BODY GLAND A A 2 7/8 IN.A. (2. (2. (7.9 cm) 3/8 IN. . PIPE REMOVABLE FACE FOR RUNNING CABLE LEAD-CLAD COPPER GASKET RIGHT AND LEFT HAND ADAPTOR SUPPLIED WHEN REQUIRED 4 3/16 IN. NPT Corner Pulley For 1/2” EMT Aluminum. F-90214 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S. MARINETTE. (1. 45771 SELF TAPPING SCREW 1 1/8 IN.6 cm) 2 7/8 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.7 cm) 1 5/32 IN. ONE STANTON STREET.8 cm) COVER BALL BEARING SHEAVE 3/8 IN. (10.3 cm) 000690a 000690b 001815b 001815a 001815c ANSUL is a registered trademark. (7. Sheave Type. ANSUL INCORPORATED. Part No. 42678 and 45515 2 11/16 IN.Forged Brass Watertight Corner Pulley. Part No. S. NPT Female Threaded Check Valve Bronze 1 1/2 in. The check valves are available in sizes from 1/2 in. The weld neck flange style valves are supplied with two (2) 600 lb. The check valve allows gas flow from the reserve (if actuated) to pass through into the distribution piping.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. Component Check Valve Material Bronze Thread Size/Type 1/2 in. On selector valve systems. NPT Female Threaded Check Valve Bronze 1 in. flat faced. and threaded flange. through 3 in. weld neck flange. NPT Female Threaded Check Valve Bronze 1 1/4 in. NPT Female Threaded Check Valve Bronze 2 1/2 in. Coast Guard (162. the check valve prevents the cylinders from the selected hazard from pressurizing the manifold of the cylinders required for protecting a larger hazard. forged steel flanges.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Check Valves Description Check valves are used in main/reserve systems and on systems protecting multiple hazards of different volumes using selector valves to control the direction of agent flow.S.S. Three body styles are available: threaded. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162. NPT Female Threaded Check Valve Bronze 2 in. Only the cylinders needed for the particular hazard are activated. weld neck. Coast Guard (162. NPT Female Threaded 1-36 . nuts and gaskets.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. complete with bolts. On main/reserve systems the check valve prevents pressurization of the reserve system manifold by blocking the flow of carbon dioxide from the main system.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. NPT Female Body Type Threaded Approvals U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Check Valve Bronze 3/4 in. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162.S.S. Coast Guard (162. check valve – threaded 3/4 in. check valve – threaded 2 1/2 in. Coast Guard (162. 2 1/2 in.7) (13. check valve – weld neck flange 3 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Check Valve N/A 2 1/2 in.6) (17. Coast Guard (162. check valve – weld neck flange 3 in.3) BODY 000679a .6) (7.1) BONNET SPRING B CHECK 1/2 in. Weld Neck Flange 3 in. check valve – weld neck flange 2 1/2 in. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162.S. check valve – threaded 1 in. 2 in. check valve – threaded 2 in. NPT Threaded Flange Shipping Assembly Part No.S. 1 1/2 in.9) (9. 1 in.4) (13) (14. 3/4 in.5) (11.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.2) (10. check valve – threaded 2 in. 3 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 5 1/2 6 1/2 8 (7. Weld Neck Flange U.9) (16. check valve – threaded flange Check Valve .Threaded Dimension A Valve Size in. 40860 40852 41470 41549 41463 40649 40656 40794 46095 40672 40665 Description 1/2 in. Weld Neck Flange Approvals U. check valve – threaded 1 1/2 in. check valve – threaded 1 1/4 in.S.5) (20.6) (9. (cm) 2 5/8 3 1/8 3 3/4 4 1/2 5 1/8 5 3/4 6 3/4 (6.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Check Valve N/A Check Valve 3 in.4) (12. 1 1/4 in.S. (cm) A Dimension B in.Component Check Valve Material Body: Bronze Flange: Steel Body: Bronze Flange: Steel Body: Bronze Flange: Steel Body: Bronze Flange: Steel Thread Size/Type N/A Body Type 2 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. Threaded Flange Valve Dimension A Dimension B Size in.1) Dimension C in. (cm) A Dimension B in.1) 2 in.S.1) 9 1/2 (24. 11 1/2 (29. MARINETTE. (cm) 7 1/2 (19) 8 11/16 (22. 10 1/4 10 3/4 11 1/2 (26) (27. ANSUL INCORPORATED.2) B 000683 B A SPRING BONNET Check Valve .2) 15 (38. (cm) 3 in. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (cm) 9 1/2 (24. (cm) in.Check Valve . 3 in.1) C CHECK BODY 001817 ANSUL is a registered trademark.3) (29. .A.Flanged Dimension A Valve Size in. F-90215 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. ONE STANTON STREET. 2 1/2 in. (15. 45. 1-37 ANSUL INCORPORATED.9 m) 1/16 in. F-90204 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (45. stainless steel wire.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No.2 m) 1/16 in. diameter cable is used to attach remote manual pull boxes to cylinder valves.S. Coast Guard (162. The cable assemblies include a brass swaged end fitting for attaching to the remote pull box. MARINETTE. (30. 150.5 m) 1/16 in.A.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting 200 ft.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting HANDLE SLOT IN COUPLING FOR INSTALLATION OF CABLE END FITTING CABLE END (BRASS) STAINLESS STEEL CABLE WITH SWAGED CABLE END FOR PULL BOX. ONE STANTON STREET. The cable is available in lengths of 50. (.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting 100 ft.7 m) 1/16 in. 100.9 m).7. Component Cable Assembly Material Cable: Stainless Steel Swaged Fitting: Brass Approvals U. CABLE END HAVING RED PAINT MARK 000689a COUPLING 000689b NOTE: The strength of the end fitting exceeds the breaking point of the cable. pull equalizers. .ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Cable with Swaged End Fitting Description The 1/16 in. Description 42104 42109 42113 42128 50 ft.2.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting 150 ft. ANSUL is a registered trademark. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. The cable is constructed of stranded.5. (. and 200 ft.S. (. (60. and 60. control boxes and selector valves. 30. (15. (. (6.5 cm) 1 7/8 IN. Both styles can be used for cylinder valve actuation but only Part No. (4. If 1/2 in.T. (1. 42784 is 13 3/4 in. 42784 13 3/4 IN.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Dual/Triple Control Boxes Description The dual/triple control boxes allow manual actuation of a cylinder valve or a sector valve from two or three remote pull boxes. (8. 42784 Junction Box (Shown Without Cover) REMOVEABLE COVER 5/8 IN. adaptor Part No.7 cm) 3/8 IN. PIPE OR 1/2 IN. Part No.9 cm) and Part No.9 cm) (OVERALL) 12 1/4 IN.* 4 – 9/32 IN.2 cm) 11/16 IN. EMT conduit connections are required.2 cm) 1/2 IN. (34.9 cm) 3 1/4 IN. Shipping Assembly Part No.7 cm) End View 000685a 000685b * Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. Coast Guard (162. E. NPT Female Part No. NPT Female Approvals U. (. 45780 1-38 .M. (2.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Steel 3/8 in. The sector valve operation requires a longer cable travel which can only be accomplished by the longer control box. 42784 43166 Description Dual/triple control box (short) Dual/triple control box (long) Component Control Box (short) Control Box (long) Material Steel Thread Size/Type 3/8 in.5 cm) 2 3/4 IN. 45780 is available. pipe.7 cm) long. 43166 is 20 3/4 in.S. (31. (34. The inlet and outlet connections are threaded for 3/8 in. (1. (52. Coast Guard (162. Two styles of control boxes are available. (1. 43166 can be used for sector valve operation.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. EMT – Part No.1 cm) CABLE – PULL TO CYLINDER RELEASE CABLE CLAMP DIRECTION OF PULL Part No.S.71 cm) MOUNTING HOLES FLEXIBLE TRANSPARENT PROTECTION RING CABLE PULL FROM PULL-BOXES 1 IN. 2 cm) 1/2 IN. ANSUL INCORPORATED.71 cm) MOUNTING HOLES FLEXIBLE TRANSPARENT PROTECTION RING CABLE – PULL FROM PULL-BOXES 1 IN. (52. (6. PIPE OR 1/2 IN. (2. (1.M. . (8.8 cm) CABLE CLAMP DIRECTION OF PULL Part No. EMT – Part No. (4.7 cm) 3/8 IN.5 cm) 2 3/4 IN. MARINETTE. (48. E. 43166 Junction Box (Shown Without Cover) REMOVEABLE COVER CABLE – PULL TO CYLINDER RELEASE 5/8 IN. F-90206 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. ONE STANTON STREET.A. 45780 ANSUL is a registered trademark.5 cm) 1 7/8 IN.* 4 – 9/32 IN.9 cm) 3 1/4 IN. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.S. 43166 20 3/4 IN. (. (1. (1.7 cm) End View 000685a 000685b * Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in.T.2 cm) 11/16 IN.7 cm) (OVERALL) 19 1/4 IN.Part No. 1 cm) CABLE CLAMP DIRECTION OF PULL Part No. NPT Female Approvals U. (31.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Steel 3/8 in.* CABLE TO PULL BOX 1 IN. If 1/2 in. (1. Coast Guard (162. PIPE OR 1/2 IN.M. (34. E.9 cm) 3 1/4 IN.9 cm) (OVERALL) 12 1/4 IN. Part No. 42791 Equalizer Box (Shown Without Cover) REMOVABLE COVER CABLE FROM CYLINDER AND VALVE RELEASES FLEXIBLE TRANSPARENT PROTECTION RING 3/8 IN.M. the cable attached to the pull equalizer will pull the internal cable clamp in the pull equalizer which in turn will pull the cables attached to the cylinder valve and selector valve.T. pipe. (52. The inlet and outlet connections are threaded for 3/8 in.71 cm) MOUNTING HOLES End View 000688a 000688b * Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. can be used for valves utilizing Component Pull Equalizer (short) Pull Equalizer (long) Material Steel sectors. (8.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. (34. The pull equalizer is mounted in the remote pull station cable line.5 cm) 2 3/4 IN. – Part No. (2.7 cm) 1 7/8 IN.7 cm) 4 – 9/32 IN. (6.S. causing them to operate. (.7 cm). 43168 is 20 3/4 in. NPT Female Part No. Two styles of pull equalizers are available. Coast Guard (162. EMT conduit connections are required. 42791 13 3/4 IN. Only the longest equalizer. 45780 is available. adaptor Part No. 42791 is 13 3/4 in.T. Part No.S.9 cm) long and Part No.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Remote Cable Pull Equalizer Description The remote cable pull equalizer is used in systems where manual actuation of the cylinder valve and operation of a selector valve must be accomplished at the same time.2 cm) 11/16 IN. By pulling the remote pull box. 45780 1-39 . Shipping Assembly Part No. (4. E. 42791 43168 Description Remote cable pull equalizer (short) Remote cable pull equalizer (long) Thread Size/Type 3/8 in. 43168. PIPE OR 1/2 IN. E. . (6. – Part No. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.7 cm) 11/16 IN.71 cm) MOUNTING HOLES End View 001844a 001844b * Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in.8 cm) CABLE CLAMP Part No.7 cm) 1 IN. E.M.9 cm) 3 1/4 IN.M. (52.2 cm) 4 – 9/32 IN. 43168 Equalizer Box (Shown Without Cover) DIRECTION OF PULL REMOVABLE COVER CABLE FROM CYLINDER AND VALVE RELEASES FLEXIBLE TRANSPARENT PROTECTION RING 3/8 IN. (48. 43168 20 3/4 IN. (2. (4. ONE STANTON STREET. (8.S. MARINETTE. ANSUL INCORPORATED. 45780 ANSUL is a registered trademark.* CABLE TO PULL BOX 1 7/8 IN.T. (1.A. (.Part No. F-90205 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.7 cm) (OVERALL) 19 1/4 IN.5 cm) 2 3/4 IN.T. The pressure is routed to the carbon dioxide cylinders through a maximum of 100 ft.S. (30. Component QBA-5 (135 °F) (57 °C) Material Cylinder: Steel Valve: Brass Cylinder: Steel Valve: Brass Cylinder: Steel Valve: Brass Thread Size/Type 1/4 in. and 250 °F (57.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved QBA-5 (175 °F) (79 °C) 1/4 in.S.5 m) of 1/8 in. The QBA-5 is a rugged. 42267 42274 42276 41893 41894 41895 Description QBA-5 – 135 °F (57 °C) with bracket QBA-5 – 175 °F (79 °C) with bracket QBA-5 – 250 °F (121 °C) with bracket QBA-5 – 135 °F (57 °C) without bracket QBA-5 – 175 °F (79 °C) without bracket QBA-5 – 121 °F (121 °C) without bracket 1-40 . The QBA-5 is available temperature ratings of 135. It actuates the system pilot cylinder valves by releasing pressure when the hazard temperature reaches the fixed rating of the quartzoid bulb and causes it to break. The QBA-5 is available with or without a mounting bracket. and 121 °C). releasing the pressure in the actuator. completely self-contained actuating device. NPT Male Approvals U. 175. Coast Guard (162. Coast Guard (162. well suited for rough environments. Coast Guard (162. 79.S. NPT Male Shipping Assembly Part No. pipe.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Quartzoid Bulb Actuator Description The Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) is a self-contained actuating device designed to be mounted directly in the hazard area. NPT Male QBA-5 (250° F) (121 °C) 1/4 in. 4 cm) Width: 2 7/8 in. ANSUL INCORPORATED.3 cm) Height: 3 3/4 in. (25. X 1/8 IN. ONE STANTON STREET. MARINETTE.A.5 cm) 1/4 – 18 NPT OUTLET RELEASE MECHANISM SAFETY RELIEF BURSTING DISC 1/4 IN. (7. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90203 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. (9. REDUCER NOT SUPPLIED BRACKET NAMEPLATE TEMPERATURE RATING STAMPED HERE QUARTZOID BULB NAMEPLATE CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER 001400 ANSUL is a registered trademark.S. .Component Dimensions Length: 10 in. 4 cm) 000699b NOTICE: Delay time listed are at 70 °F (21 °C). The time delay uses the carbon dioxide pressure to power the factory set delay mechanism.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Time Delay (60 second) 3/4 in.S. ONE STANTON STREET. (14. This is usually in areas where it is necessary to evacuate personnel prior to carbon dioxide discharge. ANSUL is a registered trademark. NPT Female Shipping Assembly Part No. – 14 NPT BOTH SIDES 5 7/8 IN. NPT Female Time Delay (30 second) 3/4 in. 1-41 ANSUL INCORPORATED. F-90207 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. After the discharge is completed. either directly after the control (pilot) cylinder or Component Time Delay (10 second) Material Valve: Brass Accumulator: Steel Valve: Brass Accumulator: Steel Valve: Brass Accumulator: Steel further along the piping.S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pneumatic Time Delay Description In some applications the system discharge must be delayed for a short time following actuation.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U. pressure in the time delay slowly returns to normal and the time delay valve again closes.A.9 cm) 5 1/2 IN. The time delay is available in delay settings of 10. 30 and 60 seconds. (59. MARINETTE. (14 cm) 000699a 23 3/8 IN. Coast Guard (162. Actual delay times may vary with ambient conditions and installation variations.S. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. A manual release is incorporated on the time delay valve to allow instant override of the time delay. . Approvals UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Thread Size/Type 3/4 in. The length of time delay is factory set and is not adjustable. NPT Female U. 54170 54169 54168 Description 10 second pneumatic time delay 30 second pneumatic time delay 60 second pneumatic time delay 3/4 IN. The time delay is installed in the discharge piping. Coast Guard (162. flexible connectors are required between the corner pulley and the first release and between the first release and the second release. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved U.S.. i. MARINETTE. (20. . ONE STANTON STREET.e. Coast Guard (162. PART NO. for use between cylinders.. The enclosed release consists of a locking pin and a local manual control. areas subject to tampering. Description 42743 42788 45507 45500 Enclosed release attachment (AP-8 cylinder valve only) 12 in.. The enclosed release is used in areas where sealed actuation cable is preferred. Shipping Assembly Part No. corrosive environments. F-90227 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 45500) (100 LB.S. 42788 LOCKING PIN ENCLOSED RELEASE ATTACHMENT FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR (50 – 75 LB.A. (30.2 cm) flexible connector 6 3/16 (8.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Flexible Connector Brass Dual Cylinder Release – 3 or More Cylinders Single Cylinder Release – 1 or More Cylinders LOCAL MANUAL CONTROL FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR PART NO. are available depending on cylinder size. PART NO. 1-42 ANSUL INCORPORATED.1 cm) flexible connector Component Enclosed Release Attachment Material Brass Housing Approvals U.5 cm) flexible connector 7 15/16 in. Two lengths of flexible connectors.S. 45507) FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR PART NO.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components AP-8 Valve Enclosed Release Attachment with Flexible Connector Description Enclosed Release Attachment: The enclosed release attachment is used for local/remote manual actuation of the AP-8 cylinder valve. 42788 001825 001826 ANSUL is a registered trademark. Flexible Connector: When using the enclosed release attachment. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 42312 (for 3/4 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Hose Reels Description The carbon dioxide hose reel can be used in areas that normally do not require fixed pipe systems. provisions must be made to have self-contained breathing apparatus available for anyone entering the hazard area immediately after the fixed system discharge. Component Hose Reel Material Steel With Brass Fittings Thread 3/4 in. Part No.5 m) (replacement) 3/4 in.3 cm) hose Hose reel with 50 ft. hose assembly . (30. (45.5 m) of 1/2 in. (22. (1.9 cm) hose Hose reel with 75 ft.9 cm) hose Hose reel with 100 ft.4 kg) Operating instructions . (34 kg).50 ft. On systes larger that 75 lbs. or as a back up to a fixed pipe system.for systems 100 lbs.5 m) of 3/4 in. should be used. (15. NPT Female On small systems. (34 kg) systems and larger Volume discharge horn for 3/4 in. (1. hose) or Part No. 42842. (30.9 m) of 1/2 in. hose . (34 kg) systems and less Volume discharge horn for 1/2 in. Approvals U. hose assembly .5 m). (7. (1. (22. Part No. When used as a back up.3 cm) hose Hose reel with 100 ft. hose assembly . Hose reels are available with hose lengths ranging from 25 ft. (30. discharge nozzle.2 m) (replacement) 3/4 in. (34 kg) systems and larger Upper bracket (one required) Lower bracket (Use two per projector horn and one per volume discharge horn) Operating instructions .2 m) of 3/4 in. (7.2 m) (replacement) 1/2 in.6 m) (replacement) 1/2 in. (1.50 ft.2 m) of 1/2 in.25 ft.6 m) of 1/2 in.3 cm) hose Hose reel with 75 ft. The complete hose reel is finished in red enamel.75 ft. 41518 41519 41520 41523 41524 41526 44967 42842 42303 42312 40237 41807 41924 41923 42227 42228 42224 42225 42222 42226 46604 Description Hose reel with 25 ft. (1. (1. (34 kg) or less of carbon dioxide. hose assembly .4 kg) or larger 1/2 in. 42303 (for 1/2 in.3 cm) hose Hose reel with 50 ft.for systems less than 100 lbs.9 m) of 3/4 in. 75 lbs.75 ft. hose assembly . hose) should be used.100 ft. hose assembly .9 m) (replacement) 1/2 in.75 lb. (15. Coast Guard (162. (15.75 lb.S. hose .038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No.75 lb.9 cm) hose Projector horn . discharge nozzle. to 100 ft.100 ft.9 m) (replacement) 3/4 in. (30. (1. (15. (45. (7. (22. (22.5 m) (replacement) 1-43 .6 m to 30. hose assembly . 1 cm) 17 3/8 IN.3 cm) hose Up to 50 ft.9 cm) hose 75 to 100 ft. (1.2 to 22.9 cm) hose 75 to 100 ft.7 cm) 46 1/2 IN. Part No. 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 25 3/4 D (cm) (55) (55) (55) (55) (65) Discharge Horn – Part No.8 m) of 3/4 in.8 to 30. (1. (cm) 8 8 12 12 14 (20) (20) (31) (31) (36) in.8 to 30. (22.7 cm) 001852c 8 3/4 IN.1 cm) 13 IN. (19 cm) 001833a 001833b 4 1/4 IN. (44.2 cm) hose 50 to 75 ft. (1. THICK BRASS ELBOW STEEL DRUM BRASS SHAFT BRASS WASHER Hose Reel – Side View C BRASS COTTER PIN BRASS ACORN NUTS STAMPED STEEL BRACKET D STEEL TIE ROD B 001832a 001832b Hose Reel Dimensions A Hose Capacity Up to 75 ft.4 m) of 3/4 in. (45.1 cm) 17 3/4 IN. (118. (1. 20 20 20 20 23 1/2 C (cm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (60) in. (33 cm) WOOD HANDLE (FOR CARRYING AND DIRECTING DISCHARGE) DISCHARGE HORN (NONCONDUCTOR) 40 5/8 IN. HOSE ONLY) STAMPED STEEL SIDE FLANGES BRASS PIPE NIPPLE (EXTRA HEAVY) BRASS THRUST BUSHING BRASS HUB BUSHING FOR BRACKET ASBESTOS GRAPHITE PACKING BRASS GLAND THREE (3) STEEL ALLEN HEAD CAP SCREWS BRASS HUB BUSHING FOR FLANGE BRASS TEE BROILER STEEL BACK PLATE 3/16 IN.9 m) of 1/2 in. (15. (22. (15.9 cm) hose in.4 m) of 1/2 in. Hose WOOD GRIP CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY DISCHARGE HOSE 9 7/8 IN.2 cm) DIAMETER 001852b . 12 3/8 12 3/8 16 3/8 16 3/8 20 1/4 B (cm) (31) (31) (42) (42) (51) in. (22. (25 cm) CONNECTING PIPE W/WOOD GRIP SQUEEZE-GRIP CONTROL VALVE WITH SMALL WOOD GRIP 18 IN. (1.2 m) of 3/4 in. (22. (45 cm) DISCHARGE ORIFICES (7) VOLUME DISCHARGE HORN – NON-CONDUCTING 7 1/2 IN. Hose.Hose Reel – Sectional View A BRASS COUPLING WITH RIGHT AND LEFT HAND THREAD (FURNISHED WITH 1/2 IN. 42842 Volume Discharge Horn – Part No. (103. 42303 for 1/2 in. 42312 for 3/4 in. (10. Extra Heavy Flexible Hose – Wire Reinforced High Pressure Type O.D.5) (3.A. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET. MARINETTE. (cm) (1. Hose in.3) (1. (cm) (2. .D. F-90195 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.9) 1 1 1/4 NEOPRENE COVER – WINTERIZED –40 °F (–40 °C) FRICTION JACKET WIRE BRAID FRICTION JACKET WIRE BRAID SYNTHETIC RUBBER INNER TUBE – WINTERIZED –40 °F (–40 °C) I. Flexible Hose 1/2 in.D. Hose 3/4 in. O.2) in. 1/2 3/4 I. 001843 ANSUL is a registered trademark.S.D. ANSUL INCORPORATED. NPT 3 IN. MARINETTE. The pressure trip is constructed of brass with two 1/4 in.5 cm) 1/4 IN. By either pneumatic or manual actuation. close fire dampers or close fuel supply valves. by use of the pull ring. (9. Description 5156 Pressure trip Component Pressure Trip Material Brass Thread Size/Type 1/4 in. The link on the pressure switch is released either pneumatically.6 cm) 000705 ANSUL is a registered trademark. 1-44 ANSUL INCORPORATED. open fuel dump valves.S.S.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 3 3/4 IN.A. The link then releases the device which performs the auxiliary functions.8 kg). or manually. Shipping Assembly Part No. (31. ONE STANTON STREET. by agent discharge pressure. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.2 bar) with a maximum load of 70 lbs. NPT Female Approvals U.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Trip Description The pressure trip is connected to the actuation or discharge line of a carbon dioxide system. . (7. the pressure trip can release spring or weight powered devices to close doors and windows. NOTE: Operating pressure must be a minimum of 75 psi (5. NPT fittings for connection to discharge or actuation lines. F-90212-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Coast Guard (162. A. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. OR 3/4 IN. 1-45 ANSUL INCORPORATED. If actuation pressure should get inadvertently trapped and should an increase in temperature cause the pressure to rise to a dangerous level. Coast Guard (162.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Header Safety Description The header safety is a device used to relieve high pressure build-up in a closed section of piping. ONE STANTON STREET. The header safety is available with 1/2 in. SAFETY DISC NUT SAFETY DISC Shipping Assembly Part No. header safety 3/4 in. MARINETTE. Description 40094 40076 78756 1/2 in. . header safety Replacement burst disc 000706b 1/2 IN. or 3/4 in.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved ANSUL is a registered trademark. the burst disc in the header safety will rupture. NPT Male Approvals U. F-90187 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. NPT SAFETY DISC WASHER Component Header Safety Material Brass Thread Size/Type 1/2 or 3/4 in.S. NPT threads. allowing the pressure to escape.S. S.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Header Vent Plug Description The header vent plug is used to release low pressure build up that may occur in closed system utilizing time delays or selector valves. The header vent plug should also be installed on the cylinder sides of the check valves on both main and reserve systems to relieve any pressure that may leak past the check valve and accidentally actuate the reserve system while the main system is discharging. (2. Description 40309 Header vent plug Component Vent Plug Material Thread Size/Type Approvals U. (2. NPT 7/8 IN. MARINETTE. Coast Guard (162. ONE STANTON STREET. NPT Male Brass Spring: Bronze Seal: Neoprene STEM BODY SPRING CHECK SEAL WASHER CHECK CUP 1/2 IN.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Body: 1/2 IN. Shipping Assembly Part No. 1-46 ANSUL INCORPORATED.A. . F-90188 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.3 cm) 000707a 000707b ANSUL is a registered trademark. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.2 cm) 29/32 IN.S. F-90186-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Operated Siren Description The pressure operated siren is used to warn personnel of a system discharge. Description 43118 Pressure operated siren Component Siren Material Body: Brass Strainer: Monel Thread Size/Type 1/4 IN. (11. (11.8 cm) 5 1/8 IN. DIAMETER MOUNTING HOLES 3 PLACES 3 3/4 IN.5 cm) 000713a 000713b ANSUL is a registered trademark.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 1/4 IN.S. CONNECTION FROM CO2 PIPING 4 1/2 IN. Coast Guard (162. Shipping Assembly Part No. 1-47 ANSUL INCORPORATED.4 cm) 1 7/8 IN.S. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.4 cm) 4 1/2 IN. (3 m) is 90 dB with a flow rate of 11 lb. The siren will operate at the start of the carbon dioxide discharge and will continue through most of the discharge time.A. (13 cm) 5/16 IN./minute (5 kg/minute. (9. The siren is operated with the carbon dioxide pressure from the system. ONE STANTON STREET. corrosion resistant paint. (4. NPT Female Approvals U. The minimum decibel level at 10 ft. .) The siren is constructed of brass and finished with red. MARINETTE. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Discharge Indicator Description The system discharge indicator is used to visually indicate, at a remote location, when the carbon dioxide system has discharged. Pressure from the system is tapped off and run to the discharge indicator by 1/4 in. piping. When the system discharges, pressure operates a piston in the indicator which pushes off a cover plate and exposes the wording ‘‘System Discharged.’’ Shipping Assembly Part No. Description 40765 Discharge indicator Component Discharge Indicator Material Housing: Bronze Piston: Stainless Steel Thread Size/Type 1/4 in. NPT Female Approvals U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 1 7/8 IN. (4.8 cm) 3 3/4 IN. (9.5 cm) FOR MOUNTING HOLES PISTON 2 3/4 IN. (7 cm) DIAMETER OF BODY SPRING CLIP OUTER NAMEPLATE 9/32 IN. DIAMETER HOLES (.71 cm) INNER NAMEPLATE 1/2 IN. PIPE FROM SYSTEM PIPING OUTER NAMEPLATE 11/16 IN. (1.7 cm) 000710a 000710b ANSUL is a registered trademark. 1-48 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90185 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Odorizer Description The odorizer is used to inject a small amount of wintergreen scent into the carbon dioxide while flowing through the piping network. When the carbon dioxide discharges into the hazard area, it will carry a scent of wintergreen with it. This wintergreen scent is a warning to personnel entering the hazard area that the area contains a concentration of carbon dioxide and precautions must be taken, either leave the area immediately or secure proper breathing apparatus. The internal ampoule containing the oil of wintergreen in the odorizer must be replaced after each system discharge. Shipping Assembly Part No. 42278 42284 Description Odorizer Replacement ampoule 000698 Component Odorizer Material Steel Thread Size/Type 1 in. NPT Male Approvals U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved ANSUL is a registered trademark. 1-49 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90184 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Switch – DPST Description The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxide pressure when the system is discharged. The pressure switch can be used to open or close electrical circuits to either shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms. The double pole, single throw (DPST) pressure switch is constructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. The housing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A 1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in. pipe from the carbon dioxide system. Component Pressure Switch DPST Material Switch: BAKELITE Housing: Malleable Iron Piston: Brass Thread Size/Type Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female Shipping Assembly Part No. 46250 Description Pressure switch – DPST Electric Rating 2 HP – 240 VAC/ 480 VAC 2 HP – 250 VDC, 30A 250V AC/DC 5A 480V AC/DC Approvals Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 3 5/8 IN. (9.2 cm) MALLEABLE IRON FINISH – RED PAINT TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE CONTROLLED BRASS RESET PLUNGER MOISTURE PROOF JOINT 2 7/8 IN. (7.3 cm) GASKET NUT “O” RING GASKET NAMEPLATE DOUBLE POLE – HEAVY DUTY TOGGLE SWITCH WITH FULLY ENCLOSED BAKELITE BASE 4 9/16 IN. (11.5 cm) BRASS PISTON PISTON “O” RING GASKET TO POWER 3/4 IN. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OUTLETS 1/4 IN. UNION 1/4 IN. PIPE FROM CYLINDERS 000716a 000716b ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp. 1-50 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90202 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Switch – 3PST Description The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxide pressure when the system is discharged. The pressure switch can be used to open or close electrical circuits to either shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms. The three pole, single throw (3PST) pressure switch is constructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. The housing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A 1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in. pipe from the carbon dioxide system. Component Pressure Switch 3PST Material Switch: BAKELITE Housing: Malleable Iron Piston: Brass Thread Size/Type Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female Shipping Assembly Part No. 42344 Description Pressure switch – 3PST Electric Rating 30A – 240 VAC 20A – 600 VAC 3 HP – 120 VAC 7.5 HP – 240 VAC 15 HP – 600 VAC 3 PHASE AC Approvals Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved “A” 4 IN. (10.1 cm) 3 1/16 IN. (7.7 cm) 3 3/4 IN. (9.5 cm) RESET KNOB MOISTURE-PROOF GASKET 3/4 IN. NPT SNAP LOCK-RING “O” RING GASKET PISTON ROD SPRING 5 3/16 IN. (13.1 cm) 3 7/8 IN. (9.8 cm) HALF ROUND ARM TOGGLE SWITCH WITH FULLY ENCLOSED BAKELITE BASE SPACER HALF ROUND ARM SPRING NAMEPLATE PISTON ROD PISTON “O” RING GASKET PISTON 4 – 9/32 IN. MOUNTING HOLES PISTON-SPOT NUT SWIVEL NUT UNION HEX BUSHING 3/8 IN. X 1/4 IN. “A” 3/4 IN. BRASS PLUG BRASS SWITCH HOUSING SECTION “A” – “A” 000715a 000715b ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp. 1-51 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90199 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Switch – SPDT Description The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxide pressure when the system is discharged. The pressure switch can be used to open or close electrical circuits to either shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms. The single pole, double throw (SPDT) pressure switch is constructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. The housing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A 1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in. pipe from the carbon dioxide system. Component Pressure Switch SPDT Material Switch: BAKELITE Housing: Malleable Iron Piston: Brass Thread Size/Type Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female Shipping Assembly Part No. 46251 Description Pressure switch – SPDT Electric Rating 10A - 125V 5A - 250 VAC Approvals Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved 3 5/8 IN. (9.2 cm) MALLEABLE IRON FINISH – RED PAINT 2 7/8 IN. (7.3 cm) BRASS RESET PLUNGER MOISTURE PROOF JOINT GASKET NUT ‘‘O’’ RING GASKET NAMEPLATE TOGGLE SWITCH WITH FULLY ENCLOSED BAKELITE BASE BRASS PISTON CONTACT ARRANGEMENT PISTON ‘‘O’’ RING GASKET 4 9/16 IN. (11.5 cm) 000717b 3/4 IN. ELECTRIC CONDUIT OUTLETS 1/4 IN. UNION 1/4 IN. PIPE FROM CYLINDERS 000717a ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp. 1-52 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90201 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Pressure Switch DPDT – Explosion-Proof Description The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxide pressure when the system is discharged. The pressure switch can be used to open or close elctrical circuits to either shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms. The double pole, double throw (DPDT) pressure switch is constructed with an explosion-proof housing suitable for hazardous environments. A 1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in. pipe from the carbon dioxide system. Component Pressure Switch DPDT Material Housing: Malleable Iron Thread Size/Type Shipping Assembly Part No. 43241 Description Pressure switch – DPDT Electrical Rating 10A 125 VAC 5A 250 VAC Approvals Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female 1/4 IN. PIPE CONNECTION TO CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM 1/4 IN. UNION 3/8 IN. X 1/4 IN. BUSHING 3/4 IN. CONDUIT OUTLET 6 1/2 IN. (16.5 cm) 7 7/8 IN. (20 cm) 5 13/16 IN. (14.7 cm) NAMEPLATE 5 1/8 IN. (13 cm) 2 5/8 IN. (6.6 cm) 3 9/16 IN. (9 cm) 2 11/32 IN. MOUNTING HOLES 5 5/8 IN. (14.2 cm) 3/4 IN. CONDUIT OUTLET 001842a 001842b NOTE: SUITABLE FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, CLASS I, DIVISION I, GROUPS C, D AND CLASS II, DIVISION I, GROUPS E, F, G. ANSUL is a registered trademark. 1-53 ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90200-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Marine Actuation Station – Two Step Description The marine actuation station is used to release the system pilot cylinders by means of compressed nitrogen gas. This is accomplished by pulling the operating handle marked CYLINDER RELEASE which punctures the nitrogen cartridge, allowing the gas to flow to a Local/Manual Override located on the pilot cylinders, and pulling the operating handle marked VALVE RELEASE which punctures the nitrogen cartridge, allowing the gas to flow to a pressure operated selector valve. Component Actuation Station Material Galvanized Steel The marine actuation station comes equipped with 1/4 in. stainless steel compression fittings for attaching 1/4 in. O.D. stainless steel tubing. The enclosure is rainproof, constructed of 16 ga. galvanized steel and is equipped with a draw pull catch. The actuation pressure is achieved by means of an LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge. The two step actuation station is generally used to actuate systems which are protecting occupied spaces. Approvals U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Tubing Connection 1/4 in. Compression Fitting Shipping Assembly Part No. 418731 7012 Description Marine Actuation Station (Includes 1/4 in. ball valve, rainproof cabinet, two LT-20-L nitrogen cartridges and cartridge receiver with lever operator) Replacement LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge INSTRUCTION CHART V A L V E R E L C Y L I N D E R R E L PULL CATCH 6 IN. (152 mm) 12 IN. (305 mm) NITROGEN CARTRIDGE COMPRESSION FITTING FOR 1/4 IN. OD S.S. TUBE 10 IN. (254 mm) 000694 1-54 0 .020 50 MAXIMUM LENGTH RUN (FEET) 100 150 200 250 300 58 .025 .028 .030 WALL THICKNESS (INCHES) .035 .040 .045 .050 .055 .060 .065 .070 .049 MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ACTUATION TUBING FROM REMOTE STATION TO CYLINDERS 001382 Note: Vent Plug, Part No. 1732, must be utilized in actuation line near system actuator. 67 94 .065 1/4 IN. STAINLESS STEEL TUBE 150 ANSUL is a registered trademark. ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90197-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Components Marine Actuation Station – One Step Description The marine actuation station is used to release the system pilot cylinders by means of compressed nitrogen gas. This is accomplished by opening the 1/4 in. valve and pulling the handle which punctures the nitrogen cartridge, allowing the gas to flow to a remote pressure attachment located on the pilot cylinders. The marine actuation station comes equipped with a 1/4 in. stainless steel compression fitting for attaching 1/4 in. O.D. stainless steel tubing.The Component Actuation Station Material Galvanized Steel enclosure is rainproof, constructed of 16 ga. galvanized steel and is equipped with a draw pull catch. The actuation pressure is achieved by means of an LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge. The one step actuation station is generally used to actuate systems which are protecting unoccupied spaces. Tubing Connection 1/4 in. Compression Fitting Approvals U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) UL (EX-2968) FM Approved Shipping Assembly Part No. 67686 7012 Description Marine Actuation Station (Includes rainproof cabinet, LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge and cartridge receiver with lever operator) Replacement LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge 6 IN. (15.2 cm) INSTRUCTION CHART TO ACTUATE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, PULL HANDLE PULL CATCH 12 IN. (30.5 cm) COMPRESSION FITTING FOR 1/4 IN. O.D. S.S. TUBE NITROGEN CARTRIDGE 10 IN. (25.4 cm) 000695a 000695b 1-55 0 .020 50 MAXIMUM LENGTH RUN (FEET) 100 150 200 250 300 58 .025 .028 WALL THICKNESS (INCHES) .030 94 .035 .040 .045 .050 .055 .060 .065 .070 MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ACTUATION TUBING FROM REMOTE STATION TO CYLINDERS 001382 67 .035 .049 .065 1/4 IN. STAINLESS STEEL TUBE Note: Vent Plug, Part No. 1732, must be utilized in actuation line near system actuator. 150 ANSUL is a registered trademark. ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90198-1 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Electronic Data Processing – Computer Room and Subfloor Hazard Description Electronic data processing involves storage, recall and use of information via electronic equipment. Electronic data processing equipment is found in almost every industry today. The equipment is very sensitive and operates within minute tolerances. Additionally, many computer installations are designed with a subfloor area containing data and power cable bundles. Because of the high dollar value of the equipment, the data managed by that equipment and the productivity provided by electronic data processing; rapid detection and efficient fire protection are imperative. Time lost to cleanup and ventilation of a computer room means lost time throughout the company; so these areas require a clean, no residue gas agent that disperses easily. The computer room and subfloor space can be protected with a carbon dioxide suppression system, especially when the computer room is normally unoccupied. Fires can occur as deep seated fires within the computer electrical insulation and in the cable bundles in the subfloor. Paper debris that has been allowed to accumulate in the subfloor is also a source for ignition. Computer room/subfloor protection can be accomplished by installation of a total flood carbon dioxide system. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12, 1989 Edition, which states that a 30% concentration must be achieved within two minutes and a design concentration of 50% must be reached within seven minutes. Design concentration must be maintained for a period of not less that twenty minutes. Notice: Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the subfloor is constructed of combustible material, or has contents other than cable. FM also requires the design concentration of 65% then be held for a minimum of thirty minutes. The figure below show the piping and nozzle arrangement for a CO2 system protecting a typical computer room/subfloor space. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000937 The CO2 system consists of a cylinder bank, a piping arrangement and a set of discharge nozzles located in the room and subfloor space. Occasionally, drainage is installed in the subfloor area. Provisions must be made for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present to assist in assuring the necessary concentration. 2-1 Protection Considerations When the computer room is normally occupied, personnel safety is of first concern. Alarms or warning devices must be located in the room to provide sufficient annunciation of CO2 discharge. In addition, a time delay device should be incorporated in the CO2 system to allow sufficient time for personnel to evacuate the room prior to CO2 discharge. The room and subfloor must be tight to prevent loss of CO2. All air handling equipment must be shut down and dampered prior to system discharge. Do not use the air handling system as a means of evacuating the CO2 after discharge. Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning of fire to allow manual release of the CO2 system. Thermal detectors are used as a backup automatic system. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90171 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Electronic Data Processing – Subfloor Hazard Description Electronic data processing involves storage, recall and use of information via electronic equipment. Electronic data processing equipment is found in almost every industry today. The equipment is very sensitve and operates within minute tolerances. Additionally, many computer installations are designed with a subfloor area containing data and power cable bundles. Because of the high dollar value of the equipment, the data managed by that equipment and the productivity provided by electronic data processing, rapid detection and efficient fire protection are imperative. Time lost to cleanup and ventilation of a computer room means lost time throughout the company; so these areas require a clean, no residue gas agent that disperses easily. Common practice is to protect the computer room with a Halon 1301 suppression system and a carbon dioxide total flood system for protection of the cable bundles in the subfloor space. The following information pertains only to protection of subfloor space with a fixed CO2 fire suppression system. Subfloor fires can occur as deep-seated fires in electrical insulation, in combustible debris accumulated due to poor maintenance, or in the construction material of the subfloor itself. Protection of data processing subfloor spaces can be accomplished with a total flood system. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition. The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a CO2 fire suppression system protecting a typical data processing subfloor area. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000938 The CO2 system consists of a cylinder bank and a piping arrangement with a set of low velocity nozzles. Some CO2 loss will occur through cable openings into equipment and through perforated tile. Make a complete evaluation of possible leakage sources and add CO2 to compensate. If leakage is excessive, an extended discharge system must be considered. 2-2 Recommended Protection (Continued) Subfloor airspaces are often used as a plenum for the air handling system. If the space is used as a plenum, the air handling system MUST be shut down, tightly dampered and the air handling equipment at full rest BEFORE CO2 system discharge or the CO2 will be rapidly exhausted. A 50% design concentration is required for dry electrical fires by NFPA 12. A 30% concentration must be achieved within two minutes and design concentration must be reached within seven minutes. Design concentration must be maintained for a minimum of twenty minutes. Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the subfloor is constructed of combustible material or has contents other than cable. FM also requires the design concentration to be held for a minimum of 30 minutes. Occasionally, drainage is installed in a subfloor area. Provisions must be made for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present. This will assist in assuring the necessary CO2 concentrations. CO2, being heavier than air, will settle into low-lying areas possibly creating a hazard to personnel. Do not use the air handling system as a means of evacuating CO2 after discharge. Often, the data processing equipment cannot be shut down. Since most of this equipment has cooling fans, some CO2 will be drawn from the protected space. Because of this agent loss, a higher CO2 initial concentration or a greater volume of release may be required. Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning of fire to allow manual release of the CO2 system with thermal detectors used as a backup to allow automatic system release. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. Protection Considerations ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90164 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Recirculating Turbine Generators Hazard Description Found both in heavy industry and power companies, turbine generators are usually enclosed recirculating devices. Steam is passed over the turbine blades, spinning the turbine which is attached to a generating device. If an electrical fault occurs in the generator, a deep-seated electrical insulation fire can result. In addition, the generator bearings can overheat, igniting their lubricants. Protection of enclosed recirculating generators can be accomplished with a total flood system. The design of this system should be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition, which addresses the fire protection of rotating electrical equipment. The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbon dioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical enclosed recirculating generator. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000939 The CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and two separate piping arrangements. One bank of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles which give a high initial rate of discharge upon receiving a signal from the detectors. (Note: The detectors must be located in the hot air stream ahead of all coolers.) This discharge rate shall be sufficient to achieve 30% concentration of CO2 within two minutes and design concentration within seven minutes. (Note: Factory Mutual (FM) requires an even higher discharge rate, sufficient to reach 30% concentration in one minute.) The second bank of cylinders is designed to discharge simultaneously at a much slower rate through a separate network of pipe and nozzles. This network provides an extended discharge of CO2 for the generator deceleration period in order to compensate for leakage and maintain an inert atmosphere within the enclosure. A minimum concentration of 30% must be maintained for at least twenty minutes. Multiple generators can be protected by the use of selector valves on common banks of CO2 cylinders. Reserve banks of cylinders are generally required as a common back-up. 2-3 Protection Considerations Personnel safety is of first concern. Alarms or warning devices must be located in and/or around the hazard area to provide sufficient annunciation of CO2 discharge. A pre-discharge alarm or time delay device may be required to allow personnel time to leave the area. Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety of the atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after discharge. Normal leakage from the enclosure should relieve any CO2 pressure build-up. However, in the case of air-tight enclosures, pressure relief venting may be required. Location of nozzles must be in the cold air stream leading to the generator. Incoming air will carry the CO2 to the hazard. Automatic discharge of the CO2 system might be achieved by a tie-in with the customer’s differential relays which could act as additional detection/actuation sources. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90106 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Non-Recirculating Turbine Generators Hazard Description Found both in heavy industry and power companies, turbine generators are sometime dampered, non-recirculating type devices. Steam is passed over the turbine blades, spinning the turbine which is attached to a generating device. If an electrical fault occurs in the generator, a deep-seated electrical insulation fire can result. In addition, the generator bearings can overheat, igniting their lubricants. Protection of dampered non-recirculating generators can be accomplished with a total flood system. The design of this system should be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition, which addresses the fire protection of rotating electrical equipment. The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbon dioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical dampered non-recirculating generator. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000939 The CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and two separate piping arrangements. One bank of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles which give a high initial rate of discharge upon receiving a signal from the detectors. (Note: The detectors must be located in the hot air stream ahead of all coolers.) This discharge rate shall be sufficient to achieve 30% concentration of CO2 within two minutes and design concentration within seven minutes. (Note: Factory Mutual (FM) requires an even higher discharge rate, sufficient to reach 30% concentration in one minute.) The second bank of cylinders is designed to discharge simultaneously at a much slower rate through a separate network of pipe and nozzles. This network provides an extended discharge of CO2 for the generator deceleration period in order to compensate for leakage and maintain an inert atmosphere within the enclosure. 35% additional CO2 must be added after the minimum design concentration of 30% has been calculated. This minimum design concentration must be maintained for at least twenty minutes. Multiple generators can be protected by the use of selector valves on common banks of CO2 cylinders. Reserve banks of cylinders are generally required as a common back-up. 2-4 Protection Considerations Personnel safety is the first concern. Alarms or warning devices must be located in and/or around the hazard area to provide sufficient annunciation of CO2 discharge. A pre-discharge alarm or time delay device may be required to allow personnel time to leave the area. Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety of the atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after discharge. Normal leakage from the enclosure should relieve any CO2 pressure buildup. However, in the case of air-tight enclosures, pressure relief venting may be required. Location of nozzles must be in the cold air stream leading to the generator. Incoming air will carry the CO2 to the hazard. Thermal detection is normally provided for automatic system release. Automatic discharge of the CO2 system might also be achieved by a tie-in with the customer’s differential relays which could act an as additional detection/actuation source. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90162 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A. Protection Considerations Personnel safety is the first concern. Smoke detection is recommended.A. MARINETTE. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000941 The CO2 system would consist of a single cylinder bank along with a single piping arrangement and discharge nozzles. . The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbon dioxide fire suppression system protecting a control room. which states that a 50% concentration of CO2 is required for dry electrical hazards and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Control Rooms Hazard Description Control rooms are found in all types of industry. The design of the CO2 system should be in accordance with NFPA 12.S. 2-5 ANSUL INCORPORATED. 1989 Edition. switch gear and other types of electronic devices necessary for energizing the various types of equipment. Protection of control rooms can be accomplished by treating it as a deepseated total flood hazard in accordance with requirements of National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. F-90177 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. motors. ONE STANTON STREET. Electrical power and ventilation must be shut down prior to system actuation. Common A/C duct may require dampering to prevent CO2 loss. 1989 Edition. If an electrical fault occurs in wiring or an electric motor overheats. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. a deepseated electrical insulation fire can result. The CO2 system must incorporate a discharge alarm and/or pre-discharge alarm with a time delay depending on personnel evacuation time. Design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes and maintained for an additional twenty minutes. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. housing transformers. ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Record Storage Rooms Hazard Description Typical document storage rooms contain records stored on shelves. in file cabinets and cartons. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ONE STANTON STREET. Electrical power and ventilation must be shut down. Room heaters. Smoke detection is recommended. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. and are usually quite tightly packed within the room. The CO2 system should incorporate a discharge alarm and/or pre-discharge alarm with a time delay. The figure below illustrates the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbon dioxide suppression system protecting a record storage room. 1989 Edition. Common A/C ductwork may require dampering to prevent CO2 loss. Protection of record storage rooms can be accomplished by treating the hazard as deep-seated total flood type.A. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000942 The CO2 system would consist of a bank of cylinders with a piping network and nozzles. The 65% design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes and maintained for an additional twenty minutes.S. careless smoking. The system design shall be in accordance with NFPA 12. 1989 Edition. and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes. and overheating of ventilating fan could all cause ignition of paper material. MARINETTE. which states that a 65% concentration of CO2 is required for record storage rooms. . Protection Considerations Personnel safety is of primary concern. 2-6 ANSUL INCORPORATED. designed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. F-90175 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Ventilation fans must be shut down prior to CO2 system discharge. 1989 Edition. Objects exposed to the CO2 discharge must also be grounded to dissipate possible electrostatic charges (NFPA 77). If paper cardboard cartons. such as the trucking industry.A.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Battery Storage Hazard Description Any industry requiring a large number of vehicles. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000943 The CO2 system design must be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. Pre-discharge alarm and a time delay may be required for personnel safety. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. Photoelectric smoke detection is recommended.S. which states that a concentration of 75% CO2 is required for hazards where hydrogen is present. These rooms would have adequate ventilation so that large amounts of hydrogen could not collect. F-90174 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Protection Considerations The CO2 system must be properly grounded to eliminate any possibility of a spark in a potentially explosive atmosphere. MARINETTE. The CO2 system would consist of a group of cylinders. cleaning rags and the like are allowed to collect in the battery room. The design concentration shall be achieved within one minute. Notice: The carbon dioxide system is not an explosion suppression system. 2-7 ANSUL INCORPORATED. would have a room or vault for storing and charging acid type batteries. a piping arrangement and discharge nozzles. these could be ignited by overheated equipment such as ventilating fans or charging devices. ONE STANTON STREET. . The CO2 will suppress fires in extraneous material within the room and inert a possible explosive atmosphere. The figure below illustrates a typical CO2 system protecting a battery storage room. The figure below shows the single bank of cylinders. and open pits can be partially covered with solid plate. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000944 The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement for a CO2 system protecting a partially covered lube oil pit. so that the open area is less than 3% of the cubic foot volume expressed in square feet. piping and nozzle arrangements for a CO2 system protecting an open lube oil pit. 1989 Edition. Oil within the pit can be ignited by overheated pumps or equipment within the pit. the CO2 requirement may be determined on a total flooding basis. All open pits can be protected with a carbon dioxide suppression system in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. which states that the CO2 discharge time shall be a minimum of 30 seconds. 000952 2-8 . NFPA 12 states that if the top of the pit is partially covered.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Open Top Lube Oil Pits Hazard Description Lube oil pits can be open with a depth up to four feet. A 34% concentration would be required within one minute. open pits can also exceed four feet in depth. but the depth must not exceed one quarter of its width. Adequate ventilating of the pit must be accomplished. Thermal detection with automatic system release is recommended.A. . F-90176 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. ANSUL INCORPORATED. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. and consideration given to low lying areas within the plant where CO2 may tend to settle. A pre-alarm and time delay period should be considered to allow personnel time to evacuate the space. ONE STANTON STREET. MARINETTE.Protection Considerations Personnel safety must be considered during and after a CO2 system discharge. Virtually all of the incoming service enters at the cabinet and is dispersed. which addresses the fire protection of electrical equipment. switches. electrical cabinets present a hazard particularly well suited for carbon dioxide protection. An electrical cabinet may contain fuses. Protection of electrical cabinets can be accomplished with a total flood system. The design of this system should be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. Leakage from a weatherproof cabinet will be much slower. stepped up.’’ even deep-seated insulation fires can be suppressed. 1989 Edition. Cabinets with loose fitting doors or louver openings will have considerable CO2 leakage. Design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes and maintained for an additional twenty minutes. such as a weatherproof enclosure.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Electrical Cabinets Hazard Description Found in almost any large structure. A typical electrical cabinet is the focal point of the electrical service for a large building or plant. NFPA 12 states that a 50% concentration of CO2 is required for dry electrical hazards and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes. including hospitals. or require meticulous clean-up causing additional delays in getting the facility back ‘‘on-line. In a reasonably ‘‘tight’’ cabinet. Downtime for the electrical cabinet means downtime for the entire facility. 12. the extended discharge may not be necessary as the sealed enclosure allows little leakage and the inert atmosphere will remain until the cabinet is opened and ventilated. By injecting a sufficient amount of CO2 to suppress the fire and maintaining the CO2 laden atmosphere to allow a ‘‘soaking period. Energized equipment overheats or shorts and ignites insulation causing a ‘‘deep seated’’ type fire. Electrical fault is the most common source of ignition in the electrical cabinet. Dry powder or liquid agents can damage sensitive equipment.’’ An air-dispersed gas. transformers and other electrical equipment along with a large network of cable and wiring. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 2-9 . stepped down or otherwise controlled at that point. the CO2 system could be designed as either a normal total flood or extended discharge system. carbon dioxide eliminates these problems. Depending on the type of doors the cabinet has. heavy industry and high rise buildings. Upon receiving a signal from the detectors. selector valves could be included in the system which could direct the discharge to only the section involved. If the construction of the cabinet is a series of compartments.Recommended Protection (Continued) The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a CO2 fire suppression system protecting a typical electrical cabinet of reasonable tightness. pressure relief venting may be required. The second bank of cylinders is piped to a set of smaller nozzles which provide an extended discharge period. F-90166 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. Electrical cabinets may have completely open interiors or may be compartmentalized. at least one CO2 nozzle and detector must be installed in each compartment. all personnel should leave the immediate cabinet area until the space can be completely ventilated. meeting the requirements for reaching design concentration within seven minutes. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. MARINETTE. Protection Considerations Personnel safety is the first concern. one bank of cylinders which are piped to a set of nozzles give a high initial rate of discharge. Electrical power and any ventilation must be shut down prior to discharge. ONE STANTON STREET. Due to the possibility of CO2 leaking from the cabinet and settling into low lying surrounding areas. In exceptionally large electrical cabinets. Discharge alarms should be located in the area of the electrical cabinet to warn nearby personnel of the CO2 discharge.S. 000945 The extended-discharge CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and two piping arrangements. in the case of an air-tight enclosure. many electrical cabinets have cooling fans to draw air into or out of the enclosure. These must be shut down and an extended discharge system should be considered to allow for the spin-down time and unclosable openings. However.A. ANSUL INCORPORATED. . The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. Also. maintaining the inert atmosphere for the required twenty minutes. Normal leakage from the cabinet should relieve any CO2 pressure build-up. which states that a 50% concentration is required for deep seated dry electrical fires and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes. Transformers located in the open. There is a possibility that a heated transformer core in either a transformer located in a vault or in the open could produce a ‘‘deep seated’’ fire in the insulation. are protected by locally applying carbon dioxide over the surfaces using the rate by area method. Transformers within an enclosure or vault can be protected by total flooding the enclosure with CO2 in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. Leakage of oil could be ignited by an electrical fault or insulation within the transformer could ignite due to an overheated core. as shown in the figure below. The carbon dioxide system would consist of a bank of cylinders. a piping network and discharge nozzles. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000946 2-10 . The 50% design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes and held for an additional twenty minute period. Transformers within a vault are treated as a surface type total flood hazard. where it is impractical to flood the room. 1989 Edition.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Transformers Hazard Description Transformers are found in heavy industry and may sit in the open or in vaults. Recommended Protection (Continued) Transformers in an open room are treated as a local application type hazard where CO2 is directly applied to the transformer surfaces. a piping arrangement and a set of discharge nozzles. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. ONE STANTON STREET. The figure below illustrates a typical transformer protected with CO2. The room or area must be ventilated after CO2 discharge with consideration given to areas where CO2 might tend to settle. F-90173 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. MARINETTE.A. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. The CO2 system would be designed in accordance with NFPA 12 which states that the CO2 discharge shall be for a minimum of 30 seconds.S. Electrical clearances should be maintained in accordance with NFPA 12. . Protection Considerations Any floor drain located under the transformer should be provided with a normally closed valve which only opens by oil pressure during an oil spill. 000947 The CO2 system would consist of a group of cylinders. ANSUL INCORPORATED. or are opened on a regular basis. The total flood system for the enclosure shall achieve a 34% CO2 concentration within one minute. In cases where access doors are left open. The wave solder machine enclosure can be treated as a total flood hazard if the conveyor openings on either end of the wave solder machine are small. along with a motorized conveyor which transports parts through the machine.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Wave Solder Machines Hazard Description Employed in the manufacture of electronics and cans. 2-11 . 12. Nozzles are sealed flanged type which attach to the outside of a bulkhead or duct and direct CO2 into the hazard through a small opening. Access doors along the sides of the machine. the hazard should be protected on a local application basis. however. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000948 The total flood system consists of a single cylinder bank and a single piping arrangement. Attached to this enclosure is a fume exhaust system which must also be protected. The wave solder device consists of an enclosure housing flux tubs. Ignition occurs when an excess amount of flux on the parts is ignited by the preheaters or molten solder. The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a total flood carbon dioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical wave solder machine which normally operates with the access doors closed. which can quickly ignite the flux tubs. must always be in the closed position if total flood is to be considered. the exhaust system is considered a total flood hazard. preheaters and solder pots. resulting in the addition of a liquid-indepth fire. The design of the protection systems should be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. The most common fire in a wave solder machine is a wetted surface fire. 1989 Edition. The duct system shall achieve a 65% concentration within one minute. Regardless of the machine enclosure situation. the wave solder machine presents a multi-faceted hazard to the fire protection professional. The piping is external to the enclosure to avoid interference with the conveyor system and to allow easy maintenance inside the wave solder machine. While the CO2 is being released in a confined space. fire doors or shutters should be installed to prevent transmission of fire from machine to machine or room to room via burning parts on a conveyor. pumps. Thermal detection for automatic system release is recommended. consideration must be given to personnel safety. conveyors and exhaust systems involved must be shut down before CO2 system discharge.S. CO2 discharge should be coupled to an alarm system to warn workers in the immediate area of system activation. . If the conveyor system carries parts to another room or other machines. Electrical or pneumatic provisions should be made for these operations. CO2 escaping from the enclosure and settling into low-lying areas could be a hazard to personnel. In addition. any exhaust ducts must be dampered upon system discharge.Recommended Protection (Continued) The figure below shows a typical local application CO2 system for a wave solder machine which normally operates with the access doors open. CO2 discharge shall be a minimum of 30 seconds.A. MARINETTE. All heating sources. ONE STANTON STREET. ANSUL INCORPORATED. F-90165 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. preheaters and solder pots. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 000949 Protection Considerations In either the total flood or the local application systems. The piping network runs inside the enclosure with nozzles applying CO2 directly to the flux tubs. doughnuts. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000950 The CO2 system consists of a bank of cylinders along with a piping network feeding discharge nozzles installed in the fryer/hood enclosure. nutmeats. Protection of a fryer can be accomplished with a combination total flood/local application suppression system. achieving a 65% concentration within one minute. Several types of food that lend themselves to deep fat frying are potato chips. motorized conveyor and exhaust fans must be shut down prior to CO2 system discharge. The design of the system shall be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12. poultry and fish products. and nozzles installed over the drain area and pumps. causing ignition. All pumps. 1989 Edition. which states that the fryer vat with its hood in the lowered position requires a 34% concentration which shall be achieved within one minute. The heated oil is often contained in a vat that is covered by a hood with an associated exhaust system. The drainboard portion. The figure below illustrates a carbon dioxide suppression system protecting a typical potato chip fryer. fuel supply. with the CO2 discharge continuing for a minimum of 30 seconds. pizza. Ansul recommends the carbon dioxide discharge to continue for a period of not less than three minutes due to the possibility of the oil reflashing before the temperature drops below the auto-ignition point.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Industrial Fryers Hazard Description The food industry prepares many types of foods by frying in heated cooking oil. A fire condition exists when the thermostatic control used to maintain a predetermined cooking oil temperature fails. This allows the temperature of the oil to rise above its auto-ignition point. including related pumps. The exhaust duct must be dampered to prevent loss of CO2. In addition. 2-12 . the exhaust duct. The exhaust duct is protected by the total flood method. are treated as a local application type hazard. A conveyor belt usually transports the product through the heated oil where it exits the fryer onto a drain area. F-90172 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. Uncloseable openings must be held to a minimum. ANSUL INCORPORATED. Thermal detection for automatic release is recommended.S.A. . WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety of the atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after CO2 discharge.Protection Considerations Personal safety must be provided using alarms or warning devices located in and around the hazard area. MARINETTE. ONE STANTON STREET. 12. Overhead protection is used in this instance. automotive and railway operations may use dip tanks in their daily work. The authority having jurisdiction may require fire protection for the oven also. The design of this system should be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. Sources of Ignition and Types of Fires Recommended Protection 000951 The carbon dioxide system consists of one cylinder bank and one piping arrangement. The CO2 discharge time shall be a minimum of 30 seconds. Most have a drain board or drip area which may or may not be enclosed. 1989 Edition. the dipped parts are carried through an oven for drying. Essential to the success of the fire suppression system is the shutdown of all pumps. In some situations. Some tanks are enclosed by a hinged lid. Protection of dip tanks and associated components can be accomplished by a local application system. or sparks from machinery are all common sources of ignition for dip tanks. Two types of fires can result: liquid in depth fires in the tank itself or wetted surface fires on the dipped material and in the drain board/drip area. Local application methods apply CO2 directly to the surface of the burning material. If the dip tank has an exhaust duct. The oven can be protected by a separate CO2 system or by the dip tank system with a selector valve system.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Applications Dip Tanks Hazard Description Many manufacturers use dip tanks for various processes in their plants. Metal fabrication. it must be dampered to allow sufficient CO2 concentration for fire suppression. rather than flooding an enclosure. A typical dip tank carbon dioxide suppression system is shown in the figure below. flammable liquids heated beyond flashpoint. some are open. electronics. motorized conveyors and ventilation fans. 2-13 . Overheated circulating pumps. A dip tank may be a simple hand-held operation or may involve a complex overhead monorail or hoist. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. they should also be protected. Protection of a dip tank requires applying CO2 to ALL wetted sections of the hazard.A. Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety of the atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after discharge. ANSUL INCORPORATED. MARINETTE. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. drainboards and drip areas. A pre-discharge alarm or time delay device may be required to allow personnel time to leave the hazard area. . Thermal detection for automatic system release is recommended. If cleaning tanks or flammable materials are stored in the vicinity of the dip tank. and consideration given to low lying areas within the plant where CO2 may tend to settle. enclose the hazard wherever production will permit. including any conveyor system.Protection Considerations Personnel safety must be provided for with alarms or warning devices located in and around the hazard area.S. If at all possible. F-90163 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. ONE STANTON STREET. General design information is also included for protection of other areas of the wet benches or processing tools. oil. All pipe and fittings must be cleaned of all chips. a single system may protect a group of tools if the agent supply is sized for the largest hazard and an equally sized connected reserve is provided. and the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware 3720-1001. and customer specification as applicable. however. • If acceptable to the AHJ. • Total agent supply demand for each extinguishing system should be based on a one shot discharge of the system over the entire tool. etc. • It is recommended that each tool be protected by an individual fire extinguishing system. if acceptable to the AHJ. the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). also Santa Barbara Dual Spectrums’ Model PM-5SX and PM-9SBE flame detectors. These guidelines apply to the fire suppression portion of the system only. designed to achieve a minimum concentration of 50 percent within 1 minute. Wet bench protection utilizing high pressure CO2 uses the same design requirements as stated in the Design section for total flooding and local application with additional limitations and conditions stated in this guide. for specific design methods of these areas. A physical barrier is required to separate each zone. solvents. a maximum 30 second time delay prior to discharge of the extinguishing system over the working surface may be used. and fasteners should be protected by an appropriate corrosion protected finish or covering.OPEN FACE WET BENCH AND PROCESSING TOOL PROTECTION GUIDE Page 1 Introduction The information contained in this guide provide the guidelines for designing. the designer should design in accordance with the latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems (NFPA 12). In open style tools. To complete the system it is necessary to incorporate a fire detection and control system with the appropriate ancillary equipment and devices. *FM APPROVAL OF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS. The protective coating or covering should be suitable for the particular environments that they will be subjected to. • Except for the electrical power necessary to maintain operation of the exhaust/ventilation system. the electrical power supply to the tool must be interlocked to shut down upon system discharge. (2. and each zone should be provided with a separate agent supply and connected reserve or the system should be sized for the entire bench and provided with an equally sized connected reserve. installing and inspecting fixed high pressure CO2 fire suppression systems for the protection of wet benches and other processing tools used in the fabrication of semiconductor devices. General CO2 System Design Guidelines The tool subsurface (plenum) area should be protected using total flooding application only.) only the Corrosion Resistant “D” nozzle should be used. The method of determining agent quantity and recommended duration of discharge can be found in the appropriate section of this guide. hangers. Only listed equipment that has been specifically evaluated for this application may be used. General Protection Requirements • The suppression system should be designed to discharge with the ventilation/exhaust system in continuous operation. All pipe joints. Ansul’s Carbon Dioxide Systems Design Manual. Use of the detection and control equipment should be in accordance with the manufacturerís recommendations. the application of these guidelines are limited to tools with air exhaust flow rates not exceeding 150 cfm/linear ft.* All pipe and hangers should be protected against corrosion by an appropriate protective coating or sheath. Factory Mutual has Approved for fire detection in either an open face wet bench or process equipment. Consult the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific detection and control requirements for the particular application. tools exceeding 8 ft. All equipment and materials of construction are subject to approval by the customer and the AHJ. the S72173-C flame detector using firmware version 3720-0006. Note: An FMRC Approved Ansul control panel must be interfaced with the wet bench fire detection system to be used as a releasing device control unit for the fire suppression system. however. • The AHJ should be consulted to determine connected reserve supply requirements. • If acceptable to the AHJ. the Fire Sentry Corporations’ Model FS7-130-SX controller module. This guide contains specific design methods and guidelines that apply to surface and subsurface protection of open face wet benches.4 m) in length may be zoned providing the working surface of a wet bench or other processing tool is not subdivided into multiple zones of discharge. The quantity of CO2 required should be adjusted to compensate for the air exhaust flow rate of the processing equipment. • If acceptable to the AHJ. and dirt prior to installing. For corrosive environments (environments containing acids. • Materials used in the installation of the system must be suitable for the type of environment that they will be located in. Acceptance of any system is subject to the review and requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2-14 . a maximum 30 second time delay prior to discharge may be used in other areas of a tool in a single protection zone system. For non-corrosive environments. • Design concentration must be a minimum of 50%. 422647 through 422659. (0. • Maximum air exhaust flow rate of the wet bench cannot exceed 150 CFM/linear ft. • 600 psi (41. Use only the CR “D” nozzle.OPEN FACE WET BENCH AND PROCESSING TOOL PROTECTION GUIDE Page 2 General CO2 System Design Guidelines (Continued) If the CO2 system is arranged to protect the working surface area and plenum simultaneously. The basic system discharge rate of 1 LB/min/cu. use the standard “D” nozzle. Part Nos.3 m) as hazard height. such as: side panels. ft.1. Always use the CR “D” Nozzle and corrosion protected pipe. back walls. For tools provided with mini-environment enclosures. and hardware in corrosive environments or where contamination of the process is an issue. Additional nozzles. use the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual and the ANSCALC program to design the CO2 system on a total flooding basis to achieve a minimum concentration of 50 percent within 1 minute in each compartment.3. (2. • 8 ft. 422647 through 422659. . and headcase. design the CO2 system on a local application basis. Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design Guidelines Open face wet bench protection utilizing high pressure CO2 uses the same design requirements as stated in the Design section of the Ansul “Carbon Dioxide Systems” manual for total flooding and local application with the additional limitations stated here: • Surface area of open face wet bench to be protected by using local application – rate by volume method only. For working surface open style tools. For corrosive environments. always use 0. *FM APPROVAL OF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS. are to be spaced accordingly.* • Under bench area (Plenum) to be protected using total flooding application only. of assumed volume may be proportionately reduced to account for barriers that surround the working surface. • When designing the local application – rate by volume method system.2.* • 33 in. if necessary. Part Nos.3. Use the Open Face Wet Bench CO2 System Design Guidelines in this guide in conjunction with the Ansul Carbon Dioxide Systems Design Manual and the ANSCALC version 2 HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PROGRAM for total flooding application design of wet bench subsurface (plenum areas and local application design of open face wet bench working surfaces. Part Nos. • Minimum of 60° F (16 °C) to a maximum of 80 °F (27 °C) storage temperature range. for a minimum discharge time of 30 seconds. use the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual and the ANSCALC program to design the CO2 system on a total flooding basis to achieve a minimum concentration of 50 percent within 1 minute.* For protection of wet bench headcase and other compartments. (84 cm) maximum height of surface area nozzle from lowest point of nozzle to working surface of wet bench. rate-by-volume method. fittings.1 ft. See component sheet F-96156 for chemical resistance guidelines.4 bar) minimum nozzle pressure required for both the local application and total flooding. The quantity of CO2 required should be adjusted to compensate for the air exhaust flow rate of the wet bench.4 m) maximum spacing between nozzles used for total flooding under bench (plenum). use the CR “D” nozzle. 44651 through 44663. the discharge rate for the plenum should be calculated in accordance with the 1998 Edition of NFPA 12 section 3-3. in accordance with the 1998 Edition of NFPA 12 section 3-5. Nozzle to be mounted against side wall of plenum and aimed to discharge horizontally. 46% closed perimeter requires a minimum flow rate of 0.8 m) Plenum Area: Length: 7 ft.3 m) + 1. Page 6-12 of this section. ft. 7 in. (. (. 5 – Determine Total Agent Required – Based on the above steps. (84 cm). (2.3 m) + 4. determine the CO2 requirements for the work area. the “D” nozzle has a FM flow rate of 20. 11. Step No.0 ft./CF.6 m) = 73. x 1.6 ft. 2 ft. (.4 ft.1 ft. As determined in Step No. 48.6 ft. This is required because these are not enclosed by actual walls. (. 7 in. (2. per cu./min.5 (minimum discharge time in minutes) = 33. (76 cm) height.5 (minimum discharge time) 73. (2. Step No.6 m) must be added to the width. Ft.1 ft.66 #/min. the total agent required for local application – rate by volume.4 m) = 0. ft.6 m) must be added to the height of the hazard and 2 ft.5 m) + 1. Note: The height of 0. (. (1. (2.6 m) (.6 ft. 1 – Determine volume –Length 7.5 cm) is always used for calculation purposes. (7. at 30 in. (. Step No. (2.4 lb.-11 IN.-11 IN.9 cu.3 m) Width: 2 ft. (2. Referring to Figure 9 on Page 6-6. 7 in (. 3 – Determine % of closed perimeter –The % of closed perimeter is determined by dividing the actual closed perimeter by the total perimeter and then multiplying by 100.-7 IN. 11 in.6 ft. ft. (3. (. Step No.4 m).8 m) x Height 0.3 m) x Width 2.-7 IN. (. Hazard: Open Face Wet Bench Work Area: Length: 7 ft.7 ft.8 m) Height: 1 ft. 6 – Determine Number of Nozzles Required – Based on the limitation listed above.6 ft. the nozzle will be mounted at a height of 30 in.4 lb. Total agent required = Assumed Volume x Flow Rate per Minute Per Cu.4 m) = 24.4 m).3 m) + 7.4 (liquid factor) x . (.3 m) Width: 2 ft.4 (liquid factor) x . 2 – Determine Assumed Volume –Based on standard design requirements. 4 – Determine Nozzle Discharge Rate – Refer to the chart in Figure 16.1 ft.6 ft. (1.4 cu. Assumed Volume = Length 7. (2. Working Surface Protection – Local Application – Rate of Volume Method Step No. (1. (76 cm).4 m) divided by 24. m).5 m) 0 FT. The actual closed perimeter is 7.0 lb.9 lbs of agent required. 7 in.3 m) x Width 4.4 cu. 2 FT. ft.05 cu.-8 IN.0 ft. (2.66 (flow rate per min.6 ft.6 ft.6 ft. (2. Step No. The design requirements will be calculated by the local application – Rate by Volume Method.) = 48. (.7 ft.1 cu. (./minute. m).8 m) 7 FT.5 m) =11. (. (2. (assumed volume) x 0. can now by determined. x 1. (2.46 x 100 = 46% closed perimeter. 2. The assumed volume total perimeter is 7. the maximum height from the face of the nozzle to the working surface of the wet bench is 33 in. In this example./minute.3 m) 000758 A sample problem is included to help explain the design procedure. (7.4 m) x Height 2. .OPEN FACE WET BENCH AND PROCESSING TOOL PROTECTION GUIDE Page 3 Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design Guidelines (Continued) WET BENCH EXAMPLE: 1000 CFM THRU BENCH 1 FT.4 m) + 4. (3.6 m) First.3 m) 1 FT.5 cm) = 1.4 ft. Inspection Inspection should be performed in accordance with the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual and NFPA 12.9 cu.4 m) apart.6 (conversion factor) = 4.5 cu. (1. therefore one (1) nozzle is required.9 ft. Additional nozzles are to be spaced no greater than 8 ft. 3 and 4. Use installation tool. Based on FM approval testing. MARINETTE. F-97137 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 6 – Determine Number of Nozzles Required – Based on the limitations stated above.9 lbs. Standard hydraulic calculations can now be performed to determine pipe sizes and nozzle orifice sizes.OPEN FACE WET BENCH AND PROCESSING TOOL PROTECTION GUIDE Page 4 Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design Guidelines (Continued) Working Surface Protection – Local Application – Rate of Volume Method (Continued) 48.6 lbs. The additional ventilation adjustment quantity is determined by: Ventilation Adjustment Quantity = CFM x Volume Factor x Conversion Factor x Discharge Time in Minutes 1000 (CFM) x 0.7 lbs.1 cu m).4 (lb. See Section 6. • If extruded Teflon or heat shrink tubing are not used. (. m). ONE STANTON STREET.3 m) x Width 2.6. NOTE: Make certain all pipe and fittings are clean of any chips.3 m) long. • All piping joints (fittings) and piping located in the corrosive environment must be protected using extruded Teflon tubing (TFE) or heat shrink tubing (TFE). the total flooding “D” nozzle should be mounted at the sidewall in the under bench area to discharge horizontally. Figure 3. Now. the minimum design concentration must be 50%.3 lbs. (local application) + 61. (total flooding) = 95. + 57. of agent required Step No. the maximum spacing for total flooding wet bench nozzles is 8 ft. for proper blow off cap installation. (3. 426206.6 ft. of agent required Step No. Therefore. Figure 2. the recommended piping is stainless steel. of agent and 3 nozzles. 37./min) divided by 20. determine the total flooding requirements for the plenum area (below bench). Pages 6-5 – 6-6.9 lbs..3 lbs. x 0. NOTE: Verification shall be made from the hydraulic calculations that the minimum discharge nozzle pressure of 600 psi and the flowrate as calculated for the specific height is achieved. the volume factor of 0. (agent quantity) x 1.A. Total Wet Bench System Requirements The total quantity of agent required = 33.8 lbs. 5 – Amount of Total Flooding Agent Required – Add the quantity of agent determined in Step Nos.8 m)) x Height 1.072 must be used. (2. . or dirt prior to installing.6 ft. 4 – Ventilation Requirements – This wet bench has 1000 CFM of air moving through it. This number must be rounded up to the next whole number of 3. the conversion factor for 50% design concentration is 1. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.9 lbs. make certain all exposed threads are covered. Based on the “Material Conversion Factors Chart” on Page 6-2. Nozzles are to be mounted and aimed per the standard local application guidelines. This example hazard is 7.5 cu. • Follow all other installation piping requirements as stated in the Installation section of the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual.7 lbs.072 (volume factor) x 1. ft. Plenum Area Protection – Total Flooding Step No. ft. (2. Step No. Step No. Part No. 3 – Determine Adjusted Quantity of Agent Required – is determined that a 50% design concentration is It required. oil. A flowrate in excess of that calculated for the discharge nozzle height may cause a splash hazard upon discharge of the carbon dioxide fire extinguishing system. For volumes up to 140 cu. the surface protection requires 33. = 61.* • Make certain blow off cap is in place on the installed nozzle. The adjusted quantity of agent required is determined by: 2. 4.9 lbs. (.072 (volume factor) = 2.6 m) = 37. 2 – Determine Initial Quantity of Agent Required –Refer to Volume Factors Chart on Page 6-2.6 (conversion factor) x . total. required for total flooding system. *FM APPROVAL OF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS.6 ft.S.6 additional lbs.0 (flow rate per nozzle) = 2. Installation Guidelines • Always use the “CR” D nozzle in corrosive type areas. ANSUL INCORPORATED. ft. Referring to the limitations stated above. Step No. of agent The next step is to increase the amount of agent if the minimum design concentration is greater than 34%. 1 – Determine Hazard Volume – The under bench volume is Length 7. • When using heat shrink tubing.4 nozzles required. (2.5 (discharge time) = 57. 1967. DATA ® FIRE PROTECTION Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems 1. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Ansul Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Suppression System is an engineered system utilizing either a fixed nozzle agent distribution network. The manufacturer is responsible for technical accuracy. and used by permission of The Construction Specifications Institute. On large hazards. are available for release of the agent into the hazard area. 1965. time delays. The agent is distributed and discharged into the hazard area through a network of piping and nozzles. The system is Underwriters Laboratories. Various types of actuators. pressure trips. maintenance. (UL) listed.’’ When properly designed. bells and sirens. MANUFACTURER Ansul Incorporated One Stanton Street Marinette. The system is installed and serviced by authorized distributors that are trained by the manufacturer. or where the hazard obstructions require the use of a gaseous agent. or a combination of both. B. the carbon dioxide system will extinguish fire in Class A. delay discharge. 1966. The following are typical hazards protected by car- bon dioxide systems: • Printing presses • Vaults • Open pits • Dip tanks • Spray booths • Ovens • Engine rooms • Coating machines • Process equipment • Hoods and ducts • Flammable gas or liquid storage areas • Generators Composition and Materials: The basic system consists of agent (CO2) stored in high strength alloy steel cylinders. where three or more cylinders are required. WI 54143-2542 Phone: (715) 735-7411 FAX: (715) 732-3479 3. The system can be actuated by detection and control equipment for automatic system operation along with providing local and remote manual operation as needed. VA 22314. Inc. such as flammable liquids and most solid combustible materials. A system installation and maintenance manual is available containing information on system components and procedures concerning design. door closures. a screwed or welded pipe manifold assembly is employed. discharge time delays and alarms are mandatory for occupied hazards. It is effective for surface fires. or other auxiliary shutdown or functions. It expands at a ratio of 450 to 1 by volThe ten-point Spec-Data® format has been reproduced from publications copyrighted by CSI. ANSUL® Ansul Incorporated February 1991 Ansul Incorporated February 1991 15 15 FIRE PROTECTION Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems ANSUL® 002690 15300 . corner pulleys. Alexandria. Factory Mutual (FM) approved. Each nozzle is equipped with a fixed orifice designed to deliver a uniform discharge to the protected area.SPEC This Spec-Data sheet conforms to editorial style prescribed by The Construction Specifications Institute. CO2 Agent – Carbon dioxide is an effective fire extinguishing agent that can be used on many types of fires. hose reel(s). pneumatic switches. and recharge. Two or more hazard areas can be protected with a single group of agent storage containers (cylinders) by means of directional or selector valves. 1964. The manifold assembly is connected to each cylinder by means of a flexible discharge bend and check valve assembly. personnel occupying areas protected by carbon dioxide systems must be evacuated prior to system discharge. and C hazards by displacing the air containing oxygen which supports combustion. ‘‘Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. and designed in accordance with the latest revision of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 12. PRODUCT NAME Ansul Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Fire Suppression System 2. Additional equipment includes: remote manual pull stations. Due to the method of extinguishment. For this reason. Basic Use: The Ansul Carbon Dioxide system is particularly useful for suppressing fires in hazards where an electrically non-conductive medium is essential or desirable. either manual or automatic. Accessories are used to provide alarms. door closures. transfer switches. and weighing devices. ventilation control. where clean-up of other agents presents a problem. All or some are required when designing a total system. Each is equipped with a pressure seat-type CV90 valve. are equipped with blow-off caps or sealing discs. where the hazard warrants. and results in fire extinguishment. A manuallocal actuator is available to provide either a manual or pneumatic means for a remote pressure release from a remote pressure device.’’ approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation. The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record card and shipping cap attached. independent or priority-zone (counting) concepts. Direct manual actuation of this actuator is accomplished by pulling the ring pin and depressing the red palm button on top of the actuator. USCG approved under Approval No. 6. 5. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detent which secures the lever in the open position when actuated.S. Standard nozzles are painted red or are natural brass. and design. The nozzle selection depends on the hazard and location to be protected. Manual/Pneumatic Actuators – Several types of manual/pneumatic actuators are available for override manual/pneumatic actuation on the electric actuator or direct manual/ pneumatic actuation on the cylinder valve. The cylinder serial number along with the full and empty weight capacities are stamped near the neck of each cylinder. This displaces the air containing oxygen which supports combustion. An arming tool is required to reset (arm) the electric actuator after operation. Ansul will replace or repair any Ansul-supplied components. counting. INSTALLATION All system components and accessories must be installed by personnel trained by the manufacturer. Cylinder Assembly – The cylinder assembly is of steel construction with a red enamel or epoxy finish. AUTOPULSE Control System meets requirements of NFPA 70 (Standard for National Electrical Code) and NFPA 72 (Standard for Protective Signaling Systems). a manual override valve actuator can be installed on top of the electric actuator. depending on type. The cap is attached to the threaded collar on the neck of each cylinder to protect the valve while in transit. or exposed to highly corrosive conditions provided that written notice of the alleged defect shall have been given to Ansul within 30 days after discovery thereof and prior to the expiration of one year after delivery. WARRANTY Warranty: The components of the fire suppression system supplied by Ansul Incorporated (‘‘Ansul’’) are warranted to you as the original purchaser for one year from the date of delivery against defects in workmanship and material.038/7/0. which. and maintenance manual. in its opinion. The valve also includes a safety pressure relief device which provides relief at 2650 to 3000 psi (18269 to 20682 kPa). are defective and has not been tampered with or subjected to misuse. size. Cylinders – The cylinders are constructed. All AUTOPULSE Control Systems are designed for indoor applications and for temperature ranges between 32 °F and 120 °F (0 °C and 49 °C). It has a low toxicity classification by Underwriters Laboratories (Group 5a). recharge. Five sizes are available to meet specific needs. This actuator can be used in hazardous environments where the ambient temperature range is between 0 °F and 130 °F (–18 °C and 130 °C).ume. and marked in accordance with applicable Dept. Optional chrome plating is also available. Detection System – The AUTOPULSE Control System is used where an automatic electronic control system is required to actuate a fixed carbon dioxide system. This control system is used to control a single fixed fire suppression or alarm system based on inputs received from fire detection devices. Bureau of Explosives specifications. Disclaimer of Warranty and . installation. its excellent thermal stability. 7. TECHNICAL DATA Applicable Standards: UL listed under EX-2968. 4. Cylinder charging pressure is 850 psi at 70 °F (5861 kPa at 21 °C) with a filling density of not more than 68% of its water capacity. 162. Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the hand lever on the actuator. Limitations: The carbon dioxide system must be designed and installed within the guidelines of the manufacturer’s design. such article or part thereof is promptly returned to Ansul with shipping charges prepaid. The system design specifies the orifice size to be used for proper flow rate and distribution pattern. The ambient temperature limitations are 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C) for total flooding and 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) for local applica- tions. of Transportation (DOT) and the U. Other attributes are its high degree of effectiveness. Nozzles – Nozzles are designed to direct the discharge of carbon dioxide in a liquid and gaseous state using the stored pressure from the cylinders. AVAILABILITY AND COST Availability: The Ansul Carbon Dioxide Systems are sold and serviced through an international network of independent distributors located in most states and many foreign countries. tested. abuse. and freedom from deterioration. and further provided that if Ansul so instructs. recharge. Both low velocity and high velocity nozzles may be used for total flooding. All installations must be performed according to the guidelines stated in the manufacturer’s design. and maintenance manual. In auxiliary or override applications. Electric Actuator – Electric actuation of an agent cylinder is accomplished by an electric actuator interfaced through an AUTOPULSE® Control System. meets requirements of NFPA Standard 12 ‘‘Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. Cost: Cost varies with type of system specified. All are corrosion resistant and. Low velocity nozzles are generally used for direct application to a flammable liquid fire. installation. The valve is of forged brass and is attached to the cylinder providing a leak tight seal. Both types of nozzles can be adapted for a specific hazard by sizing the orifice to achieve the designed flow rate and concentration. The detection circuits can be configured using cross. For fire suppression purposes the discharge is designed to raise the carbon dioxide concentration in the hazard. The control system has been tested to the applicable FCC Rules and Regulations for Class A Computing devices. TORT. ANSUL’S MAXIMUM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY CLAIMS WHETHER IN CONTRACT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANSUL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL. BREACH OF WARRANTY. TECHNICAL SERVICES For information on the proper design and installation of the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System. Marinette. (715) 735-7411. and service of the Ansul fire suppression system. CONSEQUENTIAL. FILING SYSTEMS Electronic SPEC-DATA® SPEC-DATA® II Carbon Dioxide Systems Manual Additional product information available upon request . MAINTENANCE Maintenance is a vital step in the performance of a fire suppression system.Limitation of Damage: The warranty described above is the only one given by Ansul concerning this system. WI 54143-2542. contact a local Ansul distributor. 10. use only Ansul approved parts. NEGLIGENCE. Ansul application engineering department is also available to answer design and installation questions. and maintenance manual. it must be performed by an authorized Ansul distributor in accordance with NFPA 12 and the manufacturer’s design. 9. INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. installation. parts. ANSUL MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND. As such. Ansul does not assume or authorize any other person to assume for it any additional liability in connection with the sale of this system. Call Ansul at (715) 735-7411. recharge. When replacing components on the Ansul system. OR STRICT LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE SYSTEM. WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. 8. contact a local Ansul representative. or Ansul Fire Protection. For repairs. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 2-91-2430 .S. MARINETTE.ANSUL INCORPORATED.A. F-90181 ©1991 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code. NFPA 12 – Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. 1. WI 54143-2542 Phone: (715) 735-7411 FAX: (715) 732-3479 SPEC-DATA® PROGRAM MANU SECTION 15360 CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS FIRE PROTECTION Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems This Manu-Spec presents the manufacturer’s suggested proprietary specification in conformance with the CSI 3-Part Section Format. 2. open pits.] [combination of both fixed nozzle agent distribution network and hose reel(s). and other similar areas. CO2 agent shall dilute oxygen content of protected hazard to a point where it will not support combustion. ovens. hoods and ducts. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 15 C. 2. spray booths. NFPA 72 – Standard For Protective Signaling Systems.01 SUMMARY A. Performance Requirements: 1. coating machines. and C hazards. dip tanks. vaults.] 3. Shall utilize [fixed nozzle agent distribution network. Section Includes: Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System. Section 16720 – Fire Alarm and Detection Systems. Ansul Incorporated February 1991 15 Ansul Incorporated February 1991 B.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ANSUL® A. Additional equipment shall be available for fuel shut-off where required. Shall be capable of automatic detection and [automatic] [remote manual] actuation. 2. VA 22314. 3. 15300 . FIRE PROTECTION Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems The Manu-Spec® format has been reproduced from publications copyrighted by CSI and is herein used by permission of The Construction Specifications Institute. Design Requirements: 1. 3. engine rooms. The manufacturer is solely responsible for content and references. B. Shall be capable of extinguishing fire in Class A. Underwriters Laboratories. 2. B. Factory Mutual Insurance (FM) Approval Guide. Inc. Alexandria. flammable gas or liquid storage areas. Detection system shall be tested to applicable FCC Rules and Regulations for Class ‘‘A’’ computing devices.] [hose reel(s). 4. process equipment.02 REFERENCES A.MANUFACTURER Ansul Incorporated One Stanton Street Marinette. Section 13900 – Fire Suppression and Supervisory Systems. generators. 1. (UL) – Fire Protection Equipment Directory. Shall be the engineered type. SPEC ® ANSUL® PART 1 GENERAL 1. Suitable for hazard areas such as printing presses. Related Sections: 1. B. computer rooms/subfloors. opened. Maintenance Service: Shall be provided by an authorized.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Indoor application only with 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) ambient temperature range. and maintain carbon dioxide fire suppression systems. and handle products at site under provisions of Section [01600. One Stanton Street. protect.] B. Total Flood System: 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C) ambient temperature range of protected area. WI 54143-2542.] [01340. Acceptance at Site: 1. All system components must be UL listed as part of the manufacturer’s total system. Materials arriving at site without labels. Manufacturer: The manufacturer of the system components shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the manufacture and design of carbon dioxide fire suppression systems and related fire detection and control equipment. Qualifications: 1. original containers bearing the manufacturer’s labels. Local Application: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) ambient temperature range of protected area. 3.04 SUBMITTALS A. install. Store.] [16720. Quality Control Submittals: 1. 2. 2. 2. Codes and Permits: Conform to the local code requirements applicable to this section. B. Obtain and pay any necessary permits prior to beginning work involved in this section.1.06 DELIVERY. 1. Design Data: Submit design calculations under provisions of Section [01300.] [01340.] [01730. Environmental Requirements: 1. Product Data: Submit product data under provisions of Section [01300.] C. or containing less material than specified shall not be accepted for use. Materials shall be stored in a well ventilated area at temperatures between 0 °F and 130 °F (–18 °C and 54 °C). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. . Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s instructions for system maintenance and recharge under provisions of Section [01300.] [01700. Installer: The installer shall be authorized and trained by manufacturer to design. STORAGE AND HANDLING A.] 2. Acceptable Manufacturer: Ansul Incorporated. All system components must be approved by Factory Mutual Insurance (FM). 1. b. Shop Drawing: Submit drawings under provisions of Section [01300.] 1. Deliver materials to job site in sealed. Storage and Protection: 1. damaged. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Carbon Dioxide System: a.09 MAINTENANCE A.01 MANUFACTURER A. AUTOPULSE® Control System: a.] 2.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.] [_____________. Coordinate work performed under this section with work specified in Section [13900.] [01340. 4.] [01360.] 1. factory trained representative in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Conform to [Applicable] [____________] building code for requirements specified herein. 1. 2. Marinette.] [________. Cylinder: 1. and equipped with a pressure seat-type CV90 valve.] [galvanized. Optional chrome plating available. Orifice size determined by flow rate and system design required. independent or priority-zone concepts. 2. 3. Detection System: 1. All nozzles to be corrosion resistant and. Distribution lines up to 3/4 in. Ansul Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System. diameter. 2. diameter.] 4. if needed. Used to operate a single fixed fire suppression or alarm system based on inputs received from fire detection devices. Constructed.02 SYSTEM A.2.] 3. tested. Cylinder charging pressure to be a minimum 850 psi at 70 °F (5861 kPa at 21 °C) with a filling density of not more than 68% of its water capacity. IPS and forged steel fittings shall be used. 4. 2. 3. Cylinder shipped with maintenance record card and shipping cap attached. Electric Actuator: 1. A clean. C. Bureau of Explosives specifications. E. along with the full and empty weight capacities. 5. Distribution Piping: 1.03 COMPONENTS A. non-corrosive. Pneumatic actuation accomplished by a remote pressure device. equipped with blow-off caps or sealing discs. 4. AUTOPULSE Control System used where an automatic electronic control system is required to actuate a fixed carbon dioxide system. Cylinder Assembly: 1. 5. Steel construction with a red enamel or epoxy finish available in five sizes. Valve constructed of forged brass. G. 2. . Nozzles: 1. 2. D. Manual/Pneumatic Actuator: 1. Distribution lines greater than 3/4 in. non-damaging. For pipe sizes up to 2 in. dry. Electrical actuation of agent cylinder to be accomplished by an electric actuator interfaced through compatible control panel by system manufacturer. 2. B. CO2 Agent: 1. non-deteriorating chemical.] [galvanized. Several types of manual/pneumatic actuators available for providing manual/pneumatic actuation of cylinder valve. diameter shall be Schedule 80 seamless steel pipe. Designed to direct discharge of carbon dioxide in a liquid or gaseous state. Class 300 [malleable] [ductile] iron fittings shall be used. stamped near neck of cylinder. Cylinder serial number. An arming tool is required to reset the electric actuator after operation. diameter shall be Schedule 40 seamless steel pipe. Actuator capable of being used in hazardous environments where ambient temperature range is between 0 °F and 130 °F (–18 °C and 54 °C). counting.S. [black iron. Standard nozzles to be natural brass or painted red. 6. [black iron. For pipe larger than 2 in. H. and marked in accordance with applicable Department of Transportation (DOT) and U. 3. Circuits to be configured using cross. Manual actuation accomplished by pulling hand lever on the actuator. Meets requirements of ASTM [A53] [A106] specifications. F. Valve contains safety pressure relief device which provides relief at 2650 to 3000 psi (18269 to 20682 kPa). 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. The contractor shall install system in accordance with manufacturer’s design.03 if testing is not required. Instruct owner’s personnel in the operation of [equipment] [system] under provisions of Section [01670.05 SCHEDULES Consult with the authority having jurisdiction or other qualified person for a recommended format. Delete Article 3. and maintenance manual.A.PART 3 EXECUTION 3. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. 2-91-2354 . System Component: ________________________ ________________________ ________________________ Quality: ________________________ ________________________ ________________________ END OF SECTION Location: ________________________ ________________________ ________________________ ANSUL INCORPORATED.S. Field testing can be waived by the authority having jurisdiction. installation.01 EXAMINATION A.] 3. MARINETTE. 3. 3. F-90230 ©1991 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.02 INSTALLATION A. Verification of Conditions: The contractor shall verify that area being protected by carbon dioxide system meets requirements of NFPA 12. Tests: Field testing of system shall be conducted by personnel authorized and trained by the manufacturer. A.] [____________. recharge. and paper) combustibles. It can be effectively used on most combustible material. such as cellulose nitrate and metal hydrides. reduction of the oxygen concentration to 15% (from the normal 21%) will be sufficient to extinguish the fire. For most flammable liquids. Local Application A local application system consists of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide.A. By manually depressing the strike button on the local/manual override or rotating the lever on the lever actuator. Still other materials. The nozzles are arranged to discharge the carbon dioxide directly onto the burning material. therefore. through the piping and out the nozzles.). and nozzles to direct the agent at the hazard independent of any enclosure that may exist. Carbon dioxide extinguishes fire by reducing the oxygen concentration to a point where the atmosphere will no longer support combustion. carbon dioxide will penetrate and spread to all parts of the protected hazard. a reduction to 15% will control the fire. signs. which in turn forces the cylinder valve to open. and breathing apparatus should be provided to the personnel involved. cannot be extinguished by use of carbon dioxide. piping. It does not conduct electricity and. Since it is a gas. It can also reduce visibility to a point where exits are difficult to locate by persons attempting to evacuate the area. Total Flooding A total flooding system normally consists of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide connected to fixed piping with nozzles to direct the agent into an enclosed space about the hazard. mechanical.ANSUL Section 4 6-19-98 REV. Pneumatic PERSONNEL SAFETY ! CAUTION The discharge of carbon dioxide into an enclosed space can create a dangerous oxygen deficiency. 4-1 . In a total flooding system. can be used on live electrical equipment. 1 General Information CARBON DIOXIDE Carbon dioxide. TYPES OF SYSTEMS There are two basic types of systems: total flooding and local application. alarms. The gas pressure forces the piston of the pneumatic actuator down. electrical. the space around the hazard must be tight enough to hold the required percentage of carbon dioxide concentration long enough to extinguish the fire. the cylinder valve can be opened. and rate of rise (H. Some materials. Pneumatic pressure from the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C or pilot cylinder opens the valve through this port. Carbon dioxide is most effective against flammable liquid fires. Time delays. It will not damage equipment and leaves no residue to be cleaned up. actuation line is attached to the 1/4 in. allowing the carbon dioxide to discharge through the piping and nozzles. as an extinguishing agent.D. port on the side of the valve. a 1/4 in. has many desirable properties. releasing the carbon dioxide from the cylinder. Mechanical Mechanical actuation is accomplished by either a local/manual override or a lever actuator mounted on top of the cylinder valve. For Class A (wood. such as acetylene and ethylene oxide. which do not require oxygen as they burn. TYPES OF ACTUATION There are four basic types of actuation for carbon dioxide systems: pneumatic. require a greater reduction of oxygen concentration for extinguishment. The carbon dioxide concentration must be maintained for a sufficient period to allow the maximum temperature to be reduced below the auto-ignition temperature of the burning material. Pneumatic actuation utilizes gas pressure from either a remote cartridge actuator or from a cartridge located in a control panel such as an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. Any use of carbon dioxide in an occupied space should provide for the prompt evacuation of personnel and resuscitation of anyone trapped in the hazard area. On a CV-98 valve. A pneumatic actuator is installed on top of the CV-90 cylinder valve. training. one type is electric (control panel). or combustible vapor detectors. pneumatic or mechanical actuating devices can also be attached as a secondary means of actuation. When using either style of electric actuator.). H. due to the link separating because of heat in the hazard area. (Rate of Rise) The H. TYPES OF DETECTION There are three types of automatic detection available for carbon dioxide systems. puncturing the seal in the nitrogen cartridge. normally under tension. and the other type is mechanical (fusible link).D.A. This device is designed to sense abrupt changes in temperature caused by fire. flame detectors. Both styles of actuator are energized by an electric signal from the detection control panel.Section 4 – General Information 6-19-98 REV. Detection devices available are: ionization smoke detectors. detection system consists of a mechanical control head mounted on the cylinder valve. through an approved control panel. This nitrogen pressure will then operate the pneumatic actuator located on the cylinder valve. The release mechanism is actuated when the fusible link wire rope network. Pneumatic tubing is run to a pneumatic detector. The actuator opens the cylinder valve causing the carbon dioxide to be released into the piping network and discharged out the nozzles. This will cause the carbon dioxide to be released into the piping network and discharged out the nozzles. Mechanical (Fusible Link) The mechanical detection system consists of a mechanical release enclosure which houses the release mechanism and a nitrogen cartridge. the release operates. rate-of-rise heat detectors.A. Electrical automatic actuation of the CV-98 cylinder valve can be accomplished by using a CV-98 electrical actuator. Electric Electric operation of the carbon dioxide system is obtained through the use of electronic control systems which monitor and control various system functions. is relaxed.) Another type of automatic actuation can be accomplished by the use of a heat actuated device (H. Rate of Rise (H. When a detector senses a fire.D. can be accomplished by using an HF electric actuator.A. NOTE: CV-98 and HF actuators cannot be mixed on the same release circuit. This temperature rise causes a small increase in pressure in the pneumatic detection circuit which in turn actuates a mechanical device mounted on top of the cylinder valve. An increase in temperature of the air surrounding the detector will cause an increase in pressure in the pneumatic detection circuit. 4-2 . One type is pneumatic (H.).D.D.A.D. The panel in turn sends an electric signal to the actuator located on the cylinder valve. 1 TYPES OF ACTUATION (Continued) Electrical Electrical automatic actuation of the CV-90 cylinder valve. a signal is sent to the control panel.A. When the link separates. photoelectric smoke detectors. which in turn will cause the control head located on the cylinder valve to actuate the valve and release the carbon dioxide into the piping network and out the discharge nozzles. fixed temperature detectors. and any permanent structures which may interfere with piping or discharge pattern. such as occur with flammable liquids. APPLICATION METHODS Two types of approved application methods are available with the carbon dioxide system: total flooding and local application. Local application systems are divided into two types: rate-by-area and rate-by-volume. It is important to cover each element and accurately record the information. Record size of hazard. record the manufacturer model number and anything unique about the hazard. Hazard Dimensions Sketch hazard and record all pertinent dimensions including all interior walls. 5-1 . unclosable openings. oil-filled electric transformer. Rate-by-area method of system design is used where the fire hazard consists primarily of flat surfaces or low-level objects associated with horizontal surfaces. Examples of this type of enclosure include rooms. any obstructions. and machine enclosures. Local Application Local application is defined as a system consisting of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to a system of fixed piping with nozzles arranged so as to discharge the agent directly into the fire. and anything else that would concern system performance. Unclosable Openings For enclosures that have unclosable openings. The rate-by-volume method of system design is used where the fire hazard consists of three-dimensional irregular objects that cannot be easily reduced to equivalent surface areas.ANSUL Section 5 Planning One of the key elements for fire protection is to correctly define the hazard and choose the best application method. etc. the total area of unclosable openings must not exceed 3% of the volume of the enclosure. with fixed nozzles arranged to discharge carbon dioxide into an enclosed space or enclosure about the hazard. HAZARD ANALYSIS A thorough hazard analysis is required to determine the type and quantity of protection required. gases. If the hazard could result in a deep-seated fire. Review each of the following criteria: Hazard Type Briefly describe the types of hazards being protected. location of doors and windows. This information will be used to determine the size and type of carbon dioxide system required and also to determine at a later date if any changes were made to the hazard after the system was installed. This section is divided into two sub-sections: Application Methods and Hazard Analysis. Examples of hazards that may be successfully protected by local application systems include dip tanks. and shallow solids where the hazard is not enclosed or where the enclosure does not conform to the requirements for total flooding. If leakage is appreciable. consideration shall be given to an extended discharge system. If protecting prefabricated booths or machines. vaults. The enclosure must be adequate to contain the discharge of agent to achieve the required carbon dioxide concentration. Total Flooding Total flooding is defined as a system consisting of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to fixed piping. These unclosable openings must be compensated for by an additional quantity of carbon dioxide equal to the anticipated loss during a oneminute holding time. any opening that cannot be closed at the time of extinguishment shall be compensated for by the addition of carbon dioxide equal in volume to the expected leakage volume during the extinguishing period. the following rules must be observed when total flooding: For surface fires. quench tanks. Local application systems are used for the suppression of surface fires in flammable liquids. This eliminates the potential of a fire being electrically-reignited. review the following statements: LIVE UNINSULATED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE – For minimum clearances of live uninsulated high voltage wire. rotating equipment. If possible. paper. the control system. DEEP-SEATED – For deep-seated fires. CLASS B – FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS FIRES – These fires involve such materials as oils. oil switches. The control system or releasing device requires an independent 120 VAC 50/60 Hz circuit. Hazardous Material Carbon dioxide is an effective agent to suppress the following types of fires: CLASS A – SURFACE FIRES: These fires involve ordinary combustible materials such as cloth. Carbon dioxide is NOT effective on the following types of fires: • Class D combustible metals such as sodium. and motors.Section 5 – Planning HAZARD ANALYSIS (Continued) Unclosable Openings (Continued) Openings leading to adjacent areas containing hazards can be protected in several ways. distribution piping. pumps. Consider installing dampers wherever possible to restrict the fire to the protected area and enhance the fire protection. screening nozzles may be installed at the opening areas to prevent fire from spreading through the opening to adjacent areas. or other nonelectrical parts may be located in the hazard. and zirconium. In addition to the above. titanium. If the hazard is designed as explosion-proof. The hazard should be inspected immediately after to make certain extinguishment is complete. They are subject to prompt extinguishment when carbon dioxide is quickly introduced into the enclosure in sufficient quantity to overcome leakage and provide an extinguishing concentration for the particular materials involved. • Metal hydrides Ventilation Considerations The hazard ventilation system is very important when considering total flooding application. Types of Fires Types of fires which can be extinguished by total flooding may be divided into two categories: surface fires involving flammable liquids. 5-2 . circuit breakers. and gasoline. Only the detectors. SURFACE FIRES – Are the most common hazards particularly adaptable to extinguishment by total flooding systems. • Chemicals containing their own oxygen supply. System wiring must comply with all local codes and applicable NFPA Standards. Hazard Atmosphere The carbon dioxide system can be used in most industrial environments. greases. CLASS C – ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FIRES – Common Class C devices include control rooms. 120 VAC PRIMARY POWER SOURCE – Determine if a 120 VAC primary power source is available for the control system or releasing device operation. potassium. magnesium. tars. the volume of air moved by the system during the discharge period must be added to the enclosure volume if a total flooding designed system is required. rubber. such as cellulose nitrate. lacquers. If the ventilation system cannot be shut down. or field wiring circuits. releasing devices. Or. NOTE: Specific fuel must be identified as it will determine total flood concentration requirements. refer to NFPA 12 “Electrical Clearances. Any additional carbon dioxide required for screening the opening must be adjusted if the temperatures are outside the normal design range. the ventilation system should be shut down and/or dampered before or simultaneously with the start of the carbon dioxide discharge. Electrical Considerations It is recommended that all electrical power sources associated with the protected hazard be shut down before system discharge. the required extinguishing concentration shall be maintained for a sufficient period of time to allow the smoldering to be extinguished and the material to cool to a point at which reignition will not occur. nozzles. releasing devices and electric valve actuators (if not approved for hazardous environments) must be located away from the hazard area and the system must be remotely piped to the area. and deep-seated fires involving solids subject to smoldering. Cooking oils and grease will require longer discharge. but should also be considered for local application. oilbased paints.’’ Reduced clearance can result in line spikes being fed into the control system. gases and solids. transformers. Local application systems can be used only for surface fire protection. The opening may be equipped with automatic closures operated by pressure trip devices which close the openings upon system actuation. and many plastics. • Final inspection or discharge test required. The addition of a connected or unconnected reserve system will add to your job cost estimate. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION – Contact the enduser or authority having jurisdiction to establish the requirements for: • Minimum/maximum detector spacing.Section 5 – Planning HAZARD ANALYSIS (Continued) Temperature Range The following temperature ranges must be determined and noted to ensure proper placement and operation of the carbon dioxide and detection control components: HAZARD AREA – Determine the minimum and maximum temperature of the hazard to be protected. determine if it should be permanently connected. DETECTION/CONTROL SYSTEM –The detection/control system must be located in an area with a temperature range from 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C). • Piping limitations are not exceeded. the quantity of agent must be increased by 1% for each five degrees above 200° F (93 °C). Other Factors That Influence System Planning The following additional factors require consideration to perform a thorough hazard analysis: HANDICAPPED PERSONNEL – Care should be taken that proper signs and visual devices are placed so all personnel are aware that the system has been activated. RESERVE SYSTEM – If a reserve carbon dioxide system is required. • If reserve system is required. • Type of detection and control system that is acceptable. DISCHARGE TEST – Determine if a discharge test is required. CYLINDER AND ACCESSORY LOCATION – Establish a location that is acceptable with the end-user and verify the following: • Temperature range is acceptable. A discharge test will require proper preparation and will affect your total cost estimate. or unconnected and located on the premises. or accessories are located outside of the hazard area. AGENT CYLINDER – The carbon dioxide cylinder must be located in an area with a temperature range from 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C). • Components are not subject to damage or vandalism. The reserve system can provide a second discharge in the event of a fire reflash. control system. • What audible and/or visual alarm devices may be required. This information can be used to determine if a reserve system is required. This temperature may be any temperature that the distribution piping and detectors can withstand only if the agent tank. • If the temperature is below 0 °F (–18 °C). 5-3 . the following compensations must be made: • If the enclosure temperature is above 200 °F (93 °C). the agent quantity must be increased by 1% for each one degree below 0 °F (–18 °C). For extreme temperature conditions. RESPONSE TIME OF FIREFIGHTING SERVICE – Establish the maximum time required for firefighting service to respond to an alarm. Section 5 – Planning NOTES: 5-4 . first total the surface area of the hazard walls. Note any partially enclosed areas that require special consideration to ensure complete flooding of the space. The minimum design concentration used for any hazard must not be less than 34%.5 Hydrogen Hydrogen Sulfide Isobutane Isobutylene Isobutyl Formate JP-4 Kerosene Methane Methyl Acetate Methyl Alcohol Methyl Butene – I Methyl Ethyl Ketone Methyl Formate Pentane Propane Propylene Quench Lube Oils Minimum Carbon Dioxide Concentrations For Extinguishment Theoretical Min. Make a sketch noting any permanent installations that would affect the flow of the agent into the enclosure or affect piping installation. Planning. APPLICATION METHOD Choose one of the following approved application methods. • Surface Fires: It is assumed that extinguishment will occur as soon as the necessary concentration is achieved. proceed with the following elements to work up a complete design and bill of materials. For materials not listed in this table. AGENT QUANTITY – The quantity of agent required for extinguishment is dependent upon whether the fire is a surface-type or deep-seated. Total Flooding HAZARD VOLUME – Determine the hazard volume by physically measuring the enclosure and calculating its volume. To calculate the percent of unclosable opening. The number arrived at will be the percentage of unclosable openings. Once both totals have been recorded.’’ CALCULATING % OF UNCLOSABLE OPENING – The total area of unclosable openings must not exceed 3% of the total hazard area. Minimum design concentration for many common flammable liquids are given in Figure 1. Benzene Butadiene Butane Butane-1 Carbon Disulfide Carbon Monoxide Coal or Natural Gas Cyclopropane Diethyl Ether Dimethyl Ether Dowtherm Ethane Ethyl Alcohol Ethyl Ether Ethylene Ethylene Dichloride Ethylene Oxide Gasoline Hexane Higher Paraffin Hydrocarbons Cm H2m + 2m . floor. and ceiling. Those marked with * were calculated from accepted residual oxygen values. CO2 Concentration (%) 55 27* 30 31 34 28 31 60 53 31* 31 33 33 38* 33 36 38* 41 21 44 28 29 28 62 30 30* 26 26 30 28 25 29 33 30 33 32 29 30 30 28 Minimum Design CO2 Concentration (%) 66 34 36 37 41 34 37 72 64 37 37 40 40 46 40 43 46 49 34 53 34 35 34 75 36 36 34 34 36 34 34 35 40 36 40 39 35 36 36 34 NOTE: The theoretical minimum extinguishing concentrations in air for the above materials were obtained from a compilation of Bureau of Mines Limits of Flammability of Gases and Vapors (Bulletins 503 and 627). values must be obtained from a recognized source or obtained by testing. Depending on the hazard. arrangements must be made to close some of the openings upon discharge of the system. FIGURE 1 6-1 . Total Unclosable Opening Area divided by Total Hazard Area x 100 = % of Unclosable Openings. it may be necessary to combine different application methods on the total system. Then total the area of all the unclosable openings.ANSUL Section 6 Design After completing the hazard analysis sub-section in Section 5. If the number is above 3%. NFPA 12 states “in figuring the net cubic capacity to be protected. Material Acetylene Acetone Aviation Gas Grades 115/145 Benzol. due allowance may be made for permanent nonremovable impermeable structures materially reducing the volume. divide the total area of all openings by the total area of the hazard and then multiply that number by 100. This shall be multiplied by the material conversion factor when the design concentration is greater than 34 percent. 2. is the required amount of carbon dioxide needed for this sample hazard.050 .1 which equals 275. refer to Figure 3. the conversion factor is 1. ft.067 .50000 Over 50000 14 15 16 18 20 22 . ft. To complete the calculation. Example: A 4500 cubic ft. Referring to the table. 3. To calculate the minimum agent quantity required for a total flooding surface fire. to achieve a carbon dioxide concentration of 34% would ideally require about one pound of carbon dioxide per 26 cubic feet of space. However.4500 4501 . CO2) cu./lb. the following compensations must be made: If the enclosure temperature is above 200 °F (93 °C). If the sample hazard material had required a design concentration of 34%. After determining the amount of carbon dioxide required in Step 2. JP-4 fuel requires a carbon dioxide concentration of 36%. calculate the new amount required by following the graph in this figure. For materials requiring a design concentration greater than 34%. the quantity of agent must be increased by 1% for each five degrees above 200 °F (93 °C). (cu. ft. additional carbon dioxide shall be added to the space through the regular distribution system in an amount computed by dividing the volume moved during the liquid discharge period by the flooding factor. ft.) by the conversion factor of 1. For example. CONVERSION FACTOR MINIMUM DESIGN CO2 CONCENTRATION – % FIGURE 3 001858 Special conditions that may occur must be compensated for as follows: 6-2 .1600 1601 . Because the example hazard requires 36% design concentration. If the minimum design concentration is greater than 34% for the hazard. the actual amount of agent required is greater than the theoretical amount. 275 lbs. read across to the left to determine the conversion factor. Therefore. If the temperature is below 0 °F (–17 °C). CO2/cu. no additional calculation steps would be required to determine total quantity of carbon dioxide. This fuel requires a design concentration of 36%.063 .) Up to 140 141 .) determined in the table. Volume Factors Volume of Volume Factor Space (cu. an additional step must be completed to determine amount of carbon dioxide required. Example: The sample hazard contains JP-4 fuel. one pound of carbon dioxide is required per 22 cubic feet of space to achieve 34% concentration. Dividing 4500 cubic feet by 18 (volume factor) equals 250 lbs. Refer to the “Volume Factors” in Figure 2.046 Calculated Quantity (lb. in actual practice. than from a large enclosure.Section 6 – Design REV. Material Conversion Factors – For ventilating systems that cannot be shut down. Continue with Step 3. Refer to Figure 1 to determine the correct design concentration for the type of hazard material. For enclosures of less than 50.1 on the left side of the graph. Example: The sample hazard has a volume of 4500 cubic feet. of carbon dioxide required. hazard contains barrels of JP-4 fuel.072 . the minimum quantities of agent and volume factors given in Figure 2 must be adhered to. ft. At that point. – For extreme temperature conditions.056 . CO2 (or multiply by lb. determine the required amount of carbon dioxide by dividing the hazard volume (in cubic feet) by the Volume Factor for cu. Find 36% on the bottom of the graph. CO2 inclusive) lb. complete the following steps: 1. Using the previously calculated hazard volume. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Total Flooding (Continued) Because some carbon dioxide escapes from the enclosure with the displaced air.500 501 . Follow the line up until it intersects with the curved line. the volume factor must be multiplied by the material conversion factor listed in Figure 3 to achieve the required greater concentration. (lb. In this case. multiply the quantity of carbon dioxide determined in Step 2 (250 lbs.000 cubic feet. the agent quantity must be increased by 1% for each one degree below 0 °F (–17 °C).) Not Less Than – 10 35 100 250 2500 FIGURE 2 The higher concentration achieved from using this table is based on the assumption that the leakage from a small enclosure will be greater on a volumetric basis. The agent concentration is dependent upon the type of combustible material present. This will now give the additional amount of CO2 required which must be added to the previous total. refer to Figure 4.125 75 6 ./sq. per min. extreme temperature ranges. ducts. The JP-4 fuel requires a carbon dioxide concentration of 36%. At that intersect point.100 Specific Hazard Dry electric. Record (bulk paper) storage. etc. find 8 ft. The center of the opening is 8 ft. of opening. 30 20 30 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 20 10 For SI Units 1 ft. This is an area of 6 sq. ft. This consideration demands that the enclosure be relatively leak proof. ft.. ft. Spaces 0-2000 cu ft. use only 1/2 of the total opening area since it is presumed that fresh air will enter through one-half of the opening and the protective gas will exit through the other half./min. down from the ceiling of the hazard./lb./m2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 1 Feet Height of Atmosphere Above Center of Opening FIGURE 4 001859 •Deep-Seated Fires: For deep-seated fires. Read up the chart to the diagonal line representing the % of CO2 being designed for. = 0. ft. as stated in the beginning of this section. Finally. 60 lbs. Any leakage must be given careful consideration. now assume that the hazard has one unclosable opening of 2 ft. (lb. but not less than 20 minutes. Spaces greater than 2000 cu ft. ft. The following example will help understand this calculation: – Based on the previous example requiring 275 lbs. Reading over to the left gives a leakage rate of approximately 20 lbs.89 kg/min. Referring to the chart in Figure 4. per sq. Remember. x 3 ft. CO2/min. of additional CO2 must now be added to the original amount of 275 lbs.302 m 1 lb. CO2/ CO2 cu. (1/2 the total opening area) = 60 lbs. To determine the additional amount of CO2 required to compensate for the loss through the unclosable openings. Flooding Factors For Specific Hazards (Deep Seated) Design Concentrations % 50 Flooding Factor (cu. Determine the height from the top of the hazard down to the center of the unclosable opening.166 . Follow up the line until it intersects approximately 36% on the diagonal line. on the bottom line.2 = 4. Now multiply 20 lbs./ft. Find this dimension on the bottom line of the chart. the concentration of agent must be maintained for a substantial period of time. of opening. ft. for a new total of 335 lbs.083 65 8 . ft. 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 CO 2 0% 10 90 80 70 60 50 40 Leakage Rate in lbs. See Figure 5 to determine the correct flooding factors for deep-seated fires. dust collectors FIGURE 5 6-3 50 12 .) 10 . of CO2.Section 6 – Design REV. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Total Flooding (Continued) After calculating the minimum amount of carbon dioxide required. x 3 sq. and covered trenches Fur storage vaults. read to the left to determine the leakage rate in lbs. add to it any additional carbon dioxide needed to compensate for loss through openings.wiring insulation hazards in general. area of the unclosable opening. of CO2 per minute per sq. multiply this number by 1/2 of the sq. ft. to assure extinguishment. Refer to Figure 5 to determine the correct design concentration for the type of material being protected. Some style nozzles are better suited for certain type of hazards than others. the discharge rate for the total flooding portion shall be computed by dividing the quantity required for total flooding by the factor 1. Listed below are the styles of available total flooding nozzles and a short description of their discharge characteristics and possible usage: • A or D Type Nozzle – Produces a soft discharge. note the correct “Flooding Factor” to use for the type of material being protected.Section 6 – Design APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Total Flooding (Continued) Special situations must be given the same considerations previously mentioned under “special conditions. the design concentration shall be achieved within 7 minutes. If the agent concentration must be maintained for an extended period of time. Some of the rules that should be followed are: • 20 ft. but it may also be used on ordinary total flooding applications where suitable. Most commonly used nozzle for rooms and enclosed spaces. Dimension the location of the nozzles from the walls or major components in the hazard area. Example: The total hazard volume of this example is 4000 cubic feet. create an explosion. 6-4 . • Sealed Type Nozzle – Sealed to prevent dirt or vapors from getting into the piping network. To calculate the minimum agent quantity required for a deep-seated fire. from a wall or major obstruction – total flooding only • Try not to locate the nozzle near an unclosable opening – unless using for screening • Make certain nothing interferes with the discharge pattern of the nozzle • Make certain the nozzle is not located so that it causes unduly splash of flammable liquids or creates dust clouds that might extend the fire. the correct flooding factor for a fur storage vault is 6. hoods. When locating the nozzles. EXTENDED RATE OF APPLICATION – Where leakage is appreciable and the design concentration must be obtained quickly and maintained for an extended period of time. draw a sketch of the hazard and place the location of the nozzles on it. as stated in the beginning of this section. Example: 4000 cubic foot fur storage vault is being protected. NOZZLE TYPE – Again.” Page 6-2. etc. but the rate shall be not less than that required to develop a concentration of 30 percent in 2 minutes. Generally used in ducts. • This type of system is particularly applicable to enclosed rotating electrical apparatus. and convertors. add to it any additional amount needed to compensate for loss through openings. of carbon dioxide required to protect this hazard. the design concentration shall be achieved within 1 minute. Generally used in sub-floor areas where a too strong of discharge would drive the carbon dioxide out of the area. Small leaks in normal enclosures have been found to provide adequate venting in most cases. venting may be required to prevent a dangerous buildup of pressure within the enclosure.4 and by the time of the local application discharge in minutes. • Regular Type Nozzle – Produces a high velocity spray type pattern. After calculating the minimum amount of carbon dioxide required. ventilating systems. These locations and dimensions will be used later to determine piping lengths and number of fittings. • For deep-seated fires. • Baffle Type Nozzle – Fan shape pattern. 3. complete the following steps: 1. In this example. or otherwise adversely affect the contents of the enclosure. Spreads agent rapidly. such as generators. This requires a concentration of 75%. the agent discharge time must be increased accordingly to maintain the minimum concentration required. motors. Again. Therefore. For unusually tight enclosures. NUMBER OF NOZZLES – There is no exact science when it comes to placing discharge nozzles in a hazard area. carbon dioxide provided for leakage compensation may be applied at a reduced rate using small orifice nozzles. there is no exact science when choosing a nozzle for total flooding. or enclosed machinery spaces.. To determine the required amount of carbon dioxide needed. Generally used in ducts and small enclosed hazards. The minimum design concentration shall be obtained within the limits specified below: • For surface fires. • If a part of the hazard is to be protected by total flooding. divide the total hazard volume by the flooding factor volume. referring to Figure 5. 4000 divided by 6 equals 667 lbs. The required flooding factor is 6. Usually mounted near ceiling. maximum spacing between nozzles – total flooding only • Not more than 10 ft. 2. extreme temperatures. When protecting fuels with an auto-ignition point below its boiling point. FIGURE 6 001860 Local Application Nozzle Ranges 6MDL MOST COMMONLY USED 6MD 144 IN. MAX. MAX.0 HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PROGRAM. The overhead nozzles are not restricted to placement exactly perpendicular to the surface they are protecting. (38. (274.4 cm) 108 IN. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS – For estimating purposes. The nozzle is also rated to protect a specific square area based on a side-of-square dimension at a given height and flow rate. MAX. Discharge Angle (1) 45° .4 cm) PROTECTED SURFACE FIGURE 7 001861 6-5 . MAX. For enclosed rotating electrical equipment. 2 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Total Flooding (Continued) The extended rate of discharge shall be sufficient to maintain the minimum concentration. MIN. RATE OF DISCHARGE – Nozzle discharge rates shall be determined by either the area method or the volume method: • The area method of system design is used where the fire hazard consists of flat surfaces or low level objects associated with horizontal surfaces. (91.7 cm) 15 IN. Consult your piping sketch and determine flow rate and approximate pipe sizes.1/2 1/2 (Center) (1) Degrees from plane of hazard surface (2) Fractional amount of nozzle coverage side-of-square Local Application Nozzle Ranges X IN. MIN. but not less than 20 minutes. MAX. See Figure 6 and 7. (182. (106. This applies to normal fuels such as quench oil. MAX. Each nozzle is rated for a specific flow rate at a given height over the protected surface.1 cm) 42 IN. The following chart lists the aiming factors for angular placement of nozzles.6 cm) 36 IN.8 cm) CONE “D” “A” 91 1/2 IN.3 cm) 132 IN. DETERMINE NOZZLE PLACEMENT – Local application carbon dioxide fire suppression systems employ overhead type nozzles. 90° 60° L 2 L 4 L L NOTE: Distance “X” and the flow rate are the same in both cases. (45. This increase is to permit cooling of the fuel to prevent reignition. see Figure 18 to approximately determine the size of piping required for carbon dioxide discharge.89° 90° (Perpendicular) Aiming Factor (2) 1/4 1/4 . (335.59° 60° . The designer must have knowledge of and access to the ANSUL ANSCALC Version 2.2 cm) 72 IN. (365.Section 6 – Design REV.3/8 3/8 . These pipe sizes are not to be used for final hydraulic system design. MIN. See Appendix section of this manual. Local Application DISCHARGE TIME – The discharge time for local application systems is a minimum of 30 seconds. the effective discharge time is increased to 3 minutes. MIN.74° 75° .8 cm) 18 IN. a minimum concentration of 30% shall be maintained for the deceleration period.7 cm) 120 IN. X IN. (232. such as paraffin wax or cooking oils. • The volume method of system design is used where the fire hazard consists of three-dimensional irregular objects that cannot be easily reduced to equivalent surface areas. These nozzles may be installed at angles between 45° and 90° (perpendicular) from the plane of the hazard surface. only the aiming point for the nozzle changes. (304. based on a 6-inch freeboard. DETERMINE NOZZLE TYPE – Figure 8 through Figure 12 show the overhead nozzle ratings for flow rate and side-of-square for specific heights above the surface being protected.1 49.7 22.33 2.00 3.88 2.5 NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shower. the 6 in.00 3.9 30 21.) 1.4 48 33.0 39.23 2.24 2.7 33 23.65 2.0 44.00 3.58 1.24 2.24 2.72 3.00 1.5 Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.40 2.25 2.65 2.73 2.16 2. based on what the hazard configuration will allow.8 69 46.03 2.24 2.) 1.07 2.51 2.91 2.8 22.55 FM Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.) 11.00 3.0 63 42./ min.17 1.) 1.2 19.55 3.27 2. Type "D".2 45.5 UL Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.24 2.4 17.55 3.8 64 1/2 44.81 3.66 2.97 2.0 39 27.12 2. or Cone nozzles are normally used.7 48.5 28.8 39.24 2.8 45.24 2.21 2.24 2.51 2.0 57 38.9 60 41.24 2.87 1.65 2.65 2.85 2.0 66 44.90 3.3 43. (rate by area) 6 in.5 17.87 1.39 2. For rate by volume.63 3. place the nozzles as close to the hazard as possible.82 2.5 30./ (in.8 14.41 2.4 32. For liquid or wetted surfaces.6 16.63 2.70 2.0 27 19.00 3.24 2.) (ft.65 2.57 2.24 2.0 16.03 2.25 2.3 33.66 2.24 2.24 2.6 23.58 1.3 14.7 35.5 45 31.) 18 14.65 2.55 “D” Nozzle Height (in.66 2.00 3. FIGURE 8 6-6 .5 18.65 2.9 43.0 20.24 2.44 3.96 3.0 20./min.65 2.0 24 18.24 2.00 3.2 29.0 26.) (ft.5 37.55 3.55 3.58 1.21 2.25 2.74 2. Multi-Discharge.15 1.1 38.66 2.6 42.13 2.40 2.8 30.00 1.02 2.3 46.66 2.0 29.) 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 75 78 81 84 87 90 91 1/2 UL FM Flow Rate (lb.65 2.45 2.05 1. This will then allow for the least number of nozzles and the least total amount of agent.90 2.24 2.3 25.87 1.5 27.32 2.Section 6 – Design APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) The nozzle height above the hazard will determine flow rate and number of nozzles required.6 45.65 2.11 2.24 2.32 2.13 2.0 32.65 2.24 2.5 42 29.88 3.6 36 26.0 28.0 12.64 3.65 2.65 2.0 23.65 2.0 35.) (ft.1 54 37.65 2.2 42.85 2.24 2.9 42.9 46. “A” Nozzle Flow Rate Height (lb.5 12. Multi-Discharge is normally used.0 47.11 2.51 2.6 48.0 26.65 2.6 72 48.80 3.55 3. Be sure to compare all nozzles and choose the most efficient one.5 34.57 3.5 24.30 2.5 21.0 27.3 26. therefore.24 2.25 2.0 11.24 2. Type "A".25 2.2 19.4 40.6 27.48 2.0 21 16.24 2.71 2.8 47.) min.24 2.65 2.7 26.65 2.4 36.5 40.2 40.0 51 35.65 2.5 48.65 2. NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.) 13.4 46.65 2.0 33.95 2.8 39.65 2.65 FIGURE 9 Flow Rate (lb.7 15.0 20.51 3.7 38.44 2.4 24. 81 2.0 122.5 31.88 4.17 4.18 3.92 3.) 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 96 99 102 105 108 UL/FM Flow Rate (lb.51 4.53 4.95 2.53 4.15 2.01 3.59 3.5 37.58 3.0 100.0 127.0 72.0 63.0 102.03 3.11 3.5 94.59 3.41 5.91 5.46 2.97 3.76 FIGURE 12 6-7 Note: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.0 54.21 2.61 4.0 77.13 3.49 2.08 4.28 2.5 86.03 3.75 4.80 4.49 4.05 4.5 45.5 46.0 84.5 105.18 3.) (ft.87 3.0 107.5 51.36 3.0 Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.) 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 96 99 102 105 108 111 114 117 120 123 126 129 132 UL/FM Flow Rate (lb.22 3.0 91.40 4.0 82.39 3.72 3.31 3./min.0 96.0 87.5 89.75 5.74 2.0 75.02 4.16 2.) 2.31 3.39 3.81 3.18 FIGURE 11 UL/FM Flow Rate (lb.0 41.18 3.00 5.0 91.) 28.66 3.53 4.91 2.18 3.65 4.18 3.0 47.5 52.) 21.71 4.18 3.67 4.0 26.5 82.53 5.0 62.53 4.00 5.78 4.0 100.14 3.56 4.32 3.43 4.00 5.0 97.5 61.88 3.0 108.5 94.38 2.48 3.53 4.86 3.53 4. 6MDL Nozzle Height (in.47 2.52 3.36 4.) 120 123 126 129 132 135 138 141 144 NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.0 42.23 3.5 57.70 3.41 2.5 117.47 4.02 3.26 2.77 3.) 2. .) (ft.0 33.0 89.35 2.0 98./min.36 3.5 103.0 40.85 5.08 3.94 4.65 3.5 73.83 3.5 77.0 Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.) 86.98 5.66 2.96 5.5 31.29 5.18 3.64 5./min.5 66.92 4.48 4.53 4.64 4.67 3.Section 6 – Design APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) CONE NOZZLE Height (in.0 56.53 4.0 70.) 3.91 5.0 49.86 4.0 102.27 3.11 3.0 35.39 4.97 3.80 4.98 3.91 FIGURE 10 6MD Nozzle Height (in.88 2.76 3.06 3.0 79.61 3.89 5.0 67.93 3.5 38. NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.) (ft.23 4.0 132.0 112.08 2.18 3.55 3.02 2.48 3.78 3.0 Side of Square Liquid Wetted (ft.95 4.0 68.63 4.43 2.0 92.0 97.32 2.20 3.5 58. It should be noted that even though all the overhead nozzles meet the criteria of the example problem. but merely provide an aiming point on the protected surface for installation purposes. and rate by volume. Since the conveyor system runs along the center line of the dip tank and drain. • Rate by area: A typical dip tank (9 ft. refer to the appropriate figure (Figures 8-12) for that nozzle and record the listed “side-of-square. the further the nozzle is from the hazard surface. are structured to lead you. step by step. the higher the flow rate must be. SAMPLE PROBLEMS –The following two sample problems. After the type of nozzle has been chosen and the height above the hazard has been determined. Once the placement of the nozzles have been determined. use the following formula to determine total number of nozzles required: Number of Nozzles Required = Linear Length x Linear Width Side-Of-Square Side-Of-Square AGENT QUANTITY – In the case of local application type carbon dioxide fire suppression systems. rate by area.Section 6 – Design REV. more agent is require. Figure 8. The parts to be dipped are fed into the dip tank by means of an overhead conveyor system. This is done through the use of a multiplier with a value of 1.7 2. To allow for maintenance to the conveyor.02 10 19. shall always be increased by 40%. and. it is noted that both the “A” Type and the “D” Type nozzle will permit placement in a range that is acceptable for the sample problem. through each of the required areas for designing a local application system.) Required* 21. The agent quantity formula is as follows: Amount of Agent Required = Number of Nozzles x Flow Rate Per Nozzle x 1./min.0 2. tank. wide) and drainboard (6 ft. Referring to the Nozzle Range Table. wide) is to be protected by means of a local application carbon dioxide system. the customer requests that the overhead nozzles be placed no closer than 30 inches from the surface being protected. The solution to the problem. only the liquid portion of the discharge is considered effective. therefore. then. Figure 7.4 (140%). long x 3 ft. then. The calculated quantity of agent.) (ft. is to place overhead nozzles on either side of the conveyor and orientate them by means of the Aiming Factor Chart. long x 3 ft. or drain. the nozzle type and number is required. Attached to the dip tank is a drainboard to reclaim any excess from the dripping operation./min.24 8 Total Flow (lb. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) DETERMINE NUMBER OF NOZZLES – The number of nozzles required is based on the length and width of the hazard area. This orientation of the nozzles will not affect the agent quantity required. the conveyor may interfere with the effectiveness of overhead nozzles placed directly over the protected surface.” Then.) 217 152 *Number Required = Linear Length x Linear Width Side-Of-Square Side-Of-Square 6-8 .4 x Discharge Time Required The number of cylinders required is obtained by dividing the total pounds of agent required by the size of the agent storage container to be used and then rounding the result up to the next whole number. The following table compares the “A” and “D” Type nozzles for the liquid surface protection of the dip tank: Nozzle Height Type (in.) “A” 30 “D” 30 Side-of Flow Rate Square Number (lb. = 186. therefore. of assumed volume. will protect an area having a side-of-square of 2. = 79. the assumed volume shall be increased to compensate for losses on the windward sides. of carbon dioxide required Total Agent Required = 106.8 lbs./min. 2.8 lbs. Cylinders Cylinder Size 100 lb.0 ft./ Quantity nozzle x 1. Rate by volume (assumed enclosure): When attempting to design a system using this approach.65 ft.0 ft. Also. Now that the type. The quantity of agent must.0 x 1.65 ft.4 x . the calculation includes a multiplier of 1./nozzle x 1. To do this./cyl. The number required to protect the dip tank is: Number Required = Linear Length x Linear Width Side-Of-Square Side-Of-Square = 9. from the main hazard unless actual walls are involved and shall enclose all areas of possible leakage. = 2.Section 6 – Design REV.0 lb. the “D” type nozzle at a height of 30 in. the quantity of agent may now be calculated. number and flow rate of each nozzle has been determined.0 lb./min.05 minutes.05 minutes. cylinders. the discharge time will be somewhat greater than 30 seconds.34 =4x2 = 8 "D" Nozzles at 30 in. Number of = Agent Required = 186. • The assumed walls and ceiling of the enclosure shall be at least 2 ft. cylinders Since the agent supply is larger than required.13 =3x2 = 6 "D" Nozzles at 30 in.24 ft.4 x Discharge Time Liquid Surface Quantity = 8 “D” Nozzles x 19. shall be used in calculating the volume of the assumed enclosure. the “D” type nozzle at a height of 30 in. the discharge time for local application systems protecting hazards containing normal fuels shall be a minimum of 30 second (0.65 feet. • No reduction shall be made for solid objects within the volume./min. It should again be noted that only the liquid portion of the discharge is considered effective. or spillage. be increased by 40%./min. several factors most be considered: • The total discharge rate of the system shall be based on the volume of an assumed enclosure entirely surrounding the hazard. 2. x 3.5 minutes). 2. • The total discharge rate for the basic system shall be equal to 1 lb.flow rate each.0 ft. 6-9 . This type should be considered when the fire hazard consists of three-dimensional irregular objects that cannot be easily reduced to equivalent surface areas. will protect an area having a side-of-square of 2. The number required to protect the drainboard is: Number Required = Linear Length x Linear Width Side-Of-Square Side-Of-Square = 6. Using 100 lb.4 lbs. and 19./cu.4 (140%). • A minimum dimension of 4 ft. Wetted Surfaces = 6 “D” Nozzles x 19. the “D” type nozzle will provide the protection required with the fewest number of nozzles and the least amount of agent. NOTICE Do not increase flow rate as this may cause splashing of fuel. = 2-100 lb. Another type of local application system is the rate by volume method. flow rate each./min. and 19.24 ft.26 x 1. splashing. + 79.4 x . For the liquid surface of the dip tank.2 Total lbs. For the wetted surface of the drainboard. it can easily be seen that of the two types of nozzles.0 lbs. • The assumed enclosure shall be based on an actual closed floor unless special provisions are made to take care of bottom conditions.0 lbs. ft.0 ft.2 lbs. • If the hazard may be subject to winds or forced drafts. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) With this comparison. = 4. Given the above parameters the following calculations for agent quantity can be made: Quantity of Agent = Number of Nozzles x Flow Rate per Nozzle x 1. such as local application or rate by area design applied from underneath. 2. x 3.24 feet. is 1 lb./cu. The next step is to determine the total amount of carbon dioxide required. 7 FT. The first approach to look at in designing a rate by volume system is to design the system assuming there are no walls around or near the hazard.21 m) 3 FT.82 m) If no other rate by volume designs were to be looked at. This is done by multiplying the total volume x the flow rate per minute per cu. (1. Nozzles should be placed to keep agent in assumed enclosure. of agent) divided by 4 (total number of nozzles) = 73. flow rate. long x 3 ft. x the liquid carbon dioxide factor of 1. In this example the total volume is 420 cu. ft. of agent required.. 6 FT. above the hazard (where the walls are not normally a part of the hazard). we will continue on and look at additional types of rate by volume designs for this same hazard. four nozzles have been chosen. The following example will take you through the necessary steps. The next step is to determine the number of cylinders required. There is no exact science for locating local application nozzles.5 lbs. This approach requires increasing the hazard size by 2 ft. add 2 ft. the formula is: 420 (volume in cu. high. Example 2: The next approach to this hazard would be to consider what the system requirements would be by designing the system utilizing the actual walls which are on two sides of the hazard.4 (liquid factor) x .Section 6 – Design REV. Choose as many nozzles as you feel it may take to adequately cover the assumed volume. ft. See Figure 13.4 x the minimum discharge time of 30 seconds. (1.5 (minimum discharge time) = 294 lbs. Next step is to determine flow rate per nozzle by dividing the total amount of agent by the number of nozzles: 294 (total lbs. when no reduction is figured in for walls. This increase in size now gives an assumed volume of 420 cu. (3. completely around the hazard.) x 1 (flow rate per minute) x 1. the flow rate per minute per cu.94 or 3 cylinders required (rounded up). ft. ft. In this example. all around (assume volume) and designing the system for this increased size. The nozzles should be mounted around the perimeter of the assumed volume and pointed at the hazard. In this example though. Rate by volume is normally a less cost efficient way to protect a hazard but this approach should be considered if no other appropriate means of protection is available. then the next step would be to sketch the piping configuration and proceed to the hydraulic calculation program to determine pipe sizes. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) • If the assumed enclosure has a closed floor and is partly defined by permanent continuous walls extending at least 2 ft.04 m) FIGURE 13 001862 6-10 . actual walls completely surrounding the enclosure.25 lb.91 m) 6 FT.82 m) 4 FT. The generator itself is 6 ft. 294 (total carbon dioxide) divided by 100 (size of cylinder chosen) = 2. This then gives a total hazard size of 10 ft. long x 7 ft. high. (. This is accomplished by dividing the total amount of agent by the size of cylinder chosen and then rounding up to the next whole number. Example 1: The hazard in question is a back-up generator located in a corner of a warehouse. wide x 6 ft. therefore./min. (2. ft. review the hazard to determine where to locate the nozzles and how many nozzles will be required. wide x 4 ft.13 m) 10 FT. (1. When utilizing the first approach to designing a rate by volume system. Now. ft. the discharge rate may be proportionately reduced to not less than 0./min. (. 11 FT.35 m) FIGURE 14 001863 6-11 . long x 11 ft. Determine the assumed volume by multiplying the length.5 x 100 = 50% perimeter closed 6 FT. width. to the sides of the hazard which are not enclosed by actual walls and using the actual distance that the hazard is from the actual walls. determine the % of closed perimeter (actual walls) compared to the total perimeter (total of assumed walls and actual walls).61 m) % of enclosure = 25 ft. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) The following steps detail this type of local application.82 m) (4. must also be added to the height of the actual hazard.61 m) 14 FT. 14 ft. (1. (. (14 + 14 + 11 + 11).26 m) 2 FT. (3.9 m) 6 FT. (1. (1. (1. This is done by adding the actual wall lengths and dividing that number by the total of all walls (both actual and assumed). high = 924 cu.26 m) FIGURE 15 001864 6 FT. the actual walls total 25 ft. (3.Section 6 – Design REV.61 m) 2 FT. (. divided by 50 ft. and height together. approach: The first step is to determine the new assumed volume. rate by volume. In this example. (1. (. ft.35 m) 2 FT. wide x 6 ft. See Figure 14.82 m) 11 FT. 14 FT.82 m) 6 FT.5 . = . Next. two ft.21m) 3 FT. This is done by adding two ft. (4. Again. (14 + 11) and the total perimeter totals 50 ft. in determining volume. See Figure 15.82 m) 4 FT. the total amount of carbon dioxide required can now be calculated by the following formula: Total agent required = Volume x Flow Rate per minute per cu./CF . See Figure 17. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) Now. 6-12 Example 3: Once again. of carbon dioxide required./CF . (3.3625#/min./CF .70#/min.55#/min. to determine the required nozzle discharge rate. ft. the additional wall must only be 2 ft. x 1. This is accomplished by adding the actual wall lengths and dividing that number by the total of all walls (both actual and assumed).5 ft. (14 + 11 + 14 + 7.40#/min. As you can see.5875#/min./cu./CF ./min.31 lb. the total amount of carbon dioxide required can now be calculated by the following formula: Total agent required = Volume x Flow Rate per Minute Per Cu. (14 + 14 + 11 + 11)./cu./CF ./cu.8225#/min./CF ./CF . (1.512#/min.4 x .1 m) 6 FT./CF . 924 cu. Rate By Volume (Assumed Enclosure) Perimeter Closed Discharge Rate 0% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 93% 95% 100% 1#/min. calculate the amount of agent required by following the steps in Example 3. higher than the actual hazard./CF . by having the customer install a fairly inexpensive wall. 1 using the assumed volume method with no walls. (4. 50% closed perimeter allows a discharge rate of .325#/min./min.625 lb.4 (liquid factor) x .625#/min. Remember. ft. Ft./CF . ft./CF . 3 FT./CF FIGURE 16 Referring to the chart.93 ./CF ./CF .5 (minimum discharge time).7375#/min./CF .” Figure 16. the hazard can be protected by 2-100 lb./CF . Knowing this.Section 6 – Design REV. divided by 50 ft. In this example.5 = 200 lb. Assume that the customer will install 6 ft.4 x .5 ft.775#/min. it appears that this approach is not as cost effective as Example No. x 1.310#/min.4375#/min. refer to the “Rate By Volume – Assumed Enclosure Chart.82 m) 11 FT. the results may be considerably different. ft. (1.) but this time the hazard has been enclosed on the two open sides by the addition of a concrete block wall. cylinders instead of the next least amount of three as calculated in Example 1. ft.” Figure 16. x 1.5 ft. non-combustible concrete block walls around the open side of the hazard./min.93 x 100 = 93% perimeter closed Referring to the “Rate By Volume” – Assumed Enclosure Chart.5) and the total perimeter totals 50 ft. = . ft. determine the % of closed perimeter (actual walls) compared to the total perimeter (total of assumed walls and actual walls).26 m) FIGURE 17 001865 Now. of carbon dioxide required. Knowing this.4 (liquid factor) x ./CF .290#/min.25#/min.5 (minimum discharge time) 924 cu.8875#/min. % of enclosure = 46.31 lb. ft./cu. .6625#/min./CF . 93% closed perimeter allows a discharge rate of ./min. high walls around the open sides of the hazard. knowing that 50% of the perimeter is closed. if the closed perimeter approach is looked at by having the customer install some inexpensive.925#/min./CF ./CF .85#/min.625 lb. x .475#/min./CF . But. The only wall opening that exists now is a 3. the actual walls total 46. we are dealing with the same volume as Example 2 (924 cu. opening for access to the generator. 6 IN.35 m) 14 FT. ft x .5 = 404 lb. x 1. At this point. See Appendix Section of this manual. (3. Check valves or selector valves may be chosen through the use of this table. Consult your piping sketch and determine flow rate and approximate pipe sizes. Nominal Flow With Average Maximum Flow Pipe Size Conditions With Short Runs (in.) Schedule (lbs. FIGURE 18 The designer must have knowledge of and access to the ANSUL ANSCALC Version 2. The decision as to whether hose lines are applicable to the particular hazard shall rest with the authority having jurisdiction. the maximum spacing per detector is 64 sq. Detectors should be mounted overhead at nozzle height or as close to the hazard as possible without interference.3 m) below ceiling or in an open area.) (lbs.Section 6 – Design REV. 6-13 . DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Refer to ANSUL AUTOPULSE Detection and Control Installation. These systems shall not be used as a substitute for other fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems equipped with fixed nozzles.0 HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PROGRAM. between detectors with a maximum height (above hazard) of 14 ft. high./min. from a wall and 8 ft. allowing the release mechanism to actuate. The detection system allows for automatic detection by means of specific rated fusible links. The carbon dioxide supply shall be located as close to the hose reel as possible so that liquid carbon dioxide will be supplied to the hose line with a minimum of delay after actuation. ft. ft. from a wall and 10 ft. which. Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links) The fusible link detection system can be used where a self-contained./min. Flow calculations are required for all system installations. (. m or 3 ft. up to 20 ft. except where the hazard cannot adequately or economically be provided with fixed protection.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 40 40 80 80 80 80 80 80 60 150 250 500 800 1300 2300 3500 100 200 300 600 900 1600 2500 4000 The rate and duration of discharge and consequently the amount of carbon dioxide shall be determined by the type and potential size of the hazard. (1. NOTE: This table is for estimating purposes only. Hand Hose Lines Hand hose line systems may be used to supplement fixed fire protection systems or to supplement first aid fire extinguishers for the protection of specific hazards for which carbon dioxide is a suitable extinguishing agent. they shall not be located such that they are exposed to the hazard nor shall they be located inside any hazard area protected by a total flooding system. and 4 ft. On ceiling heights above 14 ft. Hand Hose Line (FYWZ) for equivalent lengths of hose line components. mechanical detection system is desired or required. In general.9 m) from edge of hazard and 6 ft. heat trap(s) is recommended. and 5 ft. between detectors. (. LOCAL APPLICATION – OVERHEAD (DETECTOR SPACING) – Maximum spacing per fusible link detector is 36 sq. under section titled Carbon Dioxide System Units. Refer to UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory. These pipe sizes are not to be used for final hydraulic system design. Detectors should not be located where they will be susceptible to damage during the normal work operation. the following Figure 18 can be used to approximately determine the size of piping required for carbon dioxide discharge. refer to NFPA-72. ft. “National Fire Alarm Code” for detailed spacing requirements. not to exceed 10 ft. Ansul’s recommendations for quantity and placement of fusible link detectors are directly related to the hazard type and application method used as followed: TOTAL FLOODING APPLICATION–Maximum spacing per detector is 100 sq. When a detector(s) is mounted more than 1 ft. Hand hose lines stations shall be placed such that they are easily accessible and within reach of the most distant hazard which they are expected to protect.8 m) between fusible link detectors.3 sq. the link separates. 1 APPLICATION METHOD (Continued) Local Application (Continued) HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS – For estimating purposes. A hand hose line shall have a sufficient quantity of carbon dioxide to permit its use for at least 1 minute. when the temperature reaches the rating of the link. unsupervised. Programming. and Maintenance Manual. (3 m). NOTE: For sloped ceiling (peaked type or shed type) installations. 8 m) between detectors on the long side of the tank. and electrical components. the lever actuator can be mounted on top of the carbon dioxide cylinder valve.. The pressure pneumatically opens the cylinder valves.065 can be used for the actuation line. two lever actuators are required. The second means of manual actuation can be accomplished by using a manual/pneumatic actuator. If it is necessary to have an actuation pipe run which exceeds the maximum allowable 1/4 in. When this size tubing is used. Select correct fusible link(s) for installation in detector(s) according to the temperature condition chart below: Fusible Link Part No. Pneumatic Actuation TEMPERATURE RATING STAMPED ON FUSIBLE LINK BODY K STYLE ML STYLE 500 °F (200 °C) ONLY 000676b FIGURE 19 000171 BEAMS AND CEILING OBSTRUCTIONS–Beams and ceiling obstructions may be present which could obstruct detector placement over the hazard. the remaining cylinder is actuated by the pressure generated within the distribution manifold. control. Schedule 40 pipe is 150 ft. This actuator can be also used if pneumatic pressure or an electric signal is being supplied by the control panel of the automatic detection system. Lay Out the Detection and Control Components on the Hazard Sketch Now that you have analyzed the hazard and selected the detection and control hardware. The maximum length of actuator cable which may be used in the remote line is 150 ft. FUSIBLE LINK SELECTION – In order to determine the normal operating temperature at the fusible link location. with no reductions for elbows or tees.Section 6 – Design REV. The pressure is supplied from an LT-30-R nitrogen cartridge located in the ANSUL AUTOMAN and ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. If located on the tank wall. is allowed. you can complete a sketch. The maximum length of 1/4 in. pneumatic. When no detection is required. 6-14 . and a connecting link is used to provide simultaneous actuation of both manual cable-pull actuators. One pneumatic actuator is required in single or two cylinder systems and two actuators are required in systems with three or more cylinders. In three or more cylinder systems.9 m) from edge of hazard and 6 ft. In a two cylinder system. a maximum of 300 ft. Detectors should be located at a maximum spacing per detector of 3 ft. 1 DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links) (Continued) LOCAL APPLICATION – TANKSIDE (DETECTOR SPACING) – Detectors can be located either near the inner tank wall and flammable liquid surface or above the tank. If located above the tank. Manual actuation is accomplished by removing the ring pin and depressing the red palm button. Part No. The maximum number of corner pulley elbows is 10. The manual lever release actuator provides a manual means of agent cylinder actuation by direct manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actuation when used in conjunction with a remote manual pull station. 1/4 in. The sketch should show the placement of the accessories as well as the detection. pipe requirements. 415739 415740 415741 415742 415743 56816 Temperature Rating (See Figure 20) 165 °F (74 °C) 212 °F (100 °C) 280 °F (138 °C) 360 °F (182 °C) 450 °F (232 °C) 500 °F (260 °C) To Be Used Where Temperature Does Not Exceed 100 °F (38 °C) 150 °F (66 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) 290 °F (143 °C) 360 °F (182 °C) 400 °F (204 °C) ACTUATION REQUIREMENTS Three types of actuation are available for the Carbon Dioxide system: manual. (1. and electric. Manual Actuation Manual actuation can be used with or without automatic detection. utilize a maximum registering thermometer. the rules for local application overhead would apply. One manual/pneumatic actuator is required in single or two cylinder systems. stainless steel tubing with a wall thickness of 0. 15240. (. but must be protected from damage during normal working operation. Pneumatic actuation is used with pneumatic valve actuators located on the carbon dioxide cylinder valves. Additional detectors may be required to provide adequate protection and to avoid obstructions. the detectors can be mounted horizontally or vertically in the freeboard area. The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per pull station is 10. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-150 ft. 73111. Weatherproof.O. either electric or mechanical are: Description Part No. 34822 SPST–N. (Indoor Use Only) Surface Mount Back Box 24871 (Fits Part No. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-50 ft. 42109 1/16 in. (Includes Surface Mount Back Box) Selector Valves Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxide into a single hazard of a multiple hazard system. Latch Type Pull Box 45062 Type A Break Glass Pull Box 41527 Pair of Legs for Pull Box 41542 1/16 in. 24741 (Indoor Use Only) Electric Manual Pull Station.O. ACCESSORIES Specific selection and placement of accessories that may be used with the carbon dioxide are: Electric or Mechanical Manual Pull The electric or mechanical manual pull station allows the carbon dioxide system to be manually operated at some point distant from the control system or cylinders. In auxiliary or override applications.O. SPST–N. 78101 DPST–N. DPST–N. 42113 1/16 in. and located in the path of exit. Parts that are required for installation of a remote manual pull station. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-100 ft. Cable Clamp 45333 Flared End Fitting 40060 Pulley Adaptor Right and Left Hand 40696 (Brass Pulley Only) Electric Manual Pull Station. 24742 (Indoor Use Only) Dual Action Electric Manual Pull Station. See appropriate AUTOPULSE manual for detailed wiring information. 1 ACTUATION REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Electric Actuation Electric actuation is used with the HF electric actuator mounted on the carbon dioxide cylinder valve and an AUTOPULSE control system. 42104 1/16 in. 6-15 . The total length of wire rope used for each mechanical manual pull station within a system must not exceed 150 ft.O. The AUTOPULSE control system also provides a supervised method of tank actuation without limits on the tank location. See appropriate AUTOPULSE manual for detailed wiring information. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-200 ft. SPST–N. 42128 Aluminum Corner Pulley (Use With EMT) 45771 Brass Corner Pulley-Nylon Wheel-Watertight 42678 Brass Corner Pulley-Brass Wheel-Watertight 45515 Dual/Triple Control Box 42784 Pull Cable Equalizer 42791 Pull Cable Equalizer (Sector Valves) 43166 1/16 in. Part No. The pull station should be installed at a maximum height of 60 in. A means of electric actuation of a selector valve is by the use of a solenoid actuator assembly. 24741 and 24742) Electric Manual Pull Station.O.Section 6 – Design REV. a manuallocal override valve actuator or a lever actuator can be installed on top of the HF actuator. 78420 (Indoor Use Only) Electric Manual Pull Station. an electric signal to operate a solenoid valve attachment. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41338 1 1/2 in. Lever Operated Selected Valve 1 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 1 1/2 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 1 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 3/4 in. No Pin. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 2. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 4 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 2. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 1 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 3/4 in. Selector valves range in size from 1/2 in.Section 6 – Design REV. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41451 3/4 in. 3 in. Valve) Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 3/4 in. Lever Operated Selected Valve 1 1/2 in. remote cable pull. to 4 in. or manually at the valve. Electric Operated Selector Valve 46195 4 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 42767 1 1/2 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4 in. Parts that may be used with direction/stop valve installation are: Description Part No. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41102 1 in. For Local Control) Lever Release (No Handle. and 1 in. Directional/stop valves can be used as a safety feature. 3 in. Valves) Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 1 1/4 in. 3 in. 40239 and 1 in. 1/2 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 3/4 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 1 1/2 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41424 Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 40238 1/2 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 1/2 in. Lever Operator Selector Valve 1/2 in. 40259 and 1 1/2 in. These valves are operated manually. cable that may be run to operate the selector valve is 150 ft. For Remote Control) 6-16 57428 57429 57430 57431 57432 57433 57445 43348 46386 43349 43350 43351 46194 46201 415221 415222 410223 415224 415225 415226 415227 42484 42486 Direction/Stop Valves Direction/stop valves are used to either manually control the flow of carbon dioxide into a hazard area or to manually control the flow into one of several hazards being protected by a common bank of carbon dioxide cylinders. When installing cable operated selector valves. Electric Operated Selector Valve 42765 1 in. Valve) Sector (For Use With 3/4 in. cable is 150 ft. and 1 1/2 in. Valves) Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 1 1/4 in. either by the use of a handle attached directly to the valve or by means of a remote pull box which operates a sector attached to the valve. the maximum allowable length of 1/16 in. Valves) 40248 40267 46393 40276 40279 40281 . 3 in. Parts that may be used for installation of selector valves are: Description Part No. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 1 1/4 in. Valves) Sector (For Use With 1/2 in. All style of selector valves can be actuated manually or by remote cable when adding a lever actuator to the top of the valve. When installing a remote pull station to operate the sector on a direction/stop valve. 1/2 in. and the maximum allowable number of pulley elbows is 10. 2 1/2. Valves) Sector (For Use With 1 1/4 in. 2 1/2. Lever Operated Selector Valve 2. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve Lever Release (With Handle and Pin. Electric Operated Selector Valve 42768 2. with a maximum of 10 pulley elbows. Valves) Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 1/2 in. either because of a false discharge or to allow the occupants enough time to exit the area prior to the valve being manually opened. 2 1/2. 2 1/2. Electric Operated Selector Valve 46202 Electric Discharge Plug Connector 45535 Electric Discharge Plug 77237 1/2 in. the maximum length of 1/16 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41354 1 1/4 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 4 in. Valve) Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 3/4 in. and 1 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 1 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 42766 1 1/4 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 42764 3/4 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 1 1/4 in. keeping the flow of carbon dioxide from entering a hazard area. 1 ACCESSORIES (Continued) Selector valves can be operated by either pneumatic pressure. and 60 seconds. 43118 Pressure Trip The pressure trip is connected to the actuation or discharge line of a carbon dioxide system. 42344 – 30A @ 240 VAC. Pressure Switch–DPST 46250 Pressure Switch–DPDT (Explosion-Proof) 43241 Pressure Switch–3PST 42344 The pressure switches are rated as follows: Part No. See Figure 22. (61m) minus 1 ft. 7. NOTICE Design of system must include agent used through siren if siren is not located in the hazard area. The piping required to connect from the system manifold to the pressure trip is 1/4 in. 6-17 . There is no maximum length requirement for this piping as the carbon dioxide will be drawn back through the distribution piping and out the nozzles. The time delay is installed in the discharge piping either directly after the control (pilot) cylinder or further along the piping. 3 HP @120 VAC. 1 ACCESSORIES (Continued) Siren The pressure operated siren is used to warn personnel of a system discharge. By either pneumatic or manual actuation.Section 6 – Design REV. The piping required to connect from the system manifold to the pressure switch is 1/4 in. A manual release is incorporated on the time delay valve to allow instant override of the time delay. Actual delay times may vary with ambient conditions and installation variations. 30. (. open fuel dump valves. The time delay is available in delay settings of 10. This is usually in areas where it is necessary to evacuate personnel prior to carbon dioxide discharge. 5156 FIGURE 22 001867 NOTICE Delay time listed are at 70 °F (21 °C). The time delay uses the carbon dioxide pressure to power the factory-set delay mechanism. 5A @ 250 VAC Part No. Pressure trip that may be used on system is: Description Pressure Trip Pneumatic Time Delay In some applications the system discharge must be delayed for a short time following actuation. Schedule 40. The pressure switch can be used to open or close electrical circuits to either shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms. The piping to the pressure switch is normally run from the distribution manifold.5 HP @ 240 VAC. The piping to the siren is normally run from the system distribution manifold. 46250 – 2 HP @ 240VAC/480 VAC or 2 HP @ 250 VDC. The design requirements are as follows: Required Pipe: 1/4 in.3m) for every elbow used. is 90 dB. Schedule 40. After the discharge is completed. the pressure trip can release spring or weight powered devices to close doors and windows. Part No. The siren is operated with the carbon dioxide pressure from the system.. Pressure operated siren that may be use on the system is: Description Pressure Operated Siren Pressure Switch The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxide pressure when the system is discharged. Pressure switches that may be used on system are: Description Part No. close fire dampers or close fuel supply valves. This is no maximum length requirement for this piping as the carbon dioxide will be drawn back through the distribution piping and out the nozzles. 30A 250V AC/DC 5A 480V AC/DC Part No. pressure in the time delay slowly returns to normal and the time delay valve again closes. Schedule 40 Flow Rate: 11 lb. 20A@ 600 VAC. The minimum decibel level at 10 ft. per minute Maximum Sirens: 4 Maximum Pipe Length: 200 ft. 3 Phase AC Part No. The length of time delay is factory set and not adjustable. 43241 – 10A @ 125 VAC. 15 HP @ 600 VAC. hydraulic calculations.Section 6 – Design REV. 1 ACCESSORIES (Continued) Pneumatic Time Delay (Continued) Time delays used with the system are: Description Pneumatic Time Delay – 60 Seconds Pneumatic Time Delay – 30 Seconds Pneumatic Time Delay – 10 Seconds Alarms Several types of electric alarms are available. and any notes. The bill of material. it may help answer some questions concerning the total design process. –Protection of other hazards if selector valves are involved and multiple hazards are protected by the same set of cylinders. Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. . “Both primary and reserve supplies for fixed storage systems shall be permanently connected to the piping and arrange for easy changeover. and recharge manual for detailed design information. should be kept on file for future reference.” When designing a system. A connected reserve is desirable for four reasons: –Protection should reflash occur. and what kind of. maintenance. –Protection during impairment when main tanks are being replaced. The reserve supply is actuated by manual operation of the main/reserve switch on either electrically operated or pneumatically operated systems.” NFPA 12. Refer to appropriate AUTOPULSE installation. Each of these operate on 24 VDC and must be used on the alarm circuit of an AUTOPULSE Control System. always determine if. a third complement of fully charged spare cylinders should be maintained on premises for emergency use. states. IRI (Industrial Risk Insurers) requires the following: “In high pressure systems an extra full complement of charged cylinders (connected reserve) manifolded and piped to feed into the automatic system should be provided on all installations. hazard sketches. 6-18 Part No. either connected or spares. If a full complement of charged cylinders cannot be obtained or the empty cylinders recharged. delivered and reinstalled within 24 hours. reserve system is required. RESERVE SYSTEM Normally the authority having jurisdiction will determine whether a hazard requires a back up reserve set of carbon dioxide cylinders. The need for spare cylinders may depend upon whether or not the hazard is under protection of automatic sprinklers. 54168 54169 54170 DEVELOP BILL OF MATERIALS After completing the subsections of the design section. By reviewing these examples. –Reliability should the main bank malfunction. finalize the system design by completing a bill of material for each hazard area being protected. 1989 Edition. except where the authority having jurisdiction permits an unconnected reserve. SAMPLE PROBLEM Refer to Section 12 for examples of typical applications. (cm) 9 3/4 (25) 9 3/4 (25) 9 3/4 (25) 10 1/2 (27) 12 (31) Dim. 3/16 IN.7) 75 (34. MOUNTING COMPONENTS Cylinder/Bracket Assembly Carbon dioxide cylinders may be located inside or outside the protected space.9) 50 (22. STEEL CHANNELS 1/2 IN. and to develop a bill of material. They must not be located where they will be exposed to a fire or explosion in the hazard. (cm) 12 (31) 18 (46) 26 (66) 29 (74) 31 (79) Dim. X1 IN.0) 100 (45.4) Dim. The cylinders should be installed so that they can be easily removed after use or for weighing and inspection. X 3/16 IN. DIAMETER D 2 IN. state. For successful system performance.7) 75 (34. Do not install the cylinders where they are exposed to direct sun rays. (cm) 6 (15) 9 (23) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) Dim. a remote manual control must be installed to release the system safely from outside the hazard area. BOLTS AND HUTS (BOLT HEADS WELDED TO CHANNELS) 2 IN. The ambient temperature ranges are 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C) for total flooding and 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) for local applications.9) 50 (22. X 1 1/4 IN. the carbon dioxide system components must be located within their approved temperature ranges. (cm) 15 (38) 21 (53) 31 (79) 34 (86) 36 (91) Dimension B in. Before the carbon dioxide system is installed. A in. When they are installed within the space they protect. (13 cm) 12 IN.3) 35 (15.4) Dimension A in. B in. (cm) 12 3/4 (32) 12 3/4 (32) 12 3/4 (32) 13 1/2 (34) 15 1/8 (38) Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Cylinder MOUNTING HOLES – 2 HAVING 11/16 IN. See Figures 1 thru 7 for detailed mounting height information for all cylinder bracketing. the qualified installer should develop installation drawings in order to locate the equipment. and federal authority having jurisdiction. (kg) 25 (11. to determine an actuation and distribution piping routing.0) 100 (45. (cm) 11 (28) 11 (28) 11 (28) 11 1/2 (29) 13 (33) Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Row 5 IN.ANSUL Section 7 Installation All installations are to be performed in accordance with the parameters of this manual and all appropriate codes and standards from the local. (31 cm) A B FIGURE 2 002260a/002260b 7-1 .3) 35 (15. D in. C in. All AUTOPULSE Control Systems are designed for indoor applications and for temperature ranges between 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C). although it is preferable to locate them outside of the space. (kg) 25 (11. Clamp Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Ib. STEEL STRAPS C B A FIGURE 1 001868a/001868b Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Ib. 3) 35 (15. (cm) 25 (64) 25 (64) 25 (64) 26 (66) 29 (74) Dimension C in. FIGURE 5 002253 7-2 . (31 cm) C B B B A FIGURE 3 001869a/001869b FIGURE 4 001870 Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Ib. (cm) 46 (117) 56 (142) 72 (183) 77 (196) 79 1/2 (202) Dimension D in.0) 100 (45.7) 75 (34.3) 35 (15. and Lifting Yoke.9) 50 (22.4) Dimension A in. (13 cm) (31 cm) 7 IN.0) 100 (45. (19 cm) (31 cm) C* B A *Dimensions are based on using weigh scale.9) 50 (22. (kg) 25 (11. (cm) 15 (38) 21 (53) 31 (79) 34 (86) 36 (91) Dimension B in. 69877. 74241. (cm) 15 (38) 21 (53) 31 (79) 34 (86) 36 (91) Dimension B in. Part No. (19 cm) 12 IN.0) 100 (45.7) 75 (34.4) Dimension A in. (cm) 15 (38) 21 (53) 31 (79) 34 (86) 36 (91) Dimension B in. 12 IN. (cm) 80 (203) 80 (203) 80 (203) 80 (203) 80 (203) Bracketing Without Uprights – Double Row Bracketing Without Uprights – Back To Back 5 IN. (cm) 21 (53) 21 (53) 21 (53) 22 1/2 (57) 26 (66) Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Ib.Section 7 – Installation MOUNTING COMPONENTS (Continued) Cylinder/Bracket Assembly (Continued) Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Ib. (kg) 25 (11. 12 IN.3) 35 (15.4) Dimension A in. Part No.9) 50 (22. (kg) 25 (11. (cm) 14 (36) 14 (36) 14 (36) 14 1/2 (37) 16 (41) Dimension C in.7) 75 (34. (cm) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Row (DISTANCE TO WEIGH RAIL) D 7 1/2 IN. (cm) 25 (11. 1/2 IN. (19 cm) (31 cm) B A *Dimensions are based on using weigh scale.3) 35 (15.0) 100 (45. FIGURE 7 001873 7-3 . 69877.Section 7 – Installation MOUNTING COMPONENTS (Continued) Cylinder/Bracket Assembly (Continued) Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size (kg) Ib. FIGURE 6 002271 Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Ib.4) 36 (91) 29 (74) 79 1/2 (202) Bracketing With Uprights – Double Row Back To Back Dimension D in.3) 15 (38) 25 (64) 46 (117) 35 (15. (31 cm) A B *Dimensions are based on using weigh scale. 25 (11. (19 cm) 12 IN.0) 34 (86) 26 (66) 77 (196) 100 (45. (kg) in. 69877.4) Dimension A in. Part No. Part No. 74241. (cm) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) D D C* 7 1/2 IN. (cm) in. and Lifting Yoke. Part No.9) 50 (22. (cm) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) Dimension E in (cm) 11 (28) 11 (28) 11 (28) 11 (28) 11 (28) Bracketing With Uprights – Double Row E D C* 7 1/2 IN. (cm) 15 (38) 21 (53) 31 (79) 34 (86) 36 (91) Dimension B in. (cm) in. (cm) 24 (61) 24 (61) 24 (61) 25 1/2 (65) 29 (74) Dimension C in. Part No. and Lifting Yoke.7) 31 (79) 25 (64) 72 (183) 75 (34. 74241.9) 21 (53) 25 (64) 56 (142) 50 (22.7) 75 (34. (cm) 46 (117) 56 (142) 72 (183) 77 (196) 79 1/2 (202) Dimension D in. mount the reserve cylinder(s) directly next to the main system cylinder(s). Failure to mount properly could cause cylinder movement upon discharge. Use only 1/4 in. If valve assembly is accidentally operated. as this could cause possible blockage of the gas pressure. For detailed information on detection systems. make certain all ends are carefully reamed and blown clear of chips and scale. a. 4. especially about the face and head. d. Actuation piping must be rigidly supported by UL listed hangers as described on Page 7-6. start at the second male thread and wrap the tape (two turns maximum) clockwise around the threads. – AUTOPULSE Control System with electric detection utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release for pneumatic actuation. Inside of pipe and fittings must be free of oil and dirt. General Piping Requirements 1. If a reserve system is being installed. – AUTOPULSE Control System using electric detection with electric actuation. F-9128. F9127. b. They are provided to prevent accidental actuation and discharge during shipping and handling. When applying pipe tape. hot-dipped galvanized. 2. Mount each carbon dioxide cylinder by completing the following: CAUTION Releasing Devices Different types of Releasing/Detection systems are available with the carbon dioxide system: – ANSUL AUTOMAN mechanical release using fusible link detectors with pneumatic actuation. c. the piping design must be determined. NOTICE Do not allow tape to overlap the pipe opening. velocity of unrestricted escaping gas is forceful enough to cause injury. for details of cylinder bracketing and component assembly. or A106. Cast iron pipe and fittings are not acceptable. Before assembling the pipe and fittings. Fasten cylinder(s) securely in bracketing. located in the Appendix Section. See Parts List. The piping and fitting connections must be sealed with pipe tape. Thread sealant or compound must not be used. This will confirm that the lengths of actuation piping does not exceed the maximum allowable. 3. ! CAUTION Proper fasteners must be used when mounting cylinder bracketing to wall or support. Schedule 40 black iron. 1 MOUNTING COMPONENTS (Continued) Cylinder/Bracket Assembly (Continued) 1. away from the pipe opening. ! Do not remove the safety shipping caps at this time. and F-9129. Assemble bracket components. Securely mount bracketing to rigid wall or support.Section 7 – Installation 6-1-98 REV. e. 5. – ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release using thermal detectors with pneumatic actuation. 7-4 . chrome-plated. A53. The actuated pilot valves must be located in the distribution manifold as far from the manifold outlet as possible. or stainless steel pipe/braided hose and fittings conforming to ASTM A120. refer to the following: – Ansul Detection and Control Application Manual – NFPA 12 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems – NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code INSTALLING ACTUATION PIPING Before installing any actuation piping. check valve near the pneumatic actuator.Section 7 – Installation 6-1-98 REV. Schedule 40 pipe from gas outlet port on the ANSUL AUTOMAN release or ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release to cylinder location. PART NO. (. A hanger should be installed at a maximum of 1 ft. tee in the actuation piping approximately 24 in. 805156 INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING Hanger Applications Install the pipe hangers in accordance with good piping practice as well as the following: 1. 24 IN. in the 1/4 in. (.7) 11/4 12 (3. If pneumatic operated accessories are required to be operated from the actuation pressure. 842175 CHECK VALVE. 25627 FIGURE 8 001874 7-5 .2) 1/2 6 (1.6) 2. (30 cm) 1/4 IN. Install actuation hose. 3. Part No. Install 1/4 in. is required on each end of the actuation hose. See Figure 8. or side of the enclosure to exit the piping. (m) 1/4 4 (1. 2. Part No. Maximum Spacing Pipe Size Between Hangers in. See Figure 8.7) 1 1/2 and larger 15 (4. 4. branch off the 1/4 in. PART NO. 5. Install 1/4 in. 42175. Use one of the 1/2 in. (45. 31809. bottom. Part No.7 m). The maximum spacing between hangers must not exceed those listed below.3 cm) knockouts provided in the top. A 1/4 in. NPT ft. 1 INSTALLING ACTUATION PIPING (Continued) Actuation Piping Installation 1. male connector.3 m) from the nozzle. APPROX. 4. The Hanger Application Table and Figure 9 list some typical hangers used for different mounting surfaces. install a 1/4 in.4) 1 12 (3. PRESSURE TRIP. check valve. (61 cm) PRESSURE SWITCH (SEE COMPONENT SECTION) 12 IN. 32338. NOTICE If system requires a manual pneumatic actuator. Part 25627. 32335. (1. The hangers must be UL listed and rigidly supported. actuation piping outside the release mechanism and a 1/4 in. A hanger should be installed between fittings when the fittings are more than 2 ft.8) 3/4 8 (2. actuation piping cannot exceed 150 ft. PART NO. VENT PLUG. Maximum length of all 1/4 in. 3. actuation piping and run to each accessory. or 32336 (depending on length required) between actuation piping and either the pneumatic actuator or the CO2 valve. (61 cm) before first carbon dioxide cylinder and install vent plug.6 m) apart. 3 No. 1 INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING (Continued) Hanger Application Table Hanger Type No. clean. 2. A120 pipe SHALL NOT BE USED. 6. and blow out all pipe before installing. and smaller pipe under sloping ceilings and roofs For special cases where punching is more economical than using clamps For sheathed ceilings of wood construction with sufficient thickness For most cases except where plastering is done after installation For attaching to concrete beams For attaching to lower flange of beam or truss To keep piping closer to beam than is possible with clamp and ring Suitable for 3/4 to 2 in. 1 NO. 2 NO. After assembly. FIGURE 10 001876 10. 10 NO. 8 NO. 7 NO. 3 NO. 8 No. long. 5 NO. 12 Application For attaching to wood beams On level ceilings of sufficient thickness to permit proper fastening For 2 in. stainless. 9 No. NO. 6 NO. 9. 7. Ream. 4 No. size. 6 No. 5 No. All dead end pipe lines to be provided with a 1/2 in. 1 No. 2 No. All pipe over 3/4 in. 8. 4 NO. or galvanized steel (Schedule 40). 9 NO. or galvanized steel (Schedule 80). “Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems” for detailed piping requirements. and galvanized forged steel fittings in all larger sizes. pipe where necessary to hang pipe at a distance from wall For attaching to channel iron For attaching to bottom of steel beams General Piping Requirements 1. 2 in. 7 No. 12 FIGURE 9 001875/3 rows 7-6 . 11 No. 10 No.Section 7 – Installation REV. 4. capped nipple. blow out entire pipe system before installing discharge nozzles. 3. Extra heavy galvanized malleable iron or ductile iron fittings should be used through 2 in. Pipe shall conform to ASTM specifications A53 or A106. size to be extra heavy black. 11 NO. stainless. All pipe up to and including 3/4 in. Refer to NFPA 12. 5. Cylinder and piping to be securely bracketed especially at the fittings and nozzles. size to be standard weight black. See Figure 10. 4) 72 1/2 (184) 73 (185) 1/2 IN. MAIN/RESERVE SYSTEM NFPA 12. 4.0) 69 1/2 (177) 70 (178) 100 (45. The outlet of the tee will later be reduced down to 1/4 in. Make certain that if accessories piping is to be done later that the end of the manifold contains a tee instead of an elbow.9) 48 1/2 (123) 49 (125) 50 (22. Header Installation – Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Ib. 427082. SELECTOR VALVES 3. PART NO. securely mount the manifold at the appropriate height as shown in Figure 11. Part No. See Figure 12. Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. 2 INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING (Continued) Distribution Manifold And Piping 1. This is accomplished by adding check valves in the distribution manifold. If accessory piping is required. It is also necessary to install a header vent plug on each side of the manifold. NOTICE All piping shall be laid out to reduce friction losses to a reasonable minimum and care shall be taken to avoid possible restrictions due to foreign matter or faulty fabrication. except where the authority having jurisdiction permits an unconnected reserve. With cylinders securely mounted in bracket. (cm) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) SUPPLY PIPE Dimension D in. Starting with the cylinder manifold. following piping sketch and computer design completed in System Design Section. 2. states. PART NO.3) 38 1/2 (98) 39 (99) 35 (15.7) 64 1/2 (164) 65 (165) 75 (34. Install male end of flexible discharge bend. attach female end of flexible discharge bend unto cylinder valve outlet. 1989 Edition. HEADER VENT HEADER SAFETY HEADER VENT CAUTION CHECK VALVES MAIN/RESERVE SYSTEM WITH SELECTOR VALVES Make certain flexible discharge bend is attached to valve outlet and NOT the fill port inlet. for piping to the accessories. for detailed piping information. Wrench tighten. ! 7. 5. 427082 1 CYLINDER E 2 CYLINDERS E E 3 CYLINDERS FIGURE 11 001878 7-7 . (cm) 12 (31) 15 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) C Dimension E in. Install discharge nozzles as specified on the computer design piping output sheet. 427082 D "Y" FITTING SUPPLY PIPE CYLINDER VALVE B FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE BEND. 6. see Installing Accessories. Continue piping remainder of the distribution piping. Wrench tighten. The valve outlet port is the higher of the two threaded ports.4) 72 (183) 72 1/2 (184) 100 (LC) (45. Before installing nozzles. (cm) 25 (11. "Both primary and reserve supplies for fixed storage systems shall be permanently connected to the piping and arranged for easy changeover." When piping a connected reserve system. (cm) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31) HEADER SUPPLY PIPE A A FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE BEND.Section 7 – Installation REV. This is required because of the addition of the check valves in the manifold. blow air through complete piping system to determine there is no blockage. PART NO. (kg) in. into each manifold inlet. the reserve cylinders must be segregated from the pressure of the main system. ELBOW C FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE BEND. (cm) in. 427082 FIGURE 12 004306 Dimension C in. . Once the electrical portion of the detection system is completed.. electrical. Rx J1 D2 S2 SOL1 *AUXILIARY ALARMING DEVICES. The alarm and trouble signals shall be transmitted by one of the following methods: a. 73327 for the CV-90 valve cylinders and by the use of the CV-98 electric actuator. Remote alarm service (NFPA 72). 3. BLOWER MOTOR. such as detection. AUTOPULSE Control System With ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C With Pneumatic Actuation In some cases it is advisable to have electric supervised detection with pneumatic valve actuation. This can be accomplished by incorporating an AUTOPULSE Control System for the detection and an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release for the pneumatic actuation. 2. photoelectric. Complete wiring required between the AUTOPULSE control panel and the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. In a connected reserve system. heat. ground fault condition. alarms. and solid-state electronics. The system can incorporate either ionization. or d. LOW USE JUMPER PART NO. or loss of integrity in the pneumatic control lines that would impair full system operation shall result in a trouble signal. Part No. for the CV-98 valve cylinder. 426003. 73330. Interconnections between the components that are necessary for the control of the system and life safety. See the appropriate AUTOPULSE Control Manual for detailed installation instructions.Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. actuation. or pneumatic detection.C. Part No. For detailed installation instructions. Local alarm service which will cause an audio and visual signal at a constantly attended location (NFPA 72) b. two pilot cylinders are required on the main and two on the reserve. shall be supervised. mount the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release in a convenient location to both the AUTOPULSE panel and the carbon dioxide cylinders.17761 (12. THESE SWITCH CONTACTS TRANSFER UPON ACTUATION OF RELEASE "ANSUL AUTOMAN" II-C HIGH ACCESSORY POWER SOURCE TB1 S1 N. An open circuit. “on-line” emergency batteries. The AUTOPULSE Control System offers electric valve actuation by the use of the Ansul HF Actuator. flame. Some detection systems offer supervised input and output circuits and battery back-up while other types offer unsupervised mechanical. See Figure 13. NOTICE It is only required to actuate two pilot cylinders in the total system.C. 2 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM Several types of detection systems are available for use with the Ansul carbon dioxide extinguishing system.” AUTOPULSE Control System With Electric Actuator The AUTOPULSE Control System is an electronic device incorporating an internal power supply. “Supervision of automatic systems shall be provided unless specifically waived by the authority having jurisdiction. power sources. DOOR CLOSER. and CV-98 Electric Actuator Instruction Sheet. refer to the appropriate AUTOPULSE Control Systems Manual and the HF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet. The remainder of the cylinders will be actuated by back-pressure from the pilot cylinders. Part No. etc. SEE S1 RATINGS **FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE. See Actuation Piping Requirements listed on Page 7-4. Proprietary alarm service (NFPA 72) c. NFPA 12 states. ETC. 1. The type of hazard or the authority having jurisdiction will determine the detection system requirements. or combustible vapor detectors. 423684. Part No. Central station alarm service (NFPA 71) Exception: High pressure pneumatic operated slave cylinder connections immediately adjacent to pilot cylinder need not be supervised. SEE S1 RATINGS ***POLARITY SHOWN IN THE ALARM CONDITIONS FIGURE 13 001879 4.5--30VDC) AUTOPULSE RELEASE CIRCUIT*** D1 N. 7-8 . A.A.) located in the protected space. Provide smooth. rounded bends to allow pulling of 1/8 in. junction boxes and 1/2 in. conduit as required by system layout. sq. (1. COMPONENT CONNECTION 1. X 1/8 IN. 41397 HEAT ACTUATOR TUBING TEE HEAD WITH VENT USED ON ALL SYSTEMS HEAD WITHOUT VENT USED ONLY ON SYSTEMS WITH 3 OR MORE CYLINDERS FIGURE 14 001881 7-9 . air tubing.Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. THREE WAY FITTING TWO WAY FITTING TWO WAY FITTING HEAT ACTUATOR 1/8 IN. H. 4.D.D. air tubing to control head leaving a loop of tubing to allow for removal of control head from cylinder valve. but looped as shown in Figure 14. Terminate conduit at junction box mounted near control head. This system may also be actuated from a remote pull station connected by cable to the automatic control head or by the local manual release located on the control head. 3. Install 4 in. Copper tubing connects the detectors to the control head located on the cylinder valve. CONDUIT 3/16 IN. Feed 1/8 in. Runs of air tubing should not be pulled tight. AIR TUBING JUNCTION BOX (COVER REMOVED) MOUNTED ON WALL ABOVE CONTROL HEADS 3/16 IN. UNION FITTING PART NO. air tubing through conduit leaving several inches surplus at each junction box and detector to provide for expansion and contraction. Using union fitting. See Figure 14. Fasten conduit securely at 6 ft. 2.8 m) intervals. Detection With Mechanical Actuation This type of system is actuated automatically by means of heat actuated detectors (H. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) H. run 3/16 in. AIR TUBING RATE-OF-RISE CONTROL HEAD PLAN VIEW OF JUNCTION BOX (COVER REMOVED) 1/2 IN. Mount heat actuated detectors on ceiling of hazard area in accordance with location determined in the System Design Section.D.A. steel compression fittings on the series detector bracket or the single 1/2 in. (13. For a terminal detector located in a duct or header opening. The fusible link detection operates the release mechanism which in turn pneumatically operates the cylinder valve. mount the detectors in their predetermined locations. Detection With Mechanical Actuation (Continued) MOUNTING THE CONTROL HEAD 1.6 Nm) torque.Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. COMPRESSION FITTING NUT 1/2 IN. Based on the requirements listed in the System Design Section. Thread the control head onto top threads of cylinder valve. Part No. Run 1/2 in. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) H. See Figure 15. Make certain control head is in the “SET” position and ring pin is inserted through manual release lever and secured with visual inspection seal. Part No. When changing the direction of conduit. 3. mechanical detection with pneumatic actuation. These detector assemblies use a detector linkage assembly which requires the wire rope to be threaded through each linkage assembly while the rope is being fed through the detection system. Do not exceed 10 ft. use only Ansul approved pulley elbows. 15373 and 15375 are the "hinged" style series and terminal detector assemblies. conduit from the release mechanism trip hammer assembly knockout hole to locations selected for mounting the detectors. CAUTION Make certain control head is in the "SET" position with ring pin in place before installing onto cylinder valve. the mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release can be used.A.D. To properly install the mechanical detection system: 1. Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link When the system design allows for unsupervised. Failure to comply could result in an accidental cylinder actuation. as shown in Figure 16. These detector assemblies use a "clip on" style linkage assembly and do not require the wire rope to be threaded through the linkage assembly while it is being fed through the detection system. 56837 and 56838 are the "clip on" style series and terminal detector assemblies. FIGURE 16 000307 7-10 . steel compression fitting on the terminal detector bracket. Secure the conduit to the detector bracket using the two 1/2 in. Ansul offers two styles of detector bracket assemblies. secure both sides of the detector bracket with conduit.lb. 2. 2. Remove actuation shipping cap from top threads of cylinder valve. STEEL COMPRESSION FITTING FIGURE 15 000306 NOTICE Do not use zinc die cast compression connectors on the detection conduit lines as these will not withstand the normally high temperatures experienced in the hazard area. ! “CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION 1. 2. Use the National Telephone Supply Company Nicopress Sleeve Tool (Stock No. Feed the wire through the terminal detector bracket as shown in Figure 18 or as shown in Figure 19 if the terminal detector is mounted within a duct or header opening. (8 cm) of wire rope for each detector linkage for proper installation. LOCKING CLAMP 2-3 IN. (30.5 cm) away from any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor to avoid interference. From the release assembly. 5. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued) 3. FIGURE 21 000313 8. run the stainless steel wire rope through the conduit.Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. See Figure 20. Example: If the system has six detectors. (5 to 8 cm) from the end of the wire rope. there should be approximately 18 in. (5–8 cm) FIGURE 20 000312 6. allowing the excess wire rope to hang down. Starting at the release assembly. See Figure 21. press and snap the detector linkage onto the wire rope. hang a vise grip or other weighted device on the excess stainless steel wire rope. FIGURE 17 000309 4. NOTICE If wire rope requires splicing. See Figure 22. feed the wire rope through the hole in the release mechanism locking clamp. and install the stop sleeve approximately 2 to 3 in. Do not tighten set screws in locking clamp at this time. leaving an adequate length of spare wire rope between the locking clamp and the weighted device. (46 cm) of excess wire rope between the locking clamp and the weighted device. make certain splice is at least 12 in. pulley elbows and detector brackets to the terminal detector. 7. Start at the terminal detector. NOTICE When attaching the weighted device to the excess wire rope. 51-C887) or equal to properly crimp the stop sleeve. To give a constant tension on the wire rope during installation of the detector linkage. FIGURE 18 000310 FIGURE 22 000314 FIGURE 19 000311 7-11 . With the tab positioned on the wire rope. which will be utilized when the linkage is put in place. place the small tab of the detector linkage onto the wire rope. allow approximately 3 in. See Figure 17. Section 7– Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued) 9. Place the tab of the other half of the detector linkage on the opposite side of the wire rope and press the linkage until it snaps onto the rope. See Figure 23. 12. Position the assembled linkage onto the detector bracket. See Figure 26. For optimum detection, make certain the solder joint is in the down position. BRACKET LINKS FIGURE 26 000318 FIGURE 23 000315 NOTICE When positioning the linkage in the bracket, it is recommended to locate the linkage slightly off center, toward the terminal detector side. 13. Install the linkage and the correct Ansul approved fusible link in the remainder of the detector brackets. 14. Insert cocking lever, Part No. 14995, on the left side of the release mechanism, with the movable flange resting securely against the corner of the cartridge receiver and spring housing, and with the notched lever portion engaging the cocking pin on both sides of the release mechanism. See Figure 27. NOTICE The hook portions of the detector linkage should now face away from each other. 10. Next, rotate both halves of the detector linkage upside down, with the detector linkage groove over the wire rope. See Figure 24. COCKING PIN FIGURE 24 000316 COCKING LEVER 11. After fitting the pivot point of the two detector linkage halves together, squeeze the two halves and place the correctly rated Ansul approved fusible link over both detector hooks. See Figure 25. FIGURE 27 000319 FIGURE 25 000317 7-12 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued) 15. With a downward motion of the cocking lever, raise cocking pin until the trip lever indented surface moves underneath the pin and locks the pin in the up position. See Figure 28. 18. Verify each detector linkage assembly, with correct fusible link, is in the detector bracket, located slightly toward the terminal detector side. NOTICE Due to the close adjustment between the triphammer and cable lever assemblies, use only the particular fusible link(s) selected for installation in each detector, to ensure correct adjustment when performing Steps 19 and 20. 19. Raise trip hammer 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (9.5 to 12.7 mm), pull all slack out of wire rope, and tighten set screws on locking clamp. 20. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position and inspect the base of the wire rope clamping device to make certain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to a maximum of 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) clearance between the base of the trip hammer assembly and the cable lever assembly. See Figure 31. If clearance is not 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum, raise tension lever, loosen set screws on locking clamp and repeat Steps 19 and 20. TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY 1/4 IN. MINIMUM (6.4 mm) 1/2 IN. (12.7 mm) MAXIMUM TRIP HAMMER BASE FIGURE 28 001882 16. Remove cocking lever and insert lock bar, Part No. 14985, on left side of the cable lever, over the two shouldered projecting stud extensions, and slide bar forward into locking position. The release mechanism cannot be actuated, nor can enclosure cover be replaced until the lock bar is removed. See Figure 29. LOCK BAR PROPERLY INSTALLED FIGURE 31 000323 FIGURE 29 000321 ! CAUTION 17. Make certain tension lever is in the “UP” position. See Figure 30. Do not install cartridge at this time as an accidental actuation could cause system discharge. 21. Test detection system in accordance with the Testing and Placing in Service Section of this manual. 22. When testing has been completed, cut off excess wire rope in the release assembly, leaving approximately 2 in. (5.1 cm) of wire rope below the clamping device. TENSION LEVER IN “UP” POSITION FIGURE 30 000322 7-13 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION 1. Secure the conduit to the detector bracket using 1/2 in. steel compression fittings. Thread the compression fitting into the detector bracket and then secure by using the lock nut supplied with the fitting. See Figure 32. 1/2 IN. STEEL COMPRESSION FITTINGS 6. At the terminal detector, feed wire rope through the terminal detector clamping device. Allow 2-3 in. (5-8 cm) of wire rope to extend beyond the clamping device and wrench tighten the set screws. See Figure 34. 2–3 IN. (5–8 cm) FIGURE 34 000332 1/2 IN. COMPRESSION FITTING NUT FIGURE 32 000330 NOTICE Do not use zinc die cast compression connectors on the detection conduit lines as zinc will not withstand the normally high temperatures experienced in the hazard area. 2. Starting at the release assembly, feed wire rope up through hole in release mechanism locking clamp, allowing excess wire rope to hang down. Do not tighten set screws in locking clamp at this time. See Figure 33. LOCKING CLAMP 7. To give a constant tension on the wire rope during positioning of the detector linkage(s), hang a vise grip or other weighted device on the excess stainless steel wire rope, leaving an adequate length of spare wire rope between the locking clamp and the weighted device. NOTICE When attaching the weighted device to the excess wire rope, allow approximately 3 in. (8 cm) of wire rope for each detector linkage for proper installation. Example: If the system has six detectors, there should be approximately 18 in. (46 cm) of excess wire rope between the locking clamp and the weighted device, which will be utilized when the linkage is put in place. 8. Starting at the terminal detector, squeeze the linkage together and place the correctly rated Ansul approved fusible link over both detector hooks. For optimum detection, make certain the solder joint is in the down position. Locate the linkage in the center of the detector bracket. See Figure 35. FIGURE 33 000309 3. From the release assembly, run the stainless steel wire rope through the conduit, pulley elbows, and to the first detector. 4. Before continuing on past the detector bracket, feed the wire rope through the detector linkage assembly. See Figure 34. 5. Continue running the wire rope through the conduit and pulley elbows and feed it through each detector linkage assembly at each additional bracket. FIGURE 35 000333 7-14 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued) 9. Proceed to install the remainder of the Ansul approved fusible links on the detector hooks and position the linkage in the center of each bracket. 10. Insert cocking lever, Part No. 14995, on left side of release mechanism with the movable flange resting securely against the corner of cartridge receiver and spring housing, with the notched lever portion engaging the cocking pin on both sides of the release. See Figure 36. LOCK BAR PROPERLY INSTALLED 12. Remove the cocking lever and insert lock bar, Part No. 14985, on the left side of the cable lever, over the two shouldered projecting stud extensions, and slide the bar forward into the locking position. The release mechanism cannot be actuated, nor can enclosure cover be replaced until the lock bar is removed. See Figure 38. COCKING PIN FIGURE 38 000321 COCKING LEVER 13. Make certain tension lever is in the “UP” position. See Figure 39. FIGURE 36 000319 11. With a downward motion of the cocking lever, raise the cocking pin until trip hammer indented surface moves underneath the pin. See Figure 37. TENSION LEVER IN “UP” POSITION FIGURE 39 000322 14. Verify each detector linkage assembly, with correct fusible link, is approximately centered in the detector bracket. NOTICE Due to the close adjustment between the trip hammer and cable lever assemblies, use only the particular fusible link(s) selected for the installation in each detector, including the terminal detector, to ensure correct adjustment when performing Steps 15 and 16. 15. Raise trip hammer 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (9.5 to 12.7 mm), pull all slack out of wire rope, and tighten set screw on locking clamp. FIGURE 37 001882 7-15 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM (Continued) Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With Fusible Link (Continued) “HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued) 16. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position and inspect the base of wire rope clamping device to make certain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum clearance between the base of the trip hammer assembly and cable lever assembly. See Figure 40. If clearance is not 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum, raise tension lever, loosen set screws on locking clamp and repeat Steps 15 and 16. TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY 1/4 IN. (6.4 mm) MINIMUM 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) MAXIMUM TRIP HAMMER BASE Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) The Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) release actuates the carbon dioxide system pilot cylinder by releasing the carbon dioxide in its cylinder through 1/8 in. pipe. The QBA-5 is available in three temperature ratings. The unit should be mounted directly above the hazard. The unit is equipped with a mounting bracket. See Figure 41. 1/4 – 18 NPT OUTLET RELEASE MECHANISM SAFETY RELIEF BURSTING DISC TEMPERATURE RATING STAMPED HERE QUARTZOID BULB NAMEPLATE CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER 1/4 IN. X 1/8 IN. REDUCER (NOT SUPPLIED) BRACKET NAMEPLATE FIGURE 41 001400 The maximum length of 1/8 in. pipe between the Quartzoid Bulb Actuator and the carbon dioxide pilot cylinders is 100 ft. (30.5 m). FIGURE 40 000323 17. Test detection system in accordance with the Testing and Placing in Service Section of this manual. 18. When all testing has been completed in the Testing and Placing in Service Section, cut off excess wire rope in the release assembly, leaving approximately 2 in. (5.1 cm) of wire rope below the clamping device. INSTALLING ACTUATORS When installing actuators on the carbon dioxide valve, different styles are available depending on the requirements of the system design or type of valve. Actuators can be stacked to get the options of manual, pneumatic, and electric actuation. In order to determine the normal operating temperature at the QBA-5 location, utilize a maximum registering thermometer, Part No. 15240. Part No. Description 42267 QBA-5 Assembly with bracket 135 °F (57 °C) 42274 QBA-5 Assembly with bracket 175 °F (79 °C) 42276 QBA-5 Assembly with bracket 250 °F (121 °C) 41893 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket 135 °F (57 °C) 41894 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket 175 °F (79 °C) 41895 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket 250 °F (121 °C) 7-16 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACTUATORS (Continued) Pneumatic – CV-90 Valve The manual/pneumatic actuator, Part No. 32094, is used where a system design requires manual-local override at the cylinder. The manual actuator can be mounted directly to the release attachment port of the cylinder valve. Operation is accomplished by either removing the ring pin and depressing the red palm button or by supplying a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) from an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release to the inlet port. A swivel connection is provided to facilitate orientation of the inlet port. See Figure 42. Pneumatic Actuation – CV-98 Valve To install pneumatic actuation, complete the following steps: 1. Remove the 1/4 in. pipe plug from the 1/4 in. actuation port. See Figure 44. 2. Attach 1/4 in. high pressure hose to 1/4 in. actuation port. See Figure 44. Securely tighten. REMOVE 1/4 IN. PLUG INLET PORT 1/4 IN. NPT FEMALE PIPE THREAD FROM ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C OR PRESSURE SOURCE 100 PSI (6.9 Bar) MINIMUM SWIVEL NUT CYLINDER VALVE FIGURE 44 002349 FIGURE 42 002261 The other pneumatic actuator, Part No. 32096, is used where a system design requires only pneumatic actuation at the cylinder. The pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly to the release attachment port of the valve. Operation is accomplished by supplying a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) from an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release to the inlet port. A swivel fitting is provided for orientation of the piping. See Figure 43. INLET PORT 1/4 IN. NPT FEMALE PIPE THREAD 3. Connect high pressure actuation piping to ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C outlet port. 4. When utilizing multiple cylinder pneumatic actuation, a maximum of 15 CO2 secondary pilot cylinders can be actuated through the 1/4 in. actuation port. See Figure 44a. SWIVEL NUT CYLINDER VALVE ADAPTOR, PART NO. 73236 (TYP.) TEE, PART NO. 418359 (TYP.) MALE ELBOW, PART NO. 832334 (TYP.) 16 IN. STAINLESS STEEL HOSE, PART NO. 31809 (TYP.) FIGURE 43 001884 FIGURE 44a 002714 7-17 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACTUATORS (Continued) Manual Along with the manual means of actuation on the manual/ pneumatic actuator, three styles of lever actuators are available which offer manual actuation at the cylinder and can be connected to a remote manual pull station. Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the valve hand lever. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detent which secures the lever in the open position when actuated. ! Three styles of actuators are available for the CV-90 valve: – Part No. 70846, Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin; for local control) – Part No. 70847, Manual cable-pull actuator (handle, no pin; for remote control with three or more cylinders) – Part No. 32098, Manual cable-pull actuator (no handle, no pin; for use with three or more cylinders) Two styles of actuators are available for the CV-98 valve: – Part No. 423309, manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin; for local control) – Part No. 423311, manual cable-pull actuator (no handle, no pin; for remote control) Electric – CV-90 Valve Electric actuation of a carbon dioxide cylinder is accomplished by either an HF electric actuator or a solenoid actuator interfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System. A maximum of two HF electric actuators can be used on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit. The HF actuator, Part No. 73327, mounts directly to the release attachment port of the carbon dioxide valve. See Figure 47. Connect electrical circuit for the HF actuator to the control system by following wiring instructions in the “HF” Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet, Part No. 73330. CAUTION Before mounting the lever actuator(s) on the cylinder valves, make certain the lever actuator is in the “SET” position. If the lever actuator is not in the “SET” position, cylinder will discharge when lever actuator is installed. See Figure 45 for installation details. MUST BE IN THE SET POSITION BEFORE INSTALLING SWIVEL NUT CYLINDER VALVE FIGURE 45 001849 If the system requires two lever actuators, use connecting link, Part No. 42514, to tie the two together. See Figure 46. CONNECTING LINK FIGURE 46 001885 7-18 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACTUATORS (Continued) Electric Actuator – CV-98 Valve A maximum of two CV-98 electric actuators can be installed on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit. ! Stacking Actuators Some system designs require more than one type of actuation means. Actuators can be stacked, one on top of the other, to accomplish this. Figure 48 shows the different ways the actuators can be arranged. CAUTION Before installing electric actuator to top of CV-98 valve, make certain piston in bottom of actuator is free to move up and down. If piston is in the down position, DO NOT INSTALL. 1. Attach actuator to top thread of CV-98 valve. Securely tighten. ! CV-90 OR CV-98 VALVE CV-90 VALVE CAUTION ELECTRIC (NO OVERRIDE) 001847 Make certain all electric power from the panel to the actuator has been disconnected. Failure to disconnect power may cause system to accidentally discharge. 2. Connect electric circuit for actuator to Control System. Refer to appropriate AUTOPULSE Manual and CV-98 Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet, Part No. 426003 for detailed wiring. ELECTRIC WITH MANUAL-LOCAL OVERRIDE (PNEUMATIC CAPABILITY) 001886 CV-90 OR CV-98 VALVE CV-90 VALVE ELECTRIC WITH MANUAL/CABLE OVERRIDE 001887 HF ELECTRIC ACTUATOR OR CV-98 ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MANUAL LOCAL OVERRIDE (PNEUMATIC CAPABILITY) 001888 CV-90 VALVE CV-90 OR CV-98 VALVE CO2 CYLINDER FIGURE 47 001851 PNEUMATIC SLAVE 001889 MANUAL CABLE PULL (OR LOCAL OVERRIDE) 001848 CV-90 VALVE CV-90 VALVE RATE OF RISE CONTROL HEAD 001890 RATE OF RISE CONTROL HEAD WITH REMOTE CABLE RELEASE 001891 FIGURE 48 7-19 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES Manual Pull Station Depending on the type of actuation being used, there are a number of different pull stations available. Remote pull stations can be either mechanical, pneumatic, or electric. MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASE – To install a mechanical pull station complete the following steps: 1. Make certain the release assembly enclosure cover is detached and lock bar is properly inserted within the release mechanism. NOTICE Failure to follow these instructions may lead to system actuation. 2. Verify that cartridge has been removed from release assembly and that the release assembly is in the cocked position. 3. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height and location of pull station should be determined in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. The total length of the wire rope used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 125 ft. (38 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and 415670. 4. If junction box(es) is used, fasten a 4 in. (10 cm) junction box to wall or in wall where pull station is to be mounted, with mounting screws positioned so that when pull station cover is positioned in place, the printing will appear right side up and readable. ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONNECTION: a. Thread 3/4 x 1/2 in. reducing coupling to bushing on back of each cover assembly. b. Mount pull station cover(s) directly to wall at selected location so that printing is right side up and readable. 5. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, pulley tee (if required), and pulley elbows from each pull station to release assembly as necessary. See Figures 49 and 50. JUNCTION BOX (NOT SUPPLIED BY ANSUL) REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION If a pulley tee is used, it must be installed between the release assembly and first pulley elbow. The ambient temperature range of the pulley tee is between 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C). REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION SINGLE APPLICATION PULLEY ELBOW RELEASE MECHANISM CABLE LEVER WIRE ROPE OVAL SLEEVE BREAK ROD LOCK BAR SIDE STUD RING HANDLE FIGURE 49 001892 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION DUAL APPLICATION PULLEY TEE PULLEY ELBOW RELEASE MECHANISM JUNCTION BOX (NOT SUPPLIED BY ANSUL) WIRE ROPE OVAL SLEEVE CABLE LEVER COCKED LOCK BAR REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION FIGURE 50 001893 6. Feed wire rope from each pull station through conduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever located at release assembly. NOTICE Make certain that wire rope rides on top and in center of pulley sheave. If the wire rope has been spliced to accommodate a longer run, do not allow the spliced ends to be within 12 in. (30 cm) of any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor. 7. Fasten pull station assembly to each junction box (if junction box is used). 8. Slide oval crimp sleeve onto wire rope. Loop wire rope through cable lever guide holes and back through the oval crimp sleeve. See Figure 49. 7-20 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Manual Pull Station (Continued) 9. Pull slack out of each wire rope and crimp sleeve. (Use the National Telephone Supply Company Nicopress Sleeve tool Stock No. 51-C-887 or equal to properly crimp stop sleeve.) See Figure 49. MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C RELEASE – To install a mechanical pull station complete the following steps: 1. Insert ring pin in ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. See Figure 51. If a pulley tee is used, it must be installed between the release assembly and first pulley elbow. The ambient temperature range of the pulley tee is between 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C). 6. Feed wire rope from each pull station through conduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever located at release assembly. NOTICE Make certain that wire rope rides on top and in center of pulley sheave. If the wire rope has been spliced to accommodate a longer run, do not allow the spliced ends to be within 12 in. (30 cm) of any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor. 7. Fasten pull station assembly to each junction box (if junction box is used). 8. Thread wire rope through rear guide hole in manual trip lever on release. See Figure 49. 9. Pull all slack out of wire rope and thread end through sleeve, Part No. 4596. 10. Loop the wire rope back up around and through top of sleeve. 11. Position sleeve approximately 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) and crimp to secure wire rope. (Use the National Telephone Supply Company Nicopress Sleeve tool Stock No. 51-C-887 or equal to properly crimp stop sleeve.) See Figure 52. MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO LEVER RELEASE – To install a mechanical pull station complete the following steps: 1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height and location of pull station should be determined in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. The total length of the wire rope used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 125 ft. (38 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and 415670. 2. If junction box(es) is used, fasten a 4 in. (10 cm) junction box to wall or in wall where pull station is to be mounted, with mounting screws positioned so that when pull station cover is positioned in place, the printing will appear right side up and readable. RESET LEVER RING PIN FIGURE 51 001894 2. If necessary, remove cartridge and install safety shipping cap on cartridge. 3. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height and location of pull station should be determined in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. The total length of the wire rope used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 125 ft. (38 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and 415670. 4. If junction box(es) is used, fasten a 4 in. (10 cm) junction box to wall or in wall where pull station is to be mounted, with mounting screws positioned so that when pull station cover is positioned in place, the printing will appear right side up and readable. ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONNECTION: a. Thread 3/4 x 1/2 in. reducing coupling to bushing on back of each cover assembly. b. Mount pull station cover(s) directly to wall at selected location so that printing is right side up and readable. 5. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, pulley tee (if required), and pulley elbows from each pull station to release assembly as necessary. See Figures 49 and 50. 7-21 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Manual Station (Continued) ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONNECTION: a. Thread 3/4 x 1/2 in. reducing coupling to bushing on back of each cover assembly. b. Mount pull station cover(s) directly to wall at selected location so that printing is right side up and readable. 3. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, dual/triple junction box, and pulley elbows from each pull station to release assembly as necessary. 4. Feed wire rope from pull station through conduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever located at release assembly. NOTICE Make certain that wire rope rides on top and in center of pulley sheave. If the wire rope has been spliced to accommodate a longer run, do not allow the spliced ends to be within 12 in. (30 cm) of any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor. 5. Fasten pull station assembly to each junction box (if junction box is used). ! 8. When installing, make certain there is at least 7 in. (17.8 cm) of free cable between the cable clamp and the flared end fitting for proper operation of lever. See Figure 52. CABLE CLAMP TEMPORARILY PIN OR WIRE LEVER IN “SET” POSITION WHILE INSTALLING CABLE PULL CABLE 7 IN. (17.8 cm) MINIMUM PULL CABLE CONDUIT FLARED END FITTING CORNER PULLEY FIGURE 52 001895 9. Remove wire or pin that was used to hold the lever in place during cable installation. MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO H.A.D. MECHANICAL HEAD – CV-90 VALVE ONLY – To install a mechanical pull station complete the following steps: 1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height and location of pull station should be determined in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. The total length of the wire rope used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 125 ft. (38 m). The maximum number of pulley elbows that may be used per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 or 415670. 2. If junction box(es) is used, fasten a 4 in. (10 cm) junction box to wall or in wall where pull station is to be mounted, with mounting screws positioned so that when pull station cover is positioned in place, the printing will appear right side up and readable. ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONNECTION: a. Thread 3/4 x 1/2 in. reducing coupling to bushing on back of each cover assembly. b. Mount pull station cover(s) directly to wall at selected location so that printing is right side up and readable. CAUTION Wire or pin the actuator lever in the “SET” position before connecting the cable to the lever. Failure to comply could result in accidental agent discharge. 6. Wire or pin the actuator lever in the “SET” position to prevent accidental discharge when installing the cable. See Figure 52. 7. Feed cable through hole in actuator lever and fasten with cable clamp. See Figure 52. 7-22 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Manual Pull Station (Continued) 3. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, dual/triple junction box, and pulley elbows from each pull station to release assembly as necessary. See Figures 49 and 50. 4. Feed wire rope from pull station through conduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever located at release assembly. NOTICE Make certain that wire rope rides on top and in center of pulley sheave. If the wire rope has been spliced to accommodate a longer run, do not allow the spliced ends to be within 12 in. (30 cm) of any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor. 5. Fasten pull station assembly to each junction box (if junction box is used). CAUTION 8. Remove pipe plug and install flexible conduit, Ansul Part No. 42788, from control head to conduit run. See Figure 53. PULL CABLE VENTED CONTROL HEAD CONDUIT LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CORNER PULLEY (1–2 CYLINDER SYSTEMS) CONTROL HEAD WITHOUT VENT 001896a VENTED CONTROL HEAD LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PART NO. 45500 LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ! 3 OR MORE CYLINDER SYSTEMS Do not attempt to install control cable when control head is attached to cylinder valve. Failure to comply could result in accidental agent discharge. 6. Remove nameplate cover from front of control head. 7. Place control head adjacent to valve actuation connection so that the length of the cable and the flexible conduit will be the same as if the control head was actually installed on the valve. FIGURE 53 001896b 9. Pull on end of cable to take up slack in conduit. 10. Insert cable into mounting block and secure with set screws. On systems requiring two control heads (3 or more cylinders), run cable completely through to second control head. Make certain to secure both set screws in both control heads. See Figure 54. 11. Cut cable not more than 1/2 in. (13mm) beyond the cable mounting block. See Figure 54. RATE-OF-RISE CONTROL HEAD CONDUIT SET SCREWS CORNER PULLEY LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 1/2 IN. (1.3 cm) SWIVEL NUT NAMEPLATE REMOVED CABLE BLOCK CABLE PULL (1–2 CYLINDER SYSTEMS) SHORT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 1/2 IN. (1.3 cm) LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (3 OR MORE CYLINDER SYSTEMS) FIGURE 54 001897 7-23 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Manual Pull Station (Continued) 12. Reinstall nameplate cover onto front of control head. ! 2. Weld or bolt mounting bracket to the selected surface. See Figure 55. NOTICE Where bolting the mounting bracket is preferred, use 3/8 in. (corrosionresistant) bolts of appropriate length, with lockwashers and nuts. CAUTION Make certain that control head is in the "SET" position with ring pin in place before installing onto discharge valve. Failure to comply could result in accidental agent discharge. 13. Make certain control head is in the “SET” position. Indicator arrow on reset control must point to “SET.” 14. Make certain ring pin is inserted through manual release lever and is secured with visual inspection seal. 15. Remove actuation shipping cap from top thread of carbon dioxide cylinder valve. 16. Thread the control head onto top thread of carbon dioxide cylinder valve. Do not exceed 10 ft. lb. (13.6 Nm) torque. ELECTRIC PULL STATION TO AUTOPULSE CONTROL PANEL – The electric pull station must be mounted in an area where it will not be exposed to physical abuse or a corrosive environment. The pull station should be mounted no higher than 60 in. (153 cm) from the floor, or what the authority having jurisdiction requires. See AUTOPULSE Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manuals, Part No. 74255, 77498, 77513, or 69970 for detailed wiring instructions. PNEUMATIC STATION TO PNEUMATIC CYLINDER VALVE – To install a manual pneumatic actuator complete the following steps: 1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height and location of pull station should be determined in accordance with authority having jurisdiction. The total length of 1/4 in. piping used for each manual pull station within a system must not exceed 125 ft. (38 m). MOUNTING BRACKET 3/8 IN. CORROSIONRESISTANT TYPE WELD FIGURE 55 001898 3. Unscrew the RED actuator button from the actuator stem and slide actuator body through mounting hole on bracket. See Figure 56. 4. Rotate actuator body for desired location of actuation piping outlet connection. Screw locknut firmly onto actuator body and insert ring pin. Reassemble button onto the stem. See Figure 56. RED ACTUATOR BUTTON LOCK NUT MOUNTING BRACKET ACTUATOR BODY RING PIN AND CHAIN FIGURE 56 001899 7-24 Section 7 – Installation 6-1-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Manual Pull Station (Continued) 5. Affix the appropriate operating nameplate adjacent to the manual actuator so that it is visible to attending personnel. See Figure 57. 6. Make certain ring pin is inserted through the RED actuator button to ensure safe cartridge installation. See Figure 57. 24 VDC ALARMS – All alarms used with the AUTOPULSE Control System require 24 VDC power. See the Component Index in the appropriate AUTOPULSE Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for description of available alarms. 120 VAC ALARMS – This type of alarm bell can only be utilized with an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release or a mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release. It can not be used on an AUTOPULSE Control System. To properly install the 120 VAC alarm, complete the following: NOTICE All wiring installations must comply with local, state, and federal codes and must be completed by a licensed electrician. 1. Install the alarm by first selecting a mounting location and installing a 4 in. octagon or 4 in. square junction box. 2. Run 1/2 in. conduit from the releasing device to the junction box. 3. Feed lead-in wires from release and power supply junction box. 4. Refer to appropriate wiring diagrams and connect wires in release junction box. 5. Disassemble alarm by removing bolt from face of bell housing. 6. Connect lead-in wires to leads from rear of alarm plunger mechanism. 7. Secure alarm plunger mechanism mounting plate to junction box. 8. Reassemble bell housing to alarm mechanism. Selector Valves NOTE: DO NOT APPLY WIRE AROUND BODY COVER NAMEPLATE FIGURE 57 001900 7. Seal ring pin to actuator stem with visual inspection seal, Part No. 197. Make certain visual inspection seal is looped through ring pin and around actuator stem. Do not wrap seal around the boot cover. See Figure 58. RED ACTUATOR BUTTON BOOT COVER WIRE PLACE WIRE BETWEEN RED ACTUATOR BUTTON AND BOOT COVER RING PIN FIGURE 58 1901 8. Install 1/4 in. actuation piping from manual actuator to pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valve(s). Make certain safety vent plug, Part No. 42175, is installed in actuation line. 9. Install nitrogen cartridge in actuator body. Alarms Several types of alarms are available for use with the carbon dioxide system. Some require 24 VDC power and others require 120 VAC. Make certain that the alarm chosen is compatible with the detection system control panel used. Before installing the selector valves, it is necessary to determine the required size. This must be calculated in the Design Section by the Ansul ANSCALC Computer program. The location of the selector valve should have been determined on the piping sketch and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 7-25 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Selector Valves (Continued) For installing selector valves, complete the following: 1/2 IN. THRU 1 1/2 IN. SIZE VALVES – These size valves are equipped with a threaded body. The valves are normally supplied for local pressure operation but can be ordered special for remote pressure operation. 1. At the location where the valve(s) are to be mounted, make certain they will not be subject to damage or corrosion. ! 2 IN. THRU 4 IN. SIZE VALVES – These selector valves are flanged and require carbon dioxide pressure for actuation. Depending on the location of the top plate, the carbon dioxide pressure is received either locally (from the valve inlet through a specially machined port in the valve) or remotely (piped into the remote inlet from a remote pressure source). It is important to determine the type of valve needed in the installation (local or remote) and to identify which type of valve it is. ! CAUTION CAUTION Make certain directional arrow on valve body points in the direction of agent flow. If valve is incorrectly installed, system will not discharge. 2. Install valve(s) in the distribution piping making certain there is enough room above the valve to install the required actuation component. Also, make certain flow direction arrow on valve body is in the correct orientation. NOTICE If valve is very heavy, precautions must be taken to properly support the weight of the valve in the distribution piping network. 3. With valve properly installed and supported, attach actuation component to top threads of valve and pipe or wire back to detection panel, releasing device, or discharge manifold. See Figure 59. 4. If required, run 1/4 in. piping from the auxiliary outlet on the valve flange to remote pressure operated devices, such as remote discharge indicator, pressure trip, or pressure switch. (OPEN POSITION) (CLOSED POSITION) The incorrect selection of a valve in a installation will result in valve malfunction during actuation. To determine which type of valve you have, carefully examine the location of the top cover plate and its position on the valve body casting. The body casting has a 1/4 in. pipe port labeled “Remote Inlet” on the top flange casting directly above the valve outlet flange. The top cover plate has a 1/4 in. pipe port labeled “Auxiliary Outlet” on the side of the plate. If the “Auxiliary Outlet” port is directly above the "Remote Inlet" port, the valve is a LOCAL type. If the “Auxiliary Outlet” port is 180 opposite the “Remote Inlet” port, the valve is a REMOTE type. NOTICE The top plate has an unmarked 1/4 in. plug which should never be used. Connection of any piping to this port will result in valve malfunction. (OPEN POSITION) (CLOSED POSITION) (OPEN POSITION) (CLOSED POSITION) HAND LEVER LOCKING PIN AND CHAIN ACTUATOR NAMEPLATE RESET KNOB HAND LEVER HAND LEVER LOCKING PIN AND CHAIN ACTUATOR NAMEPLATE RESET KNOB AIR VENT PIPE SOLENOID VALVE AIR VENT AIR VENT FIGURE 59 001902a 001902b 001902c 7-26 Section 7 – Installation 2-22-01 REV. 2 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Selector Valves (Continued) Complete the following steps to ensure that the valve will function as required: 1. Identify valve as previously indicated (local or remote). 2. Install valve in carbon dioxide distribution piping. The 2, 2 1/2, 3, and 4 in. valves require 3 in. x 2 in., 3 in. x 2 1/2 in., 3 in. x 3 in., or 3 in. x 4 in. flanges respectively to mate with the valve bolting circle. Flanges must be ASA 600 lb. class only. CAUTION 5. With valve properly installed and supported, attach actuation component to top threads of valve and pipe or wire back to detection panel of releasing device. See Figure 59. NOTICE When using an electric solenoid valve for selector valve actuation, only one solenoid valve is allowed per AUTOPULSE circuit. See “Solenoid Valve RetroFit Instructions For Selection Valves,” Part No. 415846, for detailed installation instructions. Lock Handle Stop Valves The lock handle stop valves are threaded ball valves. The valve must be installed in the direction of the flow label. When installing the valve, make certain the threads on the mating pipe are free from grit, dirt, or burrs. Care must be taken to assure that any pipe sealants used are not so excessively applied to the pipe threads that the valve cavity becomes obstructed. The valves are equipped with a monitoring switch to provide constant supervision of the valve at the control panel. Each valve shipping assembly includes detailed wiring instructions. Direction/Stop Valves Directional valves can be manually actuated in two ways; either at the valve with the hand lever or remotely with a manual cable pull station attached to a sector located on the directional valve. Before installing the valve in the carbon dioxide discharge piping, make certain there is enough clearance for either the hand lever to swing freely or the sector to rotate properly. See Figure 60 for dimension information. NOTICE Maximum distance a manual cable pull station can be located from the sector on the directional valve is 125 ft. (38.1 m). Operating force must be a maximum of 40# and require no more than 14 in. (35 cm) of travel to open valve. ! The use of any flange other than specified in Step 2 will cause a mismatch of bolting circles. This will result in a hazardous application which could cause personal injury due to the high pressures involved in the carbon dioxide system. 3. If valve is a REMOTE type, connect the remote pressure piping to the valve “Remote Inlet” port. 4. If auxiliary piping is required, connect piping to the 1/4 in. “Auxiliary Outlet” port on the valve top cover plate. This port becomes pressurized when the valve is actuated. (A typical use for this is pressure switch connection to activate a discharge alarm.) CAUTION ! Pre-discharge alarms, which warn personnel of an impending carbon dioxide discharge, must not be connected to this port. This port only become pressurized when the valve is activated. 7-27 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 1 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Detection/Stop Valves (Continued) C D PIPE HANDLE IN NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION HANDLE IN OPEN POSITION B E “THIS DIMENSION WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION” A 001871 Valve Size 1/2 in. 3/4 in. 1 in. 1 1/4 in. 1 1/2 in. A in. 10 14 14 17 17 (cm) (25.4) (35.5) (35.5) (43.1) (43.1) B in. 9 3/8 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 5/8 15 5/8 (cm) (23.8) (32.3) (32.3) (39.6) (39.6) C in. 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 3/8 7 7/8 8 1/4 (cm) (12) (14.2) (16.1) (20) (20.9) D in. 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 1 11/16 1 7/8 (cm) (2.2) (2.8) (3.6) (4.2) (4.7) E in. 215/16 3 5/8 41/8 5 5 1/2 (cm) (7.4) (9.2) (10.4) (12.7) (13.9) 4 3/4 IN. (12 cm) 1/8 IN. STAINLESS STEEL OR MONEL CABLE TO PULL BOX 3/8 IN. FLARED END FITTING CABLE TO HAVE A SLIGHT SLACK WHEN VALVE IS IN CLOSED POSITION 3 3/8 IN. (8.5 cm) A IN OPEN POSITION B ATTACH CABLE IN “FIGURE 8 (LOOP)” BEFORE FASTENING CLAMP D IN. 7 11/16 ) m (19.5 c CABLE CLAMP 6 13/16 IN. (17.3 cm) 30° PROVIDE A STOP FOR SECTOR A THIS POINT 001872 Valve Size 1/2 in. 3/4 in. 1 in. 1 1/4 in. 1 1/2 in. A in. 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 5/16 8 1/8 8 1/4 (cm) (12) (14.2) (16) (20.6) (20.9) B in. 3 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 1/4 5 3/8 (cm) (7.6) (9.3) (10.4) (13.3) (13.6) C in 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 1 11/16 1 7/8 (cm) (2.2) (2.8) (3.6) (4.2) (4.7) D in 2 15/16 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 5 1/2 (cm) (7.4) (9.2) (10.4) (12.7) (13.9) FIGURE 60 7-28 Section 7 – Installation 6-19-98 REV. 2 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued) Pressure Trip Pressure trips are used to actuate spring loaded or weighted mechanisms generally used to close doors or windows. The pressure trip should be securely mounted in the appropriate location and piped with 1/4 in. actuation piping back to the release device. Pressure trips can be piped off the carbon dioxide discharge piping, which is the preferred method, or if the system is utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C or mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release device, the pressure trip can be piped off the actuation line. See Figure 61. Pressure trips can be piped in series and the last pressure trip must contain a 1/4 in. plug in the outlet port. See Figure 61. Maximum of two pressure trips in a single actuation line. Operating pressure must be a minimum of 75 psi (517 kPa) with a maximum load of 70 lbs. (31.8 kg). PRESSURE TRIP INSTALLATION PRESSURE TRIP, PART NO. 805156 Wire each pressure switch to other compatible components in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN should connect all electrical components in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction. Time Delay The time delay is available in settings of 10, 30, and 60 second delays. The time delay should be installed in the carbon dioxide system distribution piping. On one or two cylinder systems, the time delay should be mounted as close to the cylinder as conveniently possible. On multiple cylinder systems, the time delay should be mounted in the discharge manifold, between the pilot cylinders and the slave cylinders. See Figure 62. The time delay can be mounted in any position, vertical, horizontal, or any angle in between. The time delay has 3/4 in. NPT inlet and outlet threads which will require reducing couplings if the manifold is smaller than 3/4 in. pipe. PLUG LAST PRESSURE TRIP PRESSURE SWITCH (SEE COMPONENT SECTION) 1/4 IN. VENT PLUG, PART NO. 842175 FIGURE 62 001867 FIGURE 61 001903 Pressure Operated Siren The pressure operated siren operates off the carbon dioxide of the system. The siren should be piped with 1/4 in. Schedule 40 piping coming off the system discharge manifold. A maximum of four sirens are allowed on a single system. The maximum pipe length is 200 ft. (61 m) minus 1 ft. (0.3 m) for every elbow used. Sirens and piping should be securely mounted with the proper fasteners. Pressure Switch Pressure switches are used to pneumatically operate electrical circuits which, in turn, will operate alarms, lights, or turn on or turn off equipment. Pressure switches can be piped off the carbon dioxide discharge manifold, which is the preferred method, or if the system is utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C or mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release device, the pressure switch can be piped off the actuation line. See Figure 64. 1. Mount pressure switch(es) in desired location(s) with appropriate fasteners. 2. Install piping from main actuation line or from the carbon dioxide distribution manifold to pressure switch fitting. Piping to be 1/4 in. Schedule 40, black or galvanized steel pipe. The piping must be reduced from 3/8 in. NPT to 1/8 in. NPT to assemble to pressure switch (3/8 in. to 1/8 in. reducing coupling not furnished). 7-29 Section 7 – Installation NOTES: 7-30 . To test a remote cable pull station to cylinder lever release(s). Make certain shipping cap is installed on cartridge. If release assembly operates properly. remove lock bar from release assembly cable lever. Tighten set screw into stud. Failure to do so will cause cylinder discharge. lb. TESTING PULL STATION To test a remote electric pull station. If the release assembly does not trip. in container of boiling water and check control head to see that it has operated. retry pull station. SYSTEM After H. To test a remote cable pull station to ANSUL AUTOMAN release. Lever actuator should move to the tripped position. If retightening or realignment was necessary. 8-1 .D.A.D.ANSUL Section 8 Testing and Placing in Service TESTING H. there is too much slack in the cable and it must be retightened. the system must be tested to ensure safe and reliable operation. Recock release assembly using cocking lever. NOTICE After removing actuator(s) from cylinder valve. there is too much slack in the cable and it must be retightened. Failure to reset will cause accidental discharge of the system. With the gas cartridge removed. Reset control head(s) and reinstall on cylinder(s). remove each pulley elbow cover to make certain wire rope is resting on the pulley sheave. If lever actuator does not trip. Remove lever actuator(s) from cylinder valve. Part No. Remove glass break rod from pull station by removing set screw on side of stud and slide glass break rod out. to cool for at least five minutes before resetting control head(s).A. Do not exceed 10 ft. 3. 1. make certain to remove both control heads. Failure to remove cartridge will cause system actuation. retry pull station. refer to appropriate AUTOPULSE system installation. and reinstall lock bar. 14985. cut off any excess wire rope 3/4 in. the remote cable pull station is properly installed. (Allow H.D. (2 cm) above oval sleeve.A. Indicator arrow must be in “SET” position. operation.A. 2. 6. system has been properly installed. 4.A. Pull ring handle on pull station. and maintenance manual. 5. If retightening or realignment was necessary. complete the following steps: 1. Submerge H. complete the following steps: CAUTION ! Make certain lever actuator(s) are removed from cylinder valves prior to testing pull station. 2.) 3. ! CAUTION When testing pull station. securely support actuator(s) in order for it to operate when pull station is pulled. To test the H.6 Nm) torque. remove pulley tee (if provided) and each pulley elbow cover to make certain wire rope is resting on the pulley sheave. 2. In the case of three or more cylinders on the system. If this does not correct the problem. Pull remote cable pull station. 14995. Slide glass break rod through stud and ring handle. system. 3. make certain cartridge is not installed in ANSUL AUTOMAN release. NOTICE Make certain control head is reset prior to reinstalling on cylinder. (13. Remove automatic control head(s) from cylinder(s).D. complete the following steps: 1. Part No. If this does not correct the problem.D. If the release assembly is tripped easily. Failure to do so will cause cylinder discharge. and Maintenance Manual. testing of the electric detection system will cause actuation and discharge of the fire suppression system. Check control head(s) to see that they have operated. for detailed information. In order to properly test the electric detection and actuation system. refer to the appropriate AUTOPULSE Installation. To test a remote cable pull station to H. securely support control head in order for it to operate when pull station is pulled. there is too much slack in the cable and it must be retightened. If installed. 3. If control head(s) do not operate. 1. In order to properly test the electric detection and actuation system. If this does not correct the problem. Failure to reset will cause accidental system discharge. retry pull station. ! CAUTION Make certain control head is reset before reinstalling on cylinder valve. If pull station operated properly. remove each pulley elbow cover to make certain wire rope is resting on the pulley sheave. The METRON PROTRACTOR must be replaced before reinstalling actuator to valve. 5. 423684. Operation. testing of the electric detection system will cause actuation and discharge of the fire suppression system. 31496. reset control head. 17788. 2. refer to ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Releasing Device Installation. It will be locked in that position by the internal discharged METRON PROTRACTOR. the piston in the bottom of the actuator will be locked in the down position.Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service 6-19-98 REV. reset lever actuator. Part No. or for explosion-proof version. must not be installed on carbon dioxide CV-98 cylinder valve during test.D. 8-2 . 73327. and the CV-98 Electric Actuation Application and Installation Sheet. 73330. Operation. If installed. and Maintenance Manual. Wrench tighten. CAUTION Electric CV-98 actuator. CAUTION TESTING ELECTRIC DETECTION SYSTEM – AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM – CV-90 VALVE ! ! CAUTION Make certain lever actuator is in the “SET” position before reinstalling on cylinder valve. Indicator arrow must be in “SET” position. must not be installed on carbon dioxide CV-90 cylinder valve during test. TESTING CV-98 ELECTRIC DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM – AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM ! CAUTION Make certain control head(s) are removed from cylinder valve(s) prior to testing pull station. Part No. Pull remote cable pull station. NOTICE After removing control head from cylinder valve. and the HF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet. If pull station operated properly. control head. 426003. Part No. 4. Part No. 1 TESTING PULL STATION (Continued)] 4. Part No. See Recharge Section for replacement instructions. Wrench tighten. complete the following steps: ! Electric HF actuators. 5.A. When CV-98 electric actuator is actuated correctly. Part No. Operation. refer to the appropriate AUTOPULSE Control System Installation. If retightening or realignment was necessary. Reinstall lever actuator on cylinder valve. TESTING ELECTRIC DETECTION SYSTEM – ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C RELEASE When utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release for electric detection or in combination with an AUTOPULSE Control System. Failure to do so will cause actuation when reinstalling. and Maintenance Manual. Remove control head from cylinder valve. Reinstall control head on cylinder valve. d.Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service 6-19-98 REV. Make certain the lock bar is removed. See Figure 3. f. locate linkage slightly toward terminal detector side. 8-3 . b. 2. Test detection system by completing the following steps: a. go to Step 5. (9. Check for 1/4 in. testing of the mechanical detection system will cause actuation and discharge of the fire suppression system. Lower the release mechanism tension lever to the “DOWN” position. 1 TESTING MECHANICAL – ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASE WITH FUSIBLE LINK ! CAUTION Do not install cartridge at this time. Check pulley elbows to see that wire rope is free and centered in pulley sheaves. 1. remove cartridge. Remove fusible link from terminal detector and install a test link. If installed. Raise the release mechanism tension lever to the “UP” position. For “clip on” style linkage. replace the pulley elbow. Make certain release is cocked and lock bar is inserted. TENSION LEVER IN “UP” POSITION FIGURE 1 000322 b. Make certain that release mechanism is cocked.5 mm) MAXIMUM FIGURE 2 000363 c.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. See Figure 1. TRIP HAMMER BASE FIGURE 3 000323 f. Make certain that tension lever is in “DOWN” position. Raise release mechanism tension lever to the “UP” position. If system actuates successfully.4 mm) MINIMUM 3/8 IN. Part No. e. b. Check the wire rope for knotting or jamming. check the following components and remedy any disorder: a. 15751. cut the test link at the terminal detector to simulate automatic actuation. Check the detector linkage for correct positioning. e. (9. Part No. f. If any evidence of pulley elbow deformation is found. 4. If release mechanism does not actuate. on the terminal detector. Locate detector linkage and center in each bracket. Re-test the system by completing the following steps: a. 15751. If installed. c. TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY TEST LINK 1/4 IN. c. 3. Install a new test link. Using a wire cutter. Using a wire cutter. d. (6. See Figure 2.5 mm) maximum clearance between the trip hammer assembly and the cable lever assembly. cut the test link at the terminal detector to simulate automatic actuation. Remove the lock bar. g. (6. e. d. Lower mechanism tension lever to “DOWN” position and remove lock bar. test per instructions listed. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. h. Make certain the 1/4 in. through i. i.5 mm) maximum clearance was maintained between the base of the trip hammer assembly and the cable lever assembly. similar to the type specified in Step 2. 3. Install a pressure gauge between the test cylinder and the time delay device. Upon successful actuation of the system. 5. 1 TESTING MECHANICAL – ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASE WITH FUSIBLE LINK (Continued) 5. and secure. Part No. Observe the pressure gauge approximately 2-3 seconds after opening the test cylinder and record the pressure reading. b. See Figure 4. and insert lock bar. Fill the test cylinder and allow it to stabilize for a minimum of 48 hours for cylinders of 50 lb. Disconnect the piping from the outlet of the time delay and install another pressure gauge. TEST CYLINDER FIGURE 4 000927 TESTING 60 SECOND TIME DELAY To determine if the time delay is functioning properly. Install LT-30-R cartridge into the release mechanism receiver. NOTICE Reset any electrical equipment that may have been affected by the system actuation. e. stop timing. See Figure 3. 1. NOTICE The test cylinder should be adequately sized to allow for a minimum of 50 lbs. Failure to disconnect system cylinders could cause cylinder actuation during time delay test. for each siren in the system plus the additional carbon dioxide needed for the expected delay at the test cylinder temperature. NOTICE The timing cycle should begin when carbon dioxide is introduced into the time delay device inlet and should end when the pressure gauge in the outlet of the time delay reads 50 psi. for the delay plus an additional 11 lbs. complete the following steps: a. If additional components require testing. 14995. Install cover on release assembly.Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service 6-19-98 REV. Part No. c. Hand tighten firmly. Locate detector linkage and center in each bracket. (9. The gauge should be calibrated with a capability of at least 1500 psi with increments of 10 psi. Record installation date on tag attached to unit and/or in a permanent file. Raise tension lever to “UP” position and install a properly-rated fusible link in the terminal detector. 8-4 . proceed with Step f. Record the time delay period measured. If no additional components are installed. d./min.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. 2. When the gauge reads 50 psi. g. 197. SIREN f. Cock release mechanism using cocking lever. locate linkage slightly toward terminal detector side. For “clip on” style linkage. (6. 14985. The test cylinder must be equipped with a siphon tube. Open the test cylinder to allow flow into the inlet of the time delay and simultaneously begin timing. insert visual seal. Part No. capacity and 72 hours for larger cylinders. Remove lock bar. test per the following steps: ! CAUTION Disconnect all system cylinders from actuation and distribution piping before running time delay test. 6. Observe the pressure gauge on the outlet of the time delay. 4. and record the acceptable time delay range for the temperature determined in Step 7. °F 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 PRESSURE – LBS. For example. If the actual delay period falls within the range determined in Step 8. 54168 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 TEMPERATURE (DEGREES °F) 90 100 FIGURE 6 000929 8-5 . H2O IN CYLINDER 9. THIS CURVE SHOWS THE PRESSURE IN CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDERS WHEN FILLED TO 60% OF THEIR WATER CAPACITY THIS CURVE SHOWS THE PRESSURE IN CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDERS WHEN FILLED TO 68% OF THEIR WATER CAPACITY x 100 FIGURE 5 000928 8. PER CENT FILLING = LB.Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service 6-19-98 REV.5 seconds. Referring to Figure 5. if the recorded pressure is 600 psi. For example. Refer to the Time vs Temperature Chart in Figure 6. PER SQ. the carbon dioxide test cylinder temperature is approximately 48 °F. relate the pressure recorded in Step 5 to the actual temperature of the carbon dioxide test cylinder.0 to 77. 130 120 110 TIME (SECONDS) 100 90 80 70 60 50 TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FOR 60 SECOND TIME DELAY ANSUL PART NO. CO2 IN CYLINDER LB. the acceptable range is 57. at 48 °F. 1 TESTING 60 SECOND TIME DELAY (Continued) 7. the time delay is acceptable. IN. Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service NOTES: 8-6 . Install test link. fusible link in terminal detector. Check all rigid pipe supports and all fitting connections. for detailed instructions. Install properly-rated. Ansul approved. TENSION LEVER IN “UP” POSITION 10. After successful actuation. cut test link at the terminal detector to simulate automatic actuation. 15751. 17788 and 31496. Part No. ! CAUTION Do not install replacement cartridge at this time or system may be actuated. in terminal detector. Part No. 14995. and Maintenance Manuals. Cock release mechanism using cocking lever. Raise tension lever to “UP” position. below their set point. 14985. 5. Operation. Remove empty cartridge from release assembly. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. LOCK BAR PROPERLY INSTALLED 2. 7. and maintenance manuals for detailed instructions on resetting the electric detection system. 1 Resetting and Recharge CLEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Refer to AUTOPULSE installation. Cock release mechanism and install lock bar. AUTOPULSE panel will remain in trouble condition until ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C is recocked. Part No. making certain they are aimed correctly. NOTICE If AUTOPULSE Control System is utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C releasing device for pneumatic actuation. all fusible links must be replaced. Locate detector linkage and correctly position in each bracket. detectors must be cooled down. Install properly-rated fusible links in all detectors except the terminal detector. inspect for damage. Using wire cutter. or obstructions. Refer to ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Installation. Remove lock bar. FIGURE 1 000322 9-1 . See Figure 2. CHECK ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Piping and Nozzles A fire condition could cause damage to the piping and nozzles and possibly support members. NOTICE If actuation was caused by a fire situation. and install lock bar. 9. 4. operation. 11. If utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release with thermal detectors. 12. FIGURE 2 000321 3. Part No. corrosion. 6. clean and reinstall. raise the tension lever to “UP” position. See Figure 1. Mechanical Detection System Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release: 1. 14985. Take the nozzles off the piping. Part No. 8.ANSUL Section 9 REV. before release can be reset. TRIP HAMMER BASE FIGURE 3 000323 15. Reset the control head by moving the control head indicator to the “SET” position. Pressure Switch Reset the pressure switch by completing the following steps: 1. The carbon dioxide cylinder can now be removed for recharge. Make certain no damage has been caused to them from the fire. and secure with visual inspection seal. 9-2 . PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE Recharge CO2 Cylinder Because of the number of different style valves existing in older systems. and HF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet. (6. Make certain electrical function has been correctly reset. and maintenance manual. 3. system. ANSUL AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM – For complete resetting instructions. See Figure 3. Part No. this manual will address recharging for the current CV90 valve and also two other styles. TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY 1/4 IN. reset manual release lever. 2. 14.5 mm) MAXIMUM H. Make certain all pressure in the line to the switch has been properly relieved. 2. control head was actuated manually. Operation. insert ring pin. and repeat Steps 13 and 14. CV90 VALVE NOTICE If maintenance is performed on the valve before recharging.5 mm) maximum clearance between the base of the trip hammer assembly and the cable lever assembly.4 mm) to 3/8 in.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. Part No. Remove shipping cap and weigh cylinder. operation. Reset all devices which were affected by system actuation. and Maintenance Manuals. raise tension lever to “UP” position. use Mobil 1 oil on all O-Rings.7 mm). (9.D. Remove the control head from the discharged carbon dioxide cylinder. refer to the appropriate installation. If H. Mobil 1 oil is the ONLY approved lubricant for the CV90 valve.D.D.” 5. raise trip hammer 3/8 to 1/2 in. (9. Electric Detection System ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C RELEASING DEVICE – For complete resetting instructions. the MAX valve and the AP8 valve. Detection System To properly reset the H. 17. heads and all tubing runs in the hazard area. Also check the last date stamped on the cylinder.4 mm) MINIMUM 3/8 IN. loosen and retighten set screws. (6.A.5 to 12. See Figure 3. Push in red knob on end of pressure switch plunger. 73330. 3. 1 CHECK ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (Continued) Mechanical Detection System (Continued) 13. Recock release mechanism and insert lock bar. (9. Remove lock bar. NOTICE If clearance is not 1/4 in. 16. Indicator arrow on reset control must point to “SET. The following steps must be followed when recharging the CV90 valve: 1. Check the condition of all H. Compare actual cylinder weight with weight stamped on cylinder shoulder.A. Manually test release mechanism by operating the remote manual pull station. complete the following: 1. 17788 and 31496. 18. (6. refer to Installation. Inspect base of wire rope clamping device to make certain there is a minimum of 1/4 in.4 mm) minimum.A. Refer to NFPA 12 (Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems) for hydrostatic test guidelines.A.D. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. 4. the highest large threaded port on the side of the valve. Screw the adaptor on the valve filling inlet.010 in. Part No. FIGURE 4 001515 c. around the anti-recoil device.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) CV90 VALVE (Continued) 2. The assembly consists of a fill adaptor. the anti-recoil will close on the valve outlet. See Figure 5. (. once again. depress actuation plunger down until it bottoms out (approximately 3/8 in. The side filling inlet is the lower of the two large threaded ports. Make certain discharge outlet cap IS NOT in place on valve outlet. having a 1/2-14 straight male thread for hose attachment and a discharge outlet cap. 3. By holding the anti-recoil open. ! CAUTION Failure to use proper fill adaptor may cause the valve to actuate due to back pressure build-up. Depress actuation plunger stem. it is necessary to have a special fill adaptor assembly. See Figure 6. NOTICE For recharging the CV90 cylinder valve. This should be hand tight only as the pin inside the cap acts to open the anti-recoil. Make certain the washer is in place in the fill adaptor. DISCHARGE OUTLET CAP MUST NOT BE INSTALLED WHILE BLEEDING DOWN CYLINDER.2 mm) below the top of the actuation attachment port. This will cause the plunger stem to pop up flush or within . PART NO. Screw the knurled discharge outlet cap on the discharge outlet. Attach the fill adaptor to the side filling inlet of the valve. See Figure 4. located on top of valve. FILL ADAPTOR 1/2-14 STRAIGHT THREAD DISCHARGE OUTLET CAP FIGURE 5 001516 FILLING ADAPTOR ASSEMBLY. perform the following: a. It may be necessary to repeat this step a number of times until all pressure is relieved.9 cm)) and quickly release. 4. NOTICE When depressing the actuation plunger. and relieve all cylinder pressure. With cylinder completely empty. allowing the valve to properly close. 5. (. If pressure and/or weight must be relieved. 45389 FIGURE 6 001517 9-3 . This is the correct position for proper seating. Secure cylinder. See Figure 6. but a small amount of CO2 will discharge out of the outlet. 45389. wrench tighten. b. the residual pressure under the main valve seat is relieved. 2. 3. With cylinder secured in bracket. This is acceptable and will stop when the cylinder pressure increases high enough to completely seat the valve main seal. 426028. 9. Part No. Mark the date and weight on the record card attached to the neck of the cylinder. Replace valve shipping cap to prevent damage during shipping and handling. NOTICE If CO2 continues to discharge out the valve outlet after recharge is complete. install device hand tight only. Never attach this device to fully charged cylinders as this will cause high pressure to discharge out of the fill inlet. 2 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) CV90 VALVE(Continued) 6. install plug. CANNOT be used on CV-98 valve. 415251. Part No. Stop filling and refer to instructions in O-Ring Reconditioning Kit. Check cylinder valve for leaks. actuation hose from pneumatic actuation port. to fill inlet of discharged cylinders only. b. to valve fill inlet. the main seal is leaking. If necessary. using Main Seal Reconditioning Kit. Part No. Do not wrench tighten. 4. Disconnect the flex bend from the cylinder(s) outlet. take proper safety precautions when filling carbon dioxide cylinders. Attach bleed down device. NOTE: Bleed-down device. remove 1/4 in.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. the valve has opened. NOTICE If the top actuation plunger drops during recharge. 415250. Remove all actuators from the cylinder valves. Also. You may see a slight amount of residual CO2 coming out the discharge outlet during recharging. RECHARGE CYLINDER The following steps must be followed when removing discharged cylinders from the system: 1. 416656. Attach filling hose to fill adaptor and begin filling by slowly opening the fill valve. Make certain discharge cap IS NOT on valve outlet. PIN IN BLEED DOWN DEVICE WILL DEPRESS CHECK VALVE IN FILL INLET FIGURE 8 001853 9-4 . ! CAUTION To prevent injury or damage. See Figure 7. Part No. DISCHARGE OUTLET CAP MUST NOT BE INSTALLED WHILE BLEEDING DOWN CYLINDER FIGURE 7 001515 ! CAUTION Attach bleed down device. into pneumatic actuation port and wrench tighten. 5. relieve any remaining pressure in the cylinder by completing the following: a. Part No. CV-98 VALVE Recharge procedures for cylinder assemblies utilizing the CV-98 valve with a CV-98 electric actuator requires normal cylinder recharging along with replacing the discharged METRON PROTRACTOR located within the electric actuator. If necessary. Reclaim CO2 an replace main seal. 42410. Fill to cylinder capacity. 10. 7. Part No. 426028. See Figure 9. Gradually open the fill valve until it is completely open. 8. Place the cylinder on scale and secure with bracket or chain to prevent movement during filling. on all discharged cylinders. make certain the control panel is reset and the release circuit is not in an actuated mode. FILLING ADAPTORS The CV-98 valve utilizes filling adaptors different from those used for the CV-90 valve. d. NOTE: Make certain wires are not located over top of housing. Plug wire connector together. Make certain plunger moves freely up and down. See Figure 9 CAUTION ! Before completing Step No. remove manual actuator. making certain METRON PROTRACTOR housing assembly and spring are properly seated in bottom of actuator body. Carefully tuck wire connector at an approximately 45° angle down along the inside of METRON PROTRACTOR housing assembly between the spring and the inside of the actuator body. Red dot on bottom of stem must be facing down. Position METRON PROTRACTOR housing assembly back into electric actuator body. 7. make certain this metal disc is removed from the piston area. On a new METRON PROTRACTOR. Remove electric actuator from cylinder valve. See Figure 10. into electric actuator body. Bleed residue pressure from cylinder. the pin will not be visible. PIN EXTENDING APPROXIMATELY 1/8 – 3/16 IN. SPRING PISTON (PIN END MUST BE DOWN) – RED DOT ON BOTTOM OF STEM MUST FACE DOWN ACTUATOR BODY FIGURE 9 001854 4. 423657 5. Complete Steps a. through d. 2. See Figure 9. 3. remove bleed down device and install safety shipping cap. both pilot and slave. 9. use the following components: CV-98 Fill Adaptor for CO2 Cylinders CV-98 Conversion Adaptor (Converts CV-90 Fill Adaptor for use on CV-98 valves) Part No. Before replacing the actuated METRON PROTRACTOR assembly with a new one.3 – . out of the bottom. Part No. 2 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) c. See Figure 9. As the pin is emitted from a METRON PROTRACTOR when it operates. Unscrew actuator cap. (. When filling the CV-98 cylinder assemblies. Thoroughly clean piston and inside bottom surface of actuator body of any dirt or foreign material. Make certain cylinder is completely empty before removing bleed down device. Remove power from electric actuator circuit. See Figure 9. 8. 4. Before positioning new METRON PROTRACTOR housing assembly. ACTUATOR CAP PLUNGER METRON PROTRACTOR ASSEMBLY 6. Lift actuated METRON PROTRACTOR assembly housing out of actuator body and disconnect wire plug. remove the piston. make certain pin end is facing down. When replacing piston. a small metal disc is ejected. With cylinder completely empty. See Figure 9.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. 423958. Discard used METRON PROTRACTOR assembly.5 cm) OUT OF BODY INDICATES METRON PROTRACTOR HAS BEEN ACTUATED PIN NOT VISIBLE INDICATES METRON PROTRACTOR HAS NOT BEEN ACTUATED FIGURE 10 001855 REPLACE METRON PROTRACTOR IN CV-98 ELECTRIC ACTUATOR To replace the METRON PROTRACTOR in the electric actuator. This metal disc may be found resting on the piston inside the actuator body. Replace piston back into body. e. 10. 423659 Part No. 9-5 . See Figure 9. If equipped. 8. complete the following steps: 1. A discharged METRON PROTRACTOR will have the stainless steel pin extending approximately 1/8 – 3/16 in. apply a small amount of lubricant. 45220 9-6 . See Figure 11. Capable of up to 60 ft. Drive – Silicone Grease. 70384) CO2 CYLINDER FIGURE 11 001857 After the cylinder(s) has been secured back in the bracket and discharge hose(s) have been reconnected. lb. Capable of up to 30 in. 3. BOTTOM OF ACTUATOR BODY NITROGEN HOSE NITROGEN SUPPLY VALVE NITROGEN CYLINDER VALVE CLOSING ADAPTOR (PART NO.4 Nm) – Automotive Valve Core Tool (Steel) – Socket Adaptor (Valve Core Tool to Torque Drive) – Recharge Kit (Part No. 68656 Piston Gasket–Part No. 1 1/2 in. 1/2 in. 12. Disassemble and correct. Red dot on bottom of piston stem must be visible from bottom of actuator. 1. such as WD-40. Because of the additional equipment required to properly fill the cylinder. 75828 Lead Seal–Part No. ! CAUTION Before installing electric actuator to top of CV-98 valve. lb. MAX VALVE The MAX valve requires a supply of high pressure nitrogen to close the valve as part of the CO2 recharge procedure. 78764) Includes: Piston O-Ring–Part No.4 – Torque Drive. Refer to Figure 11. Drive. Dow Corning No. 2. CO2 VENT TO ATMOSPHERE NITROGEN VENT TO ATMOSPHERE (OUTSIDE) SAFETY (OUTSIDE) CO2 VENT RELIEF VALVE VALVE CO2 PRESSURE GAUGE REGULATOR W/GAUGES NITROGEN VENT VALVE CO2 FILL HOSE CO2 SUPPLY VALVE QUICK CONNECT QUICK CONNECT CO2 FILL VALVE FILL ADAPTOR (PART NO.. (81. Attach manual actuator to CV-98 electric actuator. If the manual actuator was used. the piston has been re-installed incorrectly. Drive – Socket. NOTE: If pin is not visible in bottom hole of actuator. 22604 Valve Actuator Seal–Part No.. Special Tools and Equipment – Torque Wrench. 68661 Valve Cap O-Ring–Part No. 1/2 in. RED DOT ON BOTTOM OF PISTON STEM MUST BE VISIBLE. Securely tighten. Also listed below is a recommended tool and equipment list.3 Nm) – Crowfoot Wrench Attachment. 31712 Safety Wire–Part No. Make certain piston on bottom of actuator is free to move up and down. Failure to disconnect power may cause system to accidentally discharge.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. Screw actuator cap back on actuator body. Attach CV-98 actuator to top thread of CV-98 valve. 77423 Valve Core (2)–Part No. 1 3/8 in. 1/2 in. Securely tighten. Ansul suggests setting up the filling station as shown in Figure 12. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) Replace METRON PROTRACTOR In Electric Actuator (Continued) 11. to the pin between the handle and the body. (3. attach the actuator(s) by completing the following: ! FIGURE 12 001905 CAUTION Make certain all electric power from the panel to the actuator has been disconnected. 70396) MAX VALVE FROM CO2 SUPPLY PISTON MUST BE FREE TO MOVE UP AND DOWN. 4. Make certain CV-98 actuator has been recharged with a new METRON PROTRACTOR assembly. make certain piston in bottom of actuator is free to move up and down. 3. 9-7 . attach valve actuation cap. Close CO2 fill valve. velocity of unrestricted escaping gas is forceful enough to cause injury. Then. 70384) CAUTION For safety. CO2 FILL HOSE FILL ADAPTOR ASSEMBLY VALVE ACTUATION CAP REMOVE AND DISCARD ACTUATOR SEAL SLAVE BACK-PRESSURE ACTUATOR REMOVED FIGURE 13 001906 ! CAUTION CAUTION Make certain cylinder is secured with a bracket or chain during filling and whenever shipping cap is removed. Remove valve outlet safety plug and attach fill adaptor (with valve and quick connect) to valve outlet. 70386 PART NO.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. See Figure 13. 7. 70386 and 76804. PART NO. Pressure gauge calibrated ! 5. VALVE CLOSING ADAPTOR (PART NO. A face shield and protective gloves should always be worn when servicing a cylinder that has been disconnected from discharge hose and piping. Failure to comply could result in personal injury due to violent cylinder movement if cylinder is actuated. See Figure 14. Then. 2. 1. ! CAUTION The vent must be open to outside atmosphere. replace if deteriorated or separated from body. especially about the face and head. Attach CO2 fill hose to fill adaptor assembly. Place CO2 cylinder on a weigh scale and secure with chain or bracket. Make certain CO2 supply valve is closed and open CO2 vent valve. Part No. The release of CO2 into an enclosed area will displace the oxygen which could result it unconsciousness or suffocation. 6. See Figure 13. 4. remove and discard actuator seal. If cap is removed from a pressurized CO2 cylinder valve. ! Do not remove valve actuation cap from MAX valve.Remove slave back-pressure actuator from MAX valve actuation cap. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) MAX VALVE (Continued) Recommended Fill System Equipment – Ball Valves and 2000 WOG minimum Pipe – Pipe (if used) Schedule 80 – Hoses (if used) 4000 psi (27576 kPa) minimum – Pressure Relief 1200 psi (8273 kPa) Valve maximum Suitable for use with CO2 – Nitrogen Cylinder 0-4000 psi (0-27576 kPa) inlet Regulator 0-1500 psi (0-10341 kPa) outlet with compatible gauges – CO2 Manifold 0-2000 psi (0-13788 kPa). remove safety shipping cap. do not remove back-pressure actuator at this time as cylinder may contain high CO2 pressure. 76804 FIGURE 14 001907 ! CAUTION Carbon dioxide can cause freeze burns if it contacts the skin. Then. on valve closing adaptor. Check seals. Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. Without removing check housing assembly from piston. from MAX valve. remove check housing and replace gasket. 11. then reinstall check housing. 3/32 IN. See Figure 17. Be careful not to scratch piston groove. Open CO2 fill valve to allow any residual pressure to be relieved from cylinder through CO2 vent. Insert O-Ring into piston groove. visually inspect exposed portion of gasket at bottom of piston. 68656. See Figure 15. 16. 13. Lubricate new O-Ring. socket. O-RING (PART NO. (. 3/32 IN. unscrew valve actuation cap.2 cm) diameter rod (not supplied) through valve closing adaptor to depress valve core in actuation cap. DIAMETER ROD VALVE CLOSING ADAPTOR WITH QUICK CONNECT FIGURE 18 001911 14. See Figure 19. remove and discard valve core. DIAMETER ROD FIGURE 15 001908 9. Cut and remove safety wire to allow removal of valve actuation cap. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) MAX VALVE (Continued) 8. (. Part No. Using 1 1/2 in. 10. Part No. with Dow Corning No. 68661. Open MAX valve by inserting a 3/32 in. Remove rod and valve closing adaptor from actuation cap. 17. See Figure 20. If damaged. Discard O-Ring. 4 silicone grease. See Figure 20. DIAMETER ROD FIGURE 19 001912 CUT AND REMOVE SAFETY WIRE FIGURE 16 001909 12. Remove O-Ring from groove in upper portion of piston. 15. See Figure 18. 68656) REMOVE VALVE ACTUATION CAP WITH PISTON GASKET (PART NO. Carefully insert 3/32 in.2 cm) diameter rod through valve core port and push out valve piston. REMOVE AND DISCARD VALVE CORE VALVE ACTUATION CAP PISTON 3/32 IN. 68661) FIGURE 20 001913 FIGURE 17 001910 9-8 . See Figure 16. with piston assembly. Be careful not to damage internal valve core seat and threads. Using valve core tool (steel automotive type). 007 to .68 Nm) maximum torque.020 in. on valve closing adaptor.007 and . lb. retighten until depth is between .68 Nm) torque. Then. 19. Part No. 23.020 in. 4 silicone grease to valve-to-cap O-Ring. Secure safety wire using crimp-type lead seal. (5. Make certain check housing assembly is tightened into bottom of piston to 30 in. See Figure 23. If spool is secured in vise. Visually inspect cap-to-body O-Ring.7 to 5.007. close CO2 supply valve. Replace if damaged. (. Install new safety wire. See Figure 22. Be careful not to damage piston O-Ring. Do not lubricate valve core seal. Use O-Ring. install valve core into actuation cap. Use 60 ft. with quick connect. Thread locking compound MUST NOT BE USED. replace if deteriorated or separated from body. attach valve closing adaptor. – If valve core depth is less than .020 in.34 Nm) torque. – If valve core depth is greater than . Part No. replace valve core and measure again. 29.7 and 5. press piston into valve actuation cap as shown in Figure 21. Using 1/2 in.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. LEAD SEAL (PART NO. With nitrogen cylinder valve closed. – If valve core depth of . FIGURE 23 001916 25. make certain spool body is protected. lb. lb. Part No.1 mm) FIGURE 22 001915 26. LUBRICATE O-RING REINSTALL VALVE ACTUATION CAP WITH PISTON VISE JAW FIGURE 21 001914 20. Close CO2 vent valve and open CO2 supply valve until cylinder is filled to rated capacity.3 Nm) torque. See Figure 14. VALVE ACTUATION CAP VISE JAW PISTON 22.75828. Then. Check seals.7 to 5. with piston assembly. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) MAX VALVE (Continued) 18. (. screw valve actuation cap. (1. 28. into MAX valve as shown in Figure 23. Part No. (3. 24. 45220) SAFETY WIRE (PART NO. (81.020 (1.2 mm).7 – 5.2 mm) cannot be obtained with 6 in. (. Make certain nitrogen supply valve and nitrogen vent valve are closed. (1. Apply a thin film of Dow Corning No. lb. Using a vise. 70386 and 76804.2 mm). Using torque drive. through holes provided in valve actuation cap hex and MAX valve body flat. 27. 75828) FIGURE 24 001917 . Measure depth of valve core using dial depth indicator: – Proper depth range is .4 Nm) torque. 21.020 in. drive torque wrench and 1 1/2 in. to MAX valve actuation cap. attach nitrogen hose to valve closing adaptor. replace valve core and measure again. 45220. 22604.2 mm) using a maximum 6 in. (1. socket. Tighten to 3 in. Use vise jaw protection to prevent damage to piston and cap.007 to . See Figure 24.007 – . 9-9 . FIGURE 25 001918 9-10 . 1100 psi (7584 kPa) maximum. See Figure 26. 77423) 37. Open nitrogen vent valve to relieve pressure from nitrogen manifold. check valve core for leakage. After cylinders have been reinstalled in system. PISTON IN FULLY RETRACTED (SET) POSITION FIGURE 27 001920 39. With valve fully open. and repeat Steps 31 and 32. cleaning. 68713. 68713) INSPECT SEALING EDGES FIGURE 26 001919 38. Part No. drive torque wrench and 1 3/8 in. 35. 31. Part No. etc. 32. lb. and lubricating. Remove CO2 hose and CO2 fill adaptor. 70209. Reset back-pressure actuator to its fully retracted (set) position. NOTICE Pressure in nitrogen cylinder must be 1000 psi (6894 kPa) minimum to assure that adequate pressure is available for closing MAX valve. Open nitrogen supply valve for 5 seconds to close MAX valve. Slowly open CO2 vent valve. Immediately reinstall safety plug in MAX valve outlet. Excessive nitrogen closing pressure. Then. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) MAX VALVE (Continued) 30. ! CAUTION RIDGE IN DOWN POSITION Never leave CO2 cylinder unguarded or unsecured without the safety plug in place. Install slave back-pressure actuator into valve actuation cap. Reinstall safety shipping cap. 34. Install new actuator seal. crowfoot wrench attachment. ACTUATOR SEAL (PART NO. so that seal ridge rests in cap recess as shown in Figure 25.2 Nm) using 1/2 in. venting should continue for only a short time to allow CO2 manifold to relieve. Using soap solution or water bath. If leakage is detected. Check MAX valve for leaks and note recharge information on record tag. on cylinder collar. Remove nitrogen hose and valve closing adaptor. 33. If venting continues. BACK-PRESSURE ACTUATOR (PART NO. indicates a need for valve teardown. If plug is not in place and cylinder is discharged. Replace if damaged. Part No. 36. for nicks. 40. Open nitrogen cylinder valve and adjust nitrogen regulator until pressure reading is 250 to 300 psi (1724 to 2068 kPa) higher than CO2 pressure indicated on CO2 pressure gauge. Wait until frost clears from MAX valve body (approximately 1 to 2 minutes) before continuing to Step 31. Inspect sealing edges on slave back-pressure actuator. repeat Steps 6 through 34. close nitrogen supply valve. torque all back-pressure actuators to 40 ft. 77423. (54. increase nitrogen regulator setting by 50 psi (345 kPa). escaping CO2 or cylinder movement could cause injury or property damage. close CO2 vent valve. gouges. See Figure 27. 41. 42.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. 2 Nm) is to be used when installing the safety disc nut. it can be determined by removing the bonnet cap and the piston assembly. Leakage at the filling inlet can be caused by: a. ! HOSE ADAPTOR 1/2-14 STR. lbs. it is necessary to have a special filling adaptor assembly. Attach filling adaptor as described above. below the release check seat. Ice forming in the inlet or attachments b. 42413. Part No. Check valve for possible leaks. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued) AP-8 VALVE For recharging the AP-8 cylinder valve. To recharge cylinder. the residual pressure under the main valve seat is relieved. Foreign material on or damage to the main seal of the main check. Should a leak be discovered. usually also indicates leakage past the main check. allowing the valve to close properly. The total full weight of the cylinder and valve is stamped on the side of the valve. having a 1/2-14 male thread for hose attachment and a discharge outlet cap. Install adaptor wrench tight. Part No. normally covered with a knurled cap with four holes in it. This could be caused by: a. is composed of a hose adaptor. By holding the outlet check open. Whether leakage is due to a. Leakage out of the top of the valve (with the bonnet cap removed). 42387. The knurled cap should be replaced on the filling inlet for protection. Leakage out of the vent may also be caused by leakage past the copper washer. and observing whether the leak is at the periphery of the release check seat (indicating leakage past the copper washer) or past the check stem (indicating leakage past the check). 9-11 . Be sure to mark the date and weight on the record card attached to the neck of the cylinder. The knurled discharge outlet cap should be attached onto the discharge outlet. The hose adaptor is attached to the side filling inlet. See Figure 28. 42416. Any leak at the valve outlet indicates leakage past the main check. Leakage out the vent may be due to a number of reasons: a. Replace valve shipping cap to prevent damage during handling and shipping. either by hand or by the tool used to remove it. This should be attached hand tight only as the pin inside the cap acts to hold open the outlet check. Such distortion is usually evident in the area of the safety disc due to overtorquing of the safety disc nut. place cylinder on scale and secure with bracket or chain to prevent movement during filling. Part No. When the charging hose and adaptor are detached. damage to its seal.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. 42255. ! CAUTION To prevent injury or damage. or scoring of the seat. Part No. A maximum torque of 23 ft. Part No. the following information may help in determining what the cause is. If piston is forced down. THREAD DISCHARGE OUTLET CAP CAUTION FIGURE 28 001921 When removing the piston assembly. Be sure that the O-Ring is in place around the charging hole in the adaptor before attaching adaptor. The assembly. it could cause the valve to open and the cylinder to discharge. b. above. or b. Part No. c. take proper safety precautions when filling carbon dioxide cylinders. the lowest outlet on the side of the valve. damage to its seal. Nick on the main seat. The main check is not seating properly due to distortion of the valve bore. Leakage past the filling check due to foreign material on the seat. due to foreign material on the seat. (31. See Figure 28. Attach filling hose to adaptor and fill with dry CO2 to proper weight. 42394. make certain piston is not forced down before taking it from the valve body. or a scored release check seat. c. Leakage past the copper washer. 42416. 45389. Part No. b. Leakage past the pressure release check. the check in the filling inlet will seat under pressure and no further sealing is necessary. under the valve bonnet. 2 mm). check to see if the actuator is armed or fired. the plunger will be approximately flush with the top surface of the actuator. Remove the actuation safety shipping cap from the top of the valve and wrench-tighten the pneumatic actuator to the slave assembly.2 CM) PIN REFERENCE SURFACE CAUTION FIGURE 30 001922 The carbon dioxide system will actuate if the HF electric actuator pin is down.38 MM) FREE PIN TRAVEL 1/8 IN. Before each installation. 1 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Pneumatic Valve Actuator Reinstall each pneumatic valve actuator by completing the following steps: 1. the actuator pin will move freely up and down approximately 1/8 in. – When the actuator is held upright. by hand or with a short length of 1/8 in.25 to . – When the plunger is pushed.38 mm) inside the reference surface at the bottom of the actuator. . Check to see if the actuator is armed or fired by referring to steps a. pipe. the actuator pin will have no movement. (3. ACTUATION IN FIRED POSITION TOP OF PLUNGER APPROXIMATELY 1/8 IN. respectively. HF Electric Valve Actuator Note: HF Electric Actuator cannot be used to actuate an AP-8 valve or a CV-98 valve.(25 – . (. a. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each additional pneumatic valve actuator. make certain all actuators are in the armed condition.3 cm) BELOW TOP SURFACE ACTUATOR PIN REFERENCE SURFACE PIN OUTSIDE REFERENCE SURFACE FIGURE 31 001923 – When pushed. b. Ensure that pneumatic valve actuator internal piston is in the full “UP” position by forcing the piston up. and b. ! ACTUATION PIN ARMED . 3. to 1/4 in. the plunger will be below the top surface of the actuator. The actuator is in the fired position if the following conditions exist: See Figure 31.015 in. See Figure 29.015 IN. (. ACTUATION IN ARMED POSITION PLUNGER (FLUSH WITH TOP SURFACE) FIGURE 29 001883 2. 9-12 . The actuator is armed if the following conditions exist: See Figure 30.010 – . in the fired position.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 REV. REFERENCE SURFACE (3. 1.010 to . – The pin is retracted . – When the actuator is held upright. PISTON PISTON MUST BE “UP” BEFORE INSTALLING INCORRECT Before reinstalling HF electric actuator. make certain ring pin is in position and secured with a visual inspection seal. To arm the actuator. . 2. repeat Step 1. Part No. and back to swivel hex.Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge 6-19-98 PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued) Electric Valve Actuator (Continued) 2. Then. 5. Remove lock bar. 4. Part No. DO NOT REMOVE CAP UNLESS INSTALLING ADDITIONAL ACTUATOR HF ELECTRIC ACTUATOR LEAD AND WIRE SEAL (PART NO. 2. lb. over conduit connection. Do not exceed 10 ft. 75568) CV90 VALVE CO2 CYLINDER PUSH UP UNTIL "CLICK" IS HEARD REFERENCE SURFACE FIGURE 33 001851 ARMING TOOL (PART NO. use arming tool. 75568. Tighten set screw into stud. torque. 45-50 lbs. Then. make certain manual actuator is in the “SET” position. 5. Remove shipping cap and weigh replacement cartridge. Record recharge date on tag attached to unit and/or in a permanent file. remove actuation shipping cap from top threads of CV90 cylinder valve. Make certain HF electric actuator is properly armed. If no other actuators are to be installed on top of the HF electric actuator. If necessary. reinstall black safety cap after arming. 75433) Manual Valve Actuator Before installing manual actuator back unto cylinder valve or electric actuator. To install HF actuator to cylinder valve. Press and position handle in proper location against cover and slide the replacement glass break rod. Manual Pull Station Reset remote manual pull station by completing the following steps: 1. 9-13 FIGURE 32 001924 3. Feed lead and wire seal. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14. On manual actuator with ring pins. Thread the HF electric actuator onto top threads of cylinder valve.2 g). 4834. If necessary. through stud and handle. Wrap around actuator body. (13-23 kg) is required to arm the HF electric actuator. 6. Replace ANSUL AUTOMAN Cartridge Install new cartridge by completing the following steps: 1. See Figure 32. NOTICE Considerable force. remove set screw that is retaining the break glass rod. 3. through hole in actuator swivel hex. 75433. To verify that the actuator is properly armed. 4. 3. to force the pin inside the reference surface until a distinct “click” is heard. or more. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and lock bar is installed. carefully remove any remaining broken glass from station. ACTUATOR PIN 7. Part No. See Figure 33. crimp seal to wire. below weight stamped on cartridge. See Step 2. Secure cover on ANSUL AUTOMAN and seal with visual inspection seal. 4. install replacement cartridge into release assembly and hand tighten. Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge NOTES: 9-14 . CONTROL SYSTEM Make certain the panel has not been tampered with and that the green “power on” light is illuminated. Make certain nozzles are aimed in the proper direction. It is intended to give reasonable assurance that the system is fully charged and will operate. grease. CYLINDER ACTUATOR Make certain the electric. to prevent operation. or condition. DETECTORS Check that they are in place. Visually check cylinder for any dents or signs of corrosion. i. No other system lights should be on. grease. and thoroughness. MISCELLANEOUS Make a check list of details that are important to the system which are not discussed above. Systems should be inspected at regular monthly intervals. or any contaminating substance. The value of an inspection lies in the frequency. ALARMS AND SIRENS Check that they are in place and are not damaged. and that the visual inspection seal is not broken or missing. This is done by seeing that the system has not been tampered with and there is no obvious physical damage.ANSUL Section 10 Inspection Inspection is a “quick check” that a system is operable. DISTRIBUTION PIPING AND NOZZLES Check that the piping is secure and nozzles are in place. has the hazard size or configuration been changed? Are dampers or doors jarred open where they shouldn’t be? Are special signs in place? Are nozzles obstructed by equipment moved in the area? Are there any conditions that would hinder the operation of the system? 10-1 . ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASING DEVICE Make certain the releasing device has not been tampered with.. paint.e. or manual actuator(s) are in place. with which it is conducted. Lead and wire seal or break rod must be in place. pneumatic. The following visual checks should be performed during a CO2 system inspection: MANUAL PULL STATION Check that it has not been tampered with and is ready for operation. or paint. Check that the actuation piping and/or wiring has not been tampered with or disconnected. CYLINDER Check that the mounting brackets are secure. Make certain the nozzles are not covered with dirt. not damaged or coated with dirt. or at more frequent intervals when circumstances require. Section 10 – Inspection NOTES: 10-2 . 11-1 . 3. Check each pull station for mechanical damage. Refer to NFPA 12. 1 Maintenance SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION Systems shall be maintained at regular intervals. See Figure 1. Loosen the mounting bracket on the cylinder. Make certain discharge nozzle orifices are clear and aimed correctly at the hazard. Part No. Inspect each detector for dirt and dust accumulation. 9. Install safety shipping cap on cylinder valve. Remove HF or CV-98 electric valve actuator or H. on cylinder collar threads and lift cylinder from floor. Maintenance is a “thorough check” of the system. make certain each electric. Check distribution piping for mechanical damage or corrosion. PART NO. pneumatic. Thread lifting yoke. or looseness. If cylinder weight loss exceeds 10 percent of weight stamped on cylinder collar. b. It includes a thorough examination and any necessary repair. 69877. corrosion. 7. 11.ANSUL Section 11 6-19-98 REV. BEAM (53. that operating instructions are visible and (if provided). actuator (if provided) from each cylinder and reinstall actuation safety shipping cap on the valve. Check nameplate(s) for readability. It is intended to give maximum assurance that a system will operate effectively and safely. 69877 FLOOR FIGURE 1 001925 c. checking for mechanical damage or corrosion. Part No. or replacement. NOTICE Before proceeding with semi-annual maintenance examination. 2. not more than six-months apart. for detailed instructions concerning hydrostatic test requirements. Make certain piping connections are tight and hangers are secured to prevent excessive pipe movement during a discharge. Make certain each pull station is unobstructed. Record weight while cylinder is suspended. Compare actual weight with weight stamped on the cylinder collar. cylinder must be recharged or replaced. Weigh each cylinder by completing the following: a. Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. If actuators are mounted on cylinder valve at this time. Make certain the piping connections are tight and hangers are secure. or fusible link detector is unobstructed and not damaged. 74241. or obstructions. PART NO. Examine each discharge nozzle for mechanical damage. Remove cylinder(s) from distribution piping by disconnecting flexible hose at the valve outlet. d. insert lock bar in ANSUL AUTOMAN release and ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release and remove nitrogen cartridge. Check actuation piping for mechanical damage or corrosion. to the weigh rail above the cylinder. Check hydrostatic date stamped on cylinder collar. Attach the weigh scale. 74241 SCALE EYE CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER CYLINDER SADDLE LIFTING YOKE. 4. ! CAUTION DO NOT reinstall any actuator to cylinder valve at this time. 21 IN. Remove pneumatic valve actuator or lever actuator (if provided) from each tank and reinstall safety shipping cap on the valve assembly. It will reveal if there is a need for hydrostatic testing of the cylinder.A. Install safety shipping cap on cartridge. 1. 10. break glass rod is in place. If provided. Fusible links should be replaced every six months or sooner depending on conditions. or when specifically indicated by an inspection.3 cm) ANGLE IRON WEIGHING RAIL BEAM MUST BE HORIZONTAL FOR CORRECT WEIGHT READING SCALE ROTATED 90° FOR CLEARNESS. recharge. Cylinder may require hydrostatic testing. 5. accidental actuation and discharge will result when actuators are tested. Actuators must remain off valve until they have been tested. corrosion.D. Note appearance of the system and component parts. 8. 6. the actuator should be replaced. See Figure 2. Reset pneumatic tank actuator(s). Remove empty nitrogen cartridge and reset all auxiliary devices. 14995. 14985. Check gasket for elasticity or cuts and replace if necessary. ! FIGURE 2 000321 CAUTION 2. 6. NOTICE Piston should move up and down with little resistance. is in place in ANSUL AUTOMAN release mechanism. See Figure 3. 7. 4. Hand tighten. Remove gasket from cartridge receiver in ANSUL AUTOMAN release mechanism. During this maintenance test. Make certain actuator is left in the reset (piston up) position. Clean and coat gasket lightly with a good grade of extreme temperature grease. Reattach flex bend to cylinder valve outlet and reclamp cylinder in bracket. Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release 1. CAUTION Pneumatic cylinder actuator(s) must be reset prior to installing on cylinder valve or system will actuate. 3. Remove lock bar and manually test system by operating the remote manual pull station or push “strike” button on ANSUL AUTOMAN release. Make certain no pneumatic actuators are installed to any cylinder valves. ! 9. Operate the piston up and down 2 or 3 times. the testing of the system will cause cylinder discharge. Reinstall gasket into cartridge receiver. Make certain lock bar. 5. FIGURE 3 LOCK BAR PROPERLY INSTALLED 001882 8. If not. If the piston is still hard to move. See Figure 4. Part No. a small amount of Dow Corning 4 Silicone grease should be placed into the piston bore when the piston is up. Install LT-30-R cartridge in ANSUL AUTOMAN release.Section 11 – Maintenance SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION (Continued) 12. Part No. Cock ANSUL AUTOMAN mechanism using cocking lever. PISTON PISTON MUST BE “UP” BEFORE INSTALLING INCORRECT FIGURE 4 001883 11-2 . After operating manually. if any pneumatic actuators are installed to cylinder valves. check that functions have been accomplished and the pneumatic tank actuator(s) have actuated. in terminal detector. Make certain additional devices have operated as intended. See Figure 7. cut test link at terminal detector to simulate automatic actuation. fusible link to terminal detector.2 g) or more. 27. Section 9. Make certain release mechanism is cocked. 19. Raise tension lever to “UP” position.Section 11 – Maintenance 6-19-98 REV. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. Part No. 28. Locate detector linkage and properly position in each bracket. Recock the release mechanism and insert the lock bar. Ansul approved. Part No. See Figure 6. Before reinstalling cartridge. (9. Using wire cutter. 11-3 . After successful actuation. 26. TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY TENSION LEVER IN “UP” POSITION 1/4 IN. 15. Reinstall pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valves.4 mm) to 3/8 in. 15751. 197. 18. 13. See Figure 5.4 mm) MINIMUM 3/8 IN. 25. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tag attached to unit and/or in a permanent file. See Figure 6. and return additional fusible links to series detector linkage(s).5 mm) maximum clearance between the base of the trip hammer assembly and the cable lever assembly. 16. (6. 23. raise the tension lever to “UP” position. Remove lock bar.5 mm) MAXIMUM TRIP HAMMER BASE FIGURE 5 000322 12. Install cover on enclosure. Remove shipping cap and weigh each nitrogen cartridge. 11. 1 SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION (Continued) Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release (Continued) 10. 21. screw cartridge into release mechanism and hand tighten. Inspect the base of the wire rope clamping device to make certain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. 17. Install test link. Remove. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14. clean. and secure with visual seal. Clean and return properly-rated. NOTICE Fusible links installed in system for six months or more must be replaced. 22. reset all additional equipment by referring to appropriate section of Resetting and Recharge. FIGURE 7 000323 TENSION LEVER IN “DOWN” POSITION FIGURE 6 001926 14. 24. 20. 29. below weight stamped on cartridge. (9. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and lock bar is installed. Fusible links loaded with extraneous material can result in excessive delays in actuation. install ring pin through “STRIKE” button. Lower the tension lever to “DOWN” position. (6. the actuator should be replaced. Reset pneumatic cylinder actuator(s). NOTICE Piston should move up and down with little resistance. 11-4 . Remove empty nitrogen cartridge and reset all auxiliary devices. FIGURE 8 001894 2. Cock ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release mechanism using cocking lever. Check gasket for elasticity or cuts and replace if necessary. See Figure 8. a small amount of Dow Corning 4 Silicone grease should be placed into the piston bore when the piston is up. Clean and coat gasket lightly with a good grade of extreme temperature grease. Remove gasket from cartridge receiver in ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release mechanism. Make certain actuator is left in the reset (piston up) position. Make certain no pneumatic actuator(s) are installed on any cylinder valves. ! CAUTION RING PIN Pneumatic cylinder actuator must be reset prior to installing on cylinder valve or system will actuate. ! CAUTION During this maintenance test. Hand tighten. the testing of the system will cause cylinder discharge. Remove ring pin and manually test system by operating the remote manual pull station or push “STRIKE” button on ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. RESET LEVER 8. Reinstall gasket into cartridge receiver. Part No. If not. 26310. install LT-30-R cartridge in ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. PISTON MUST BE “UP” BEFORE INSTALLING INCORRECT FIGURE 9 001883 10. 7. 6. check that all functions have been accomplished and the pneumatic cylinder actuator(s) have actuated. PISTON 3. Make certain ring pin is in place in ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release mechanism. If necessary. and install ring pin. See Figure 9. 4. 9. Make certain the release mechanism is cocked and ring pin is removed.Section 11 – Maintenance SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION (Continued) Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release 1. After operating manually. If the piston is still hard to move. 5. if any pneumatic actuators are installed to cylinder valves. Operate the piston up and down 2 or 3 times. 4. Allow detectors to cool for at least five minutes before resetting control heads. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14. 1. 6.D. Reinstall pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valves. 15. Detection/Mechanical Control Head ! CAUTION For systems with dual control heads. (13. Section 9. 2. 18. 19. Remove ring pin. CAUTION 12. Test each detector individually and recock release mechanism after each test. Test each thermal detector by submerging in a pan of hot or boiling water or by using an approved heat lamp. Submerge H. Replace locking pin and reset control head. Make certain actuator(s) have been reset before installing on cylinder valve. Part No. remove locking pin and operate local manual control to test proper operation of head. NOTICE If system does not fire. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tag attached to unit and/or in a permanent file. There are two different solenoids used in the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release and their resistance is as follows: Number Stamped on Solenoid P4-2025 TBX16-C-12 VDC Resistance Measurement 12-18 ohms 21-32 ohms H. It is not advisable to use torch on detectors since they are very sensitive to heat. 180 °F to 200 °F. detectors and clean off all foreign substances. DO NOT attach control head to cylinder valve. make certain the control head is not mounted on the cylinder valve. Indicator arrow must be in “SET” position.A. and wrench tighten swivel nut. 5. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tag attached to unit and/or in a permanent file. lb. With release mechanism cocked. Do not exceed 10 ft. 3. To test the H. See Figure 8. (82 °C to 93 °C). 14. Reset control head. Failure to clean detecting device will seriously impair the efficiency of the automatic feature of the system which may result in a failure to detect the fire.Section 11 – Maintenance SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION (Continued) Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release (Continued) 11. Check control heads to see that they have operated.A. detector. Install new seal wire on control head(s).2 g). Inspect H. Install cover on enclosure. 16.D. reinstall on cylinder valve. or more. 7. detector in container of hot water.6 Nm) torque. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and ring pin is installed. ! Be sure head is reset.D.A. reset all additional equipment by referring to appropriate section of Resetting and Recharge. 197. check the integrity of the solenoid by using an ohmmeter and measure the resistance of the solenoid coil. replace solenoid. Failure to reset will cause accidental discharge of the system. screw replacement cartridge into release mechanism and hand tighten.A. below weight stamped on cartridge. install ring pin. With mechanical control head disconnected from cylinder. install ring pin through "STRIKE" button. Remove shipping cap and weigh each nitrogen cartridge. remove both heads before testing. 17. Before installing cartridge. 11-5 . 13. If it is not within the resistance range. and secure with visual seal.D. Section 11 – Maintenance SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION (Continued) Electric Detection/AUTOPULSE Control System NOTICE Remove the HF electric valve actuator and any additional actuators from the cylinder valve prior to testing the AUTOPULSE Control System. Perform system semi-annual maintenance by following the instructions listed in the appropriate AUTOPULSE Control System Installation. 11-6 . Part No. and Maintenance Manual and the HF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet. Failure to do so will cause accidental system discharge. 73330. Operation. The examples are only intended to show what has to be done to complete the design and hydraulic calculations. An outline of each of the example hazards is provided and each item is listed in the numerical order in which it should be performed. twelve example hazards are covered in this section. 12-1 .ANSUL Section 12 Typical Applications In order to help understand the design process. There may be different design approaches that can be taken for each hazard. with a 6 in. In paint and varnish operations. Hanging parts are within 1 ft. 5 in. 1 – DIP TANKS A dip tank operation may consist of a simple hand held basket of parts or may be a more complex operation with material being conveyed to the tank by an overhead monorail conveyor. if any. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. discharge times. Nozzles are not to be closer than 30 in. If an exhaust system is utilized.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen.The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. motorized conveyor. heaters. free board. The hazard to be protected would be the liquid surface of the tank. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal orifice size available and reinput the hydraulic calculations data (nozzle codes and pipe sizes) to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 6 in. fill in the input form. It is essential that all pumps. 2 – Drawing. this must also be protected. 6 – Bill Of Material. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. x 4 ft. 1 – Calculation Sheet.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 2.1. ITEM NO. fractional orifice sizes. the drain board/drip area. The drainboard is 7 ft. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. it is common practice for the dipped parts to be dried in a bake oven. from the surface. node points. 4 – Print Out No. from the surface. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. Factory Mutual is the insurance authority. ITEM NO. any hanging material above the drip area. 10 1/2 in. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly.fittings. must be dampered to close upon system actuation. 5 – Print Out No. Notice that on the first print out. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. x 4 ft. 12-2 .With the information on pipe lengths. Hazard The dip tank is 8 ft.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. ITEM NO. or parts dipped by an overhead hoist. and any associated pumps within the area. and nozzles. ITEM NO. and ventilation fans be stopped. 5 in. ITEM NO. The exhaust duct. The tank may or may not be enclosed by a hinged lid and often has a drain board or drip area which may or may not be enclosed. The authority having jurisdiction may require that the oven also be protected. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 1 – Calculation Sheet 001927 12-3 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – Drawing 001928 12-4 . 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 001929 12-5 . 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 001930 12-6 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/1 001931 12-7 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 001932 12-8 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/3 001933 12-9 . 1 – DIP TANKS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 001934 12-10 . 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 001935 12-11 . 5 – Print Out No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/3 001936 12-12 . 6 – Bill Of Material 001937 12-13 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1 – DIP TANKS Item No. Smoke detection is generally used. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. 6 – Bill Of Material. x 1 ft. 5 – Print Out No.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. or has contents other than cable. discharge times. node points. 1 – Calculation Sheet. 1. Provisions must be made for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present to assist in assuring the necessary concentration. 12-14 . FM also requires the design concentration of 65% then be held for a minimum of thirty minutes. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. the necessity for fire protection in combination with a fast responding detection system is readily apparent. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size orifice available and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. drainage is installed in the subfloor area. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NFPA 12. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. ITEM NO. recall and use of information via electronic equipment.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. Fires can occur as deep seated fires within the computer electrical insulation and in the cable bundles in the subfloor. 4 – Print Out No. Notice that on the first print out. Hazard A computer room having dimensions of 70 ft. Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the subfloor is constructed of combustible material. fractional orifice sizes. x 8 ft. No unclosable openings. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. Design concentration must be maintained for a period of not less than twenty minutes. Due to the extremely high dollar value of equipment and data contained within the computer facility.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. ITEM NO. x 50 ft. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Electronic data processing involves storage. fittings. Occasionally. 2. When the computer room is normally occupied. Ventilation to be shut down at system actuation. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. Alarms must be located in the room and a mechanical time delay must be incorporated in the system to allow sufficient time for personnel to evacuate the room prior to discharge. The computer room and subfloor space can be protected with a total flood carbon dioxide system. and nozzles. personnel safety is of first concern.With the information on pipe lengths. which states that a 30%concentration must be achieved within two minutes and a design concentration of 50% must be reached within seven minutes. ITEM NO. x 50 ft. fill in the input form. 2 – Drawing. A subfloor having dimensions of 70 ft. Paper debris that has been allowed to accumulate in the subfloor is also a source for ignition.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. especially when the computer room is normally unoccupied. 1 – Calculation Sheet/1 001938 12-15 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1 EXAMPLE NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet/2 001939 12-16 .Section 12 – Typical Applications REV. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2 – Drawing/1 001940 12-17 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2 – Drawing/2 001941 12-18 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 001942 12-19 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 001943 12-20 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/3 001944 12-21 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/4 001945 12-22 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/5 001946 12-23 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 1/1 001947 12-24 . 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 001948 12-25 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/3 001949 12-26 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No. 1/4 001950 12-27 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/5 001951 12-28 . 4 – Print Out No. 1/6 001952 12-29 . 4 – Print Out No. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 001953 12-30 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2/2 001954 12-31 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2/3 001955 12-32 . 5 – Print Out No. 2/4 001956 12-33 . 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/5 001957 12-34 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 2/6 001958 12-35 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR Item No. 6 – Bill Of Material 001959 12-36 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. cylinders as first was used. the computer printed out a warning stating the discharge time of 29. fittings.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. Therefore. x 4 ft. A reserve system is required. diameter and 12 ft. ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No. bill of material should be A generated to show the complete list of all required hardware.The second printout reflects the first hydraulic run using 3-100 lb. 6 – Print Out No. Notice that on the first print out. 11 – Print Out No.9 seconds was below the minimum local application time of 30 seconds. 1. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. node points. pumps. 10 – Hydraulic Input Form.) instead of 3-75 lb. 7 – Bill of Material. The machine usually employs a motorized conveyor for transporting parts from flux tubs to a preheater and then to the solder pots.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.This should then be completed for the system protecting the open sided wave solder machine. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. Hazard Enclosure with dimensions of 16 ft. long. This printout confirms that after the orifices sizes and pipe sizes were inputted.. ITEM NO. cylinders (total of 300 lbs. 2. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. Exhaust duct is 9 in. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE A typical wave solder machine consists of an enclosure and fume exhaust system. 3. discharge times. then the enclosure may be treated as a total flood hazard. In those cases where the doors are left open. ITEM NO. fractional orifice sizes. 5 – Print Out No. 1 – Calculation Sheet. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings.With the information on pipe lengths. the resulting hydraulic calculations are acceptable. It is essential that the duct be dampered with the damper to close upon system actuation.With the information on pipe lengths. A fire condition can exist when an excess amount of flux is applied to the parts and is then ignited by the preheater or the molten solder which can be at a temperature of 500 °F to 550 °F (260 °C to 288 °C). and pipe sizes. Two design approaches: open sides and enclosed. 2. 2 – Drawing. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. Notice the nozzle orifices need to be rounded to a nominal size and then rerun to determine everything is still acceptable. the exhaust system would be considered as a total flood hazard. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. ITEM NO. fittings. all of which are within the enclosure. node points. Shut down of all heating sources. and nozzles. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. the hazardous surface must be treated as a local application hazard. ITEM NO. 8 – Calculation Sheet. 6 in. and nozzles. 13 – Bill Of Material. conveyor and exhaust system must be automatically accomplished prior to the carbon dioxide system discharge. discharge times. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. 12 – Print Out No. If these doors are always in the closed position. down 3 ft. fill in the input form. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. It is not possible on this example to lengthen the time by reducing the flow rate because the flow rate is already very close to the minimum. it is necessary to add more agent. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. 1. x 3 ft. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. from top of the enclosure. ITEM NO. 12-37 . fill in the input form. x 6 in. Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent for the enclosed wave solder machine. Access doors may be installed on one or both sides of the enclosure.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. Two conveyor openings of 2 ft. In any case. Notice that on the first print out. ITEM NO. 9 – Drawing. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 1 – Calculation Sheet 001960 12-38 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 2 – Drawing 001961 12-39 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 001962 12-40 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 001963 12-41 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/1 001964 12-42 . 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 001965 12-43 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/3 001966 12-44 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 1/4 001967 12-45 . 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/1 001968 12-46 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 001969 12-47 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/3 001970 12-48 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/1 001971 12-49 . 6 – Print Out No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – Print Out No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/2 001972 12-50 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/3 001973 12-51 . 6 – Print Out No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – Bill Of Material 001974 12-52 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 8 – Calculation Sheet 001975 12-53 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – Drawing 001976 12-54 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 10 – Hydraulic Input Form 001977 12-55 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – Print Out No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 1/1 001978 12-56 . 11 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 1/2 001979 12-57 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 001980 12-58 . 12 – Print Out No. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 2/2 001981 12-59 . 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No. 12 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – The Bill Of Material 001982 12-60 . 4 – Print Out No. The louvers measure 3 ft. 6 – Bill Of Material.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. If the cabinet construction consists of a series of compartments. Electrical cabinets may have a completely open interior or be compartmentalized. the design concentration must be maintained for a minimum of twenty minutes. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. discharge times. 2 – Drawing. Hazard The room contains a series of five electrical cabinets. 5 – Print Out No. Electrical power and any ventilation must be shut down prior to the CO2 discharge. fittings.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. ITEM NO. fill in the input form.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen.1. ITEM NO. 2. making it difficult to maintain the required CO2 concentration over a set period of time. fractional orifice sizes. Each cabinet has a louvered door. ITEM NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet. a CO2 nozzle and detector must be installed in each compartment. x 4 ft. Burning insulation soon becomes deep-seated in nature. In addition. This is accomplished by injecting a sufficient quantity of carbon dioxide within the cabinet to suppress the fire and allow a “soaking’’ period. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Electrical cabinets contain equipment and wiring subject to fire due to an electrical fault. The room is 50 ft. from the top of the cabinet. If leakage is appreciable. each measuring 5 ft. ITEM NO. 12-61 . ITEM NO. 1 EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form.The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. NFPA 12 states that a 50% concentration of CO2 is required for dry electrical fires in general and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes with the design concentration being achieved within seven minutes. Notice that on the first print out. and the center of each louver is 5 ft. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. high. x 40 ft.The common approach to fire protection is to totally flood the enclosure. ITEM NO.With the information on pipe lengths. node points. and pipe sizes. then an extended discharge of CO2 will be required. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact.Section 12 – Typical Applications REV. x 10 ft. and nozzles. x 7 ft. Cabinets may be reasonably “tight’’ or may have loose fitting doors or louver openings. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. x 4 in. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. 1 – Calculation Sheet 001983 12-62 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 2 – Drawing 001984 12-63 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 001985 12-64 . 1/1 001986 12-65 . 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/2 001987 12-66 . 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 1/3 001988 12-67 . 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 001989 12-68 . 5 – Print Out No. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 001990 12-69 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/3 001991 12-70 . 6 – Bill Of Material 001992 12-71 . 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. high. Hazard Transformer vault surface type fire. Items 1 through 6 are for surface protection. node points.With the information on pipe lengths. Discharge nozzles are located around the transformer in order to completely engulf the transformer with CO2. all openings must be sealed. x 5 ft. fittings. he first print out that the T computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. With the information on pipe lengths. All equipment to be shut down at system discharge. Electrical clearances should be maintained in accordance with NFPA 12. A vault with dimensions of 10 ft. doors must fit tightly and ventilation must be shut down. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Transformers may be either set in the open or in vaults. fill in the input form. which only opens by oil pressure during an oil spill..Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. high. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. 8 – Drawing. high.1. 7 – Calculation Sheet. Notice that on the first print out. fill in the input form. x 12 ft. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. Notice that on the first print out. ITEM NO.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. ITEM NO. If egress is difficult. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. x 4 ft. 9 – Hydraulic Input Form. ITEM NO. 12-72 . After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. node points. where it is impractical to flood the room. fractional orifice sizes. Discharge nozzles are located in accordance with UL listings regarding discharge rate. If there is a possibility that a heated transformer core could produce a “deep-seated’’ fire in the insulation. and nozzles. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. x 15 ft. 2. One unclosable opening 2 ft. 2 – Drawing. local application protection. ITEM NO. 10 – Print Out No. whereby the transformer is regarded to be within an assumed volume. ITEM NO. x 12 ft. Transformer in the open. the rate by volume method of design should be employed. All equipment to be shut down at system discharge. from ceiling. Fan in area to be shut down.. Transformers in vaults are treated as surface type total flood hazards. 5 – Print Out No. from all sides of the transformer. are protected by locally applying CO2 using the rate by area method. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. Items 7 through 12 are for deep-seated protection. install a time delay in the discharge piping. Items 13 through 19 are for open. discharge times. Transformer vault deep-seated fire. Any vault floor drains should be provided with a normally closed valve. When the hazard cannot be reduced to equivalent surface areas. then treating the vault as a “deep-seated’’ hazard may be justified. with its center line 3 ft. A vault with dimensions of 10 ft. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. fractional orifice sizes. Transformer size is 4 ft. discharge times. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. This should be determined by consulting with the owners and the authority having jurisdiction. ITEM NO. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. ITEM NO. Transformers located in the open. 4 – Print Out No. 2.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. x 1 ft. with its center line 3 ft. indoor area. 1– Calculation Sheet.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. A diked area has been formed 2 ft. distance and area of coverage. For vault protection. Locate and number all node points and nozzles.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. ITEM NO. 1. and nozzles. from ceiling. Thermal detection is recommended. fittings. x 1 ft. One unclosable opening 2 ft. with the amount of CO2 required being based on this volume. 6 – Bill Of Material. and pipe sizes. 11 – Print Out No. x 15 ft. 16 – Print Out No. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. fittings. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. This second print out shows that the nozzle orifices chosen caused the system flow rate to drop to 85 lbs. 14 – Drawing. 3. fter the nozzle orifices and A pipe sizes have been chosen. ITEM NO. 12-73 . ITEM NO. ITEM NO.5 from the originally chosen code of 7. 2. and nozzles. discharge times. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. 19 – Bill Of Material. 12 – Bill Of Material. he nozzle No. A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 1. Notice that on the first print out. 18 – Print Out No. fractional orifice sizes. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. 102 was T changed to a orifice code of 7. node points. With the information on pipe lengths. 17 – Print Out No.0 and the calculations were rerun.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware.Section 12 – Typical Applications ITEM NO. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. fill in the input form. out the calculation Fill sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. and pipe sizes. per minute which is below the required minimum of 90. 15 – Hydraulic Input Form. This print out shows that the system flow rate is now acceptable. ITEM NO. 13 – Calculation Sheet. omplete a drawing or sketch as C accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1– Calculation Sheet 001993 12-74 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 2 – Drawing 001994 12-75 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 001995 12-76 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 1/1 001996 12-77 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 1/2 001997 12-78 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 2/1 001998 12-79 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 2/2 001999 12-80 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – Bill Of Material 002000 12-81 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 7 – Calculation Sheet 002001 12-82 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – Drawing 002002 12-83 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – Hydraulic Input Form 002003 12-84 . 10 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002004 12-85 . 1/2 002005 12-86 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 10 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – Print Out No. 2/1 002006 12-87 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 11 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002007 12-88 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – Bill Of Material 002008 12-89 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 13 – Calculation Sheet 002009 12-90 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 14 – Drawing 002010 12-91 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 15 – Hydraulic Input Form 002011 12-92 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 16 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002012 12-93 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 16 – Print Out No. 1/2 002013 12-94 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/3 002014 12-95 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 16 – Print Out No. 17 – Print Out No. 2/1 002015 12-96 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 17 – Print Out No. 2/2 002016 12-97 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/3 002017 12-98 . 17 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 18 – Print Out No. 3/1 002018 12-99 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 18 – Print Out No. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/2 002019 12-100 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/3 002020 12-101 . 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. 18 – Print Out No. 19 – Bill Of Material 002021 12-102 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS Item No. Occasionally.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. fill in the input form. Notice that on the first print out. Subfloor airspaces are often used as a plenum for the air handling system. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. and nozzles. in combustible debris accumulated due to poor maintenance. Design concentration must be maintained for a minimum of twenty minutes. Provisions must be made for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present. 6 – Bill Of Material. A 50% design concentration is required for dry electrical fires by NFPA 12.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. If leakage is excessive. 2 – Drawing. FM requires the design concentration be held for a minimum of 30 minutes. Make a complete evaluation of possible leakage sources and add CO2 to compensate. Some CO2 loss will occur through cable openings into the equipment and through perforated tile. an extended discharge system must be considered. ITEM NO. x 1 ft. ITEM NO. discharge times. and pipe sizes. or in the construction material of the subfloor itself. Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning of fire to allow manual release of the CO2 system with thermal detectors used as a backup to allow automatic system release. If a forceful discharge is used to expel the carbon dioxide. The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements. x 50 ft. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NFPA 12. fractional orifice sizes. he first print out that the T computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. the air handling system MUST be shut down. 4 – Print Out No. 1 – Calculation Sheet. it is a good idea to reduce the spacing and increase the quantity of nozzles protecting this area. This can lead to problems meeting the concentrations required. ITEM NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Subfloor fires can occur as deep-seated fires in electrical insulation. ITEM NO. 2. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. A 30% concentration must be achieved within two minutes and design concentration must be reached within seven minutes. Hazard A subfloor having dimensions of 70 ft. This will assist in assuring the necessary CO2 concentrations. tightly dampered and the air handling equipment at full rest BEFORE CO2 system discharge or the CO2 will be rapidly exhausted. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. 12-103 . some of the agent will be lost through openings into the computers and other openings around the area. If the space is used as a plenum. fittings. No unclosable openings. Protection of data processing subfloor spaces can be accomplished with a total flood system. ITEM NO. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 1. drainage is installed in a subfloor area. When protecting a subfloor area.With the information on pipe lengths. Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the subfloor is constructed of combustible material or has contents other than cable. ITEM NO. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. Ventilation to be shut down at system actuation. 5 – Print Out No. node points. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002022 12-104 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 2 – Drawing 002023 12-105 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/1 002024 12-106 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/2 002025 12-107 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/3 002026 12-108 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002027 12-109 . 4 – Print Out No. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 002028 12-110 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 1/3 002029 12-111 . 1/4 002030 12-112 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002031 12-113 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 002032 12-114 . 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/3 002033 12-115 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/4 002034 12-116 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR Item No. 6 – Bill Of Material 002035 12-117 . fill in the input form. Notice that on the first print out. 12-118 . ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No. Objects exposed to the CO2 discharge must be grounded to dissipate possible electrostatic charges (NFPA 77). or ventilating systems which cannot be shut down. fractional orifice sizes.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2. The need for a time delay device should also be addressed. 5 – Print Out No. shall be compensated for by additional carbon dioxide (NFPA 12).1. Hazard A battery storage vault has dimensions of 9 ft. sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. It should be noted that the carbon dioxide system is not an explosion suppression system. 6 – Bill Of Material. so that large amounts of hydrogen are unable to collect. 2 – Drawing. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. The carbon dioxide system must be properly grounded to eliminate any possibility of a spark in an explosive atmosphere. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. node points. Any openings which cannot be closed. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. No unclosable openings. and pipe sizes.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. x 15 ft. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. high. and nozzles. If egress is difficult. Ventilation system must be shut down at discharge. ITEM NO. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. fittings. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Acid type batteries are normally stored and charged in rooms or vaults which have adequate ventilation. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below approved minimums. install time delay in discharge piping. ITEM NO.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. 1 – Calculation Sheet Fill out the calculation . ITEM NO. Photoelectric smoke detection is recommended.With the information on pipe lengths. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. Any small hydrogen fires that result in the vault can be successfully suppressed by injecting a concentration of 75% carbon dioxide. x 8 ft. discharge times. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002036 12-119 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No. 2 – Drawing 002037 12-120 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 002038 12-121 . 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002039 12-122 . 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No. 1/2 002040 12-123 . 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No. 2/1 002041 12-124 . 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 002042 12-125 . 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS Item No. 6 – Bill Of Material 002043 12-126 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. fill in the input form. 1. 2. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. fittings. using a flooding factor of 8 cu. of CO2 (NFPA 12). ITEM NO. x 30 ft. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. but that the discharge rate shall not be less than that required to develop a concentration of 30% in two minutes. 5 – Print Out No. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE The typical document storage room may consist of shelves containing stacks of records and documents. 12-127 .R. NFPA 12 states that the design concentration shall be achieved within seven minutes. ITEM NO. node points.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. ITEM NO. (Per I. Ventilation to shut down at system discharge. or the documents may be in file cabinets or cartons. ft. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. The design concentration must be held for a minimum of twenty minutes. Hazard A record storage room having dimensions of 15 ft. 1 – Calculation Sheet. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. Additional compensating CO2 must be provided for all unclosable openings (NFPA 12). Fire suppression is accomplished by totally flooding the room with a 65% concentration of CO2.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. high. Notice that on the first print out. per lb.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. fractional orifice sizes. 4 – Print Out No. A fire could result in surface burning and internal burning and therefore is considered a “deep-seated” type hazard. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. 6 – Bill Of Material. No unclosable openings. which necessitates a fairly tight enclosure. 2 – Drawing. the minimum is thirty minutes. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums.I. Smoke detection is recommended.) For personnel safety. and nozzles. discharge times. x 11 ft. a time delay device should be included in the system design.With the information on pipe lengths. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002044 12-128 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 2 – Drawing 002045 12-129 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/1 002046 12-130 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/2 002047 12-131 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.1/1 002048 12-132 . 4 – Print Out No.1/2 002049 12-133 . 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 4 – Print Out No.1/3 002050 12-134 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002051 12-135 . 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 2/2 002052 12-136 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/3 002053 12-137 . 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. 6 – Bill Of Material 002054 12-138 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE Item No. ft. ft. ITEM NO. Ventilation to be shut down at system actuation. of CO2 is used. x 10 ft. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS As a typical control room may have most of the room volume taken up with electrical equipment and wiring. fractional orifice sizes. ITEM NO. For volumes greater than 2000 cu. and nozzles. node points. discharge times. This drawing is normally used to secure approval from the local authority. 1. per lb. and pipe sizes. per lb. The design concentration must be held for a minimum of twenty minutes. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. fittings. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. x 32 ft.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. a flooding factor of 12 cu. the room is flooded with a 50% concentration of carbon dioxide. high. 5 – Print Out No. Notice that on the first print out.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. In accordance with NFPA 12. ITEM NO. The volume of the room determines the NFPA 12 flooding factor to be used. ITEM NO.. 6 – Bill Of Material. it is therefore considered a “deep-seated’’ type hazard. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. For personnel safety. Smoke detection is recommended. 7 – Application Drawing. fill in the input form. 12-139 . 3 – Hydraulic Input Form.. Hazard A control room having dimensions of 20 ft. 2 – Drawing. 1 – Calculation Sheet. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. a time delay device should be incorporated in the system design.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. ITEM NO. ft. No unclosable openings. of CO2 is to be used. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. NFPA states that the design concentration shall be achieved within seven minutes.This typical application drawing is an example of the type of drawing which is generated from Ansul Applications Engineering Department. Additional compensating CO2 must be provided for all unclosable openings. For spaces containing a volume up to and including 2000 cu. ITEM NO.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. ft. 2. a flooding factor of 10 cu. 4 – Print Out No.With the information on pipe lengths. but that the discharge rate shall not be less than that required to develop a concentration of 30% in two minutes. ITEM NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002055 12-140 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 2 – Drawing 002056 12-141 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 002057 12-142 . 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 1/1 002058 12-143 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 1/2 002059 12-144 . 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 1/3 002060 12-145 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002061 12-146 . 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 002062 12-147 . 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/3 002063 12-148 . 5 – Print Out No. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 6 – Bill Of Material 002064 12-149 . 1 NOTES: 12-150 .Section 12 – Typical Applications REV. 1 .12-150. In this case though. The quantity of carbon dioxide required is determined by calculating the total floor area and utilizing UL listed nozzles. an error message was shown on the computer screen stating that the pipe sizes are too small for the orifice codes chosen. wide x 20 ft. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. With the information on pipe lengths. long x 8 ft. ITEM NO. deep and partially covered. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. fractional orifice sizes.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. 6 – Bill Of Material. 13 – Print Out No. deep. fittings. Notice that on the first print out. 12-151 . Thermal detection is recommended. wide x 12 ft. 2 – Drawing. node points. ITEM NO. of floor area and calculated for a minimum of a 30 second discharge. so that the open area is less than 3% of the cubic foot volume expressed in square feet. and pipe sizes. and pipe sizes. fill in the input form.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. deep. using the rate by area method of calculation. System is to be local application.ft. 2.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. ITEM NO. 3. discharge times. long x 8 ft.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. discharge times. Any leakage from the open area should be compensated for by adding one pound per square foot of opening. ITEM NO. Items 7 through 14 are for local application protection for pit “B”. 2. Hazard Example A – Pit is 8 ft. It may also be necessary to locate nozzles in the center of the pit to provide complete coverage. 9 – Hydraulic Input Form. The discharge time must be a minimum of 30 seconds.25 lbs. ITEM NO. Notice that on the first print out. wide x 15 ft.With the information on pipe lengths. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. after this input. Open pits greater than 4 ft. fittings. using a factor of . The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. Open top pits should have nozzles located slightly above the two-thirds level above the pit floor. and that if liquid is present. node points. and nozzles. ITEM NO. After the second print out ran successfully.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware.2 m) and not exceeding a depth equal to one quarter of the width. (four solid walls). It is now necessary to increase the pipe sizes and rerun the calculation. System is to be local application. 4 – Print Out No. Items 1 through 6 are for local application protection for pit “A’’.9 ft. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. ITEM NO. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly.2 m) in depth and with a depth not exceeding one quarter its width. ITEM NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Open top pits containing lube oil pumps and motors. 5 – Print Out No.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. provided the nozzle listings are not exceeded. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. ITEM NO. 10 – Print Out No.After the error message was received from the computer./min. 1. ITEM NO. long x 3. then the quantity of CO2 required may be calculated on a total flood basis. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. may be protected on the basis of 4 lbs. Example C – Pit is 12 ft. 11 – Hydraulic Input. 1 – Calculation Sheet.ft. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. Refer to NFPA-12 Appendix B for additional guidance on protection for lube oil pits.1. there is no danger of splashing./cu. (1. and nozzles. The following designs are based on NFPA 12. The area which is not covered is 6 ft. 12 – Print Out No. fill in the input form. ITEM NO. If the pit has a partial covering of solid plate./sq. fractional orifice sizes. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. the nominal orifice codes were chosen and the final calculation was run to determine the system will function properly. The system is to be total flood. ITEM NO. Items 15 through 20 are for total flooding protection for pit “C”. should be protected as a local application type hazard. up to a depth of 4 ft. 7 – Calculation Sheet. ITEM NO. 8 – Drawing. (1. x 3 ft. the pipe sizes were increased and the computer was left to choose the nozzle codes again. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. Example B – Pit is 10 ft. he first print out that the T computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. fractional orifice sizes. discharge times. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 19 – Print Out No. 16 – Drawing. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. Notice that on the first print out. With the information on pipe lengths. fill in the input form. A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 17 – Hydraulic Input Form. 2. 12-152 . bill of material should be A generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. node points. ITEM NO. ITEM NO.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. ITEM NO. and nozzles. 18 – Print Out No. 1. 20 – Bill Of Material.Section 12 – Typical Applications ITEM NO. ill out the calculation F sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. 14 – Bill Of Material. omplete a drawing or sketch as C accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. 15 – Calculation Sheet. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. fittings. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002066 12-153 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 2 – Drawing 002067 12-154 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 002068 12-155 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 002069 12-156 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002070 12-157 . 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 002071 12-158 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/3 002072 12-159 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002073 12-160 . 5 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 002074 12-161 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 2/3 002075 12-162 . 5 – Print Out No. 6 – Bill Of Material 002076 12-163 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – Calculation Sheet 002077 12-164 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 8 – Drawing 002078 12-165 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 9 – Hydraulic Input Form 002079 12-166 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 10 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.1/1 0020780 12-167 . 1/2 002081 12-168 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 10 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.1/3 002082 12-169 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – Print Out No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – Hydraulic Input 002083 12-170 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 2/1 002084 12-171 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.12 – Print Out No. 2/2 002085 12-172 .12 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 2/3 002086 12-173 .12 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 13 – Print Out No. 3/1 002087 12-174 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 3/2 002088 12-175 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 3/3 002089 12-176 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 14 – Bill Of Material 002090 12-177 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 15 – Calculation Sheet 002091 12-178 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 16 – Drawing 002092 12-179 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.17 – Hydraulic Input Form 002093 12-180 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 18 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 1/1 002094 12-181 . 18 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 1/2 002095 12-182 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO.19 – Print Out No. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 2/1 002096 12-183 . 19 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002097 12-184 . 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS Item No. 20 – Bill Of Material 002098 12-185 . If an electrical fault occurs which can cause a deep seated type fire in the electrical insulation. ITEM NO.1. ITEM NO. 7 – Print Out No. A reserve bank of cylinders is normally required as a common back-up.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. Items 1 through 9 are for protection of the recirculating generator. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. fractional orifice sizes. 9 – Bill Of Material. x 8 ft. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) RECIRCULATING TYPE – Turbine generators are generally of the enclosed recirculating type. fill in the input form.The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. 6 in. and a pit of 13 ft. fittings.) Multiple generators can be protected with CO2 by use of selector valves in conjunction with a common bank of cylinders. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NFPA 12. ITEM NO. Notice that on the first print out. ITEM NO. and nozzles.The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. fill in the input form. x 6 ft. A minimum concentration of 30% must be maintained throughout the deceleration period but for not less than twenty minutes. and pipe sizes. This cylinder group provides an extended discharge of CO2 for the generator deceleration period in order to maintain an inert atmosphere within the enclosure. 10 – Calculation Sheet. 12– Hydraulic Input Form.1. With the information on pipe lengths. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. 2. omplete a drawing or sketch as C accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. ITEM NO. (Note: Factory Mutual requires a 30% concentration in one minute. 2. ITEM NO. Locate and number all node points and nozzles.This hydraulic input form is required to calculate the extended discharge portion of the system. node points. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. x 7 ft. 2 – Drawing. ITEM NO. the resultant fire can be completely suppressed with carbon dioxide. Generator is a recirculating type with a deceleration period of twenty minutes. fittings. 5 – Print Out No. Items 10 through 18 are for protection of the non-recirculating generator. 1 – Calculation Sheet. and nozzles. Hazard Generator housing having dimensions of 14 ft. 8 – Print Out No. 4 in. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. Notice that on the first print out.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form. One group of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles to give an initial high rate of discharge.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. No unclosable openings. This discharge rate shall be such as to achieve a 30% concentration of CO2 within two minutes. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. (Refer to NFPA 12. 12-186 . ITEM NO. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 4 – Print Out No. discharge times. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. ITEM NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form. discharge times. This is accomplished by total flooding the enclosure with a carbon dioxide fixed fire suppression system. with the design concentration to be achieved within seven minutes. The CO2 system normally consists of a two pipe system. NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE – These generators are protected in the same manner as the recirculating type except that 35% must be added to the gas requirement for the extended discharge as determined from NFPA 12. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. 11 – Drawing. which addresses the fire protection of rotating electrical equipment.) A second group of cylinders is discharged simultaneously at a much slower rate through a separate network of pipe and nozzles. With the information on pipe lengths. x 8 ft. node points. fractional orifice sizes.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. 1. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. 12-187 . Notice that on the first print out. fractional orifice sizes. 15 – Hydraulic Input Form.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. fter the nozzle orifices and A pipe sizes have been chosen. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. and pipe sizes. 14 – Print Out No. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. 2. his hydraulic input T form is required to calculate the extended discharge portion of the system. discharge times. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. fractional orifice sizes. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. 1. fter the nozzle orifices and A pipe sizes have been chosen. and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first print out. ITEM NO. 2. 16 – Print Out No. 17 – Print Out No. discharge times. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. 18 – Bill Of Material. 13 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications ITEM NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet 002099 12-188 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 2 – Drawing 002100 12-189 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 002101 12-190 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002102 12-191 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/2 002103 12-192 . 4 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2/1 002104 12-193 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 5 – Print Out No. 2/2 002105 12-194 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form 002106 12-195 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/1 002107 12-196 . 7 – Print Out No. 1/2 002108 12-197 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002109 12-198 . 8 – Print Out No. 8 – Print Out No. 2/2 002110 12-199 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – Bill Of Material 002111 12-200 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – Calculation Sheet 002112 12-201 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 11 – Drawing 002113 12-202 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form 002114 12-203 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 1/1 002115 12-204 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 1/2 002115 12-205 . 13 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/1 002116 12-206 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 14 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002117 12-207 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 14 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 15 – Hydraulic Input Form 002118 12-208 . 1/1 002119 12-209 . 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 16 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 1/2 002120 12-210 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 16 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 2/1 002121 12-211 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 17 – Print Out No. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 2/2 002122 12-212 . 17 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATING AND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE) Item No. 18 – Bill Of Material 002123 12-213 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. The second method of protecting this hazard would be to design the system based upon Local Application Rate by Volume. Total flooding with the hood in the down position. A fire condition exists when these controls fail. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. from the top of the hood. Many fires involving these cooking appliances start when the hood is in the up position for maintenance or when the operator opens the hood in the event of a fire. and exhaust fans be shut down and a damper in the exhaust dust be allowed to close. This will usually be the most costly method of protection.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. The three types of design approaches to be considered are: 1. Hazard A potato chip fryer has dimensions of 12 ft. Items 10 through 17 are protection for hood up. x 4 ft. x 4 ft. In this case the fryer is protected by the same Total Flooding system as utilized in the first method and is also protected by a Local Application system designed to cover the liquid surface when the hood is in the up position. which is the auto-ignition point of the oil. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. In these cases the system is useless. x 9 in. This method will put all of the nozzles on the hood and is designed per NFPA 12 to cover an area approximately 2 ft.. including local application. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form.) All three designs also include a local application system for the drainboard and pump. 2. an extended discharge of CO2 for a minimum period of three minutes is required to allow for sufficient cooling of the oil and heated metal surfaces. x 3 ft. There are conveyor openings at both ends. The cooking oil is generally at a temperature of 350 °F to 400 °F (177 °C to 204 °C) and is maintained by thermostatic controls. Even though this system employs two separate systems it is usually more cost effective than the Local Application Rate by Volume system. x 4 ft. A telescoping exhaust duct exits from the top of the hood. and nozzles. A combination system from either hood up or hood down. A drainboard is at the exit end having dimensions of 12 ft. node points. the interconnecting of the CO2 hood piping is by means of a looped section of high pressure CO2 hose. The roof fan housing measures 5 ft. This is the least reliable method as it requires the hood to be in the down position to be effective. Item 9 is a bill of materials for the hood down system and the drain board system. 3. measuring 18 in. This discussion will concern itself only with the rectangular type fryer with an elevating hood and exhaust system. each 2 ft. x 3 ft. when the hood is down during the frying operation.With the information on pipe lengths. It is essential that prior to the CO2 discharge all fuel supplies. (. ITEM NO.6m) above and on each side of the fryer). Items 6 through 8 are protection for the drain board. 2 – Drawing. Items 1 through 5 are protection for the hood in the down position only. diameter x 40 ft. Since the hood and a section of the duct is capable of being raised or lowered. heaters. 6 in. This may be employed if the fryer is a relatively small hazard. The first method of protection would consist of Total Flooding Protection of the hood only when it is in the down position. There is an adjacent cooking oil pump having a dimension of 3 ft.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. with the centerline 2 ft. 12-214 The third method of protection is Local Application Rate by Area in conjunction with Total Flood protection. With a carbon dioxide system. 1 – Calculation Sheet. Several configurations of cooking fryers exist. in total length. allowing the temperature of the oil to rise above 700 °F (371 °C). ITEM NO. The Local Application nozzles are positioned just outside of the hood and even with the bottom of the hood when it is in the up position. rate by volume. local application rate by area if the hood is up. equipment. x 2 ft. . (. We would recommend this method be employed only if the owner and the Authority Having Jurisdiction are willing to sign a waiver stating that the fryer will only be protected when the hood is in the down position. fill in the input form. Items 18 through 23 are protection for the hood in either the up or down position. Rate by volume local application with the hood up (entire volume will include fryer plus 2 ft. (Total flooding if the hood is down. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Many types of foods are prepared by deep fat frying in oil contained in large industrial type fryers. Both systems will discharge simultaneously so that the hazard is protected regardless of the position of the hood. fittings. ITEM NO.6 m) outside the fryer on all sides and the top. the pipe sizes were increased and the computer was left to choose the nozzle codes again. fill in the input form. 12-215 . after this input. ITEM NO. 16 – Print Out No.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. 1. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. 14 – Hydraulic Input. 5 – Print Out No. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 17 – Bill Of Material. 13 – Print Out No. fill in the input form. and pipe sizes. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. and nozzles. ITEM NO. discharge times. 7 – Print Out No. ITEM NO. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form.Section 12 – Typical Applications ITEM NO. ITEM NO. In this case though. Notice that on the first print out. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. (Drain board) After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen.(Drain board) With the information on pipe lengths. the nominal orifice codes were chosen and the final calculation was run to determine the system will function properly. With the information on pipe lengths.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. fittings. ITEM NO. 1. 4 – Print Out No. 1. fill in the input form for the drain board system. fractional orifice sizes. and pipe sizes. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 15 – Print Out No. ITEM NO. discharge times. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. 11 – Drawing. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form. node points. ITEM NO. fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. 18 – Calculation Sheet. node points. Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings.With the information on pipe lengths.Fill out the calculation sheet with the information required to determine flow rate and total quantity of agent.After the error message was received from the computer.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. 3.After the nozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen. discharge times. fractional orifice sizes. ITEM NO. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. and pipe sizes. 10 – Calculation Sheet. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. he first print out that the T computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. an error message was shown on the computer screen stating that the pipe sizes are too small for the orifice codes chosen. Notice that on the first print out. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. ITEM NO. and nozzles. ITEM NO. node points. ITEM NO. and pipe sizes. ITEM NO. 2. 2. 19 – Drawing.1. After the second print out ran successfully. 8 – Print Out No. and nozzles. 2. Notice that on the first print out. Drain board) The first print ( out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. It is now necessary to increase the pipe sizes and rerun the calculation. 20 – Hydraulic Input Form. Locate and number all node points and nozzles. 21 – Print Out No. It is necessary at this point to choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and reinput the hydraulic calculations to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below the approved minimums. ITEM NO. fractional orifice sizes. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. ITEM NO. The first print out that the computer program runs will indicate nozzle codes. 22 – Print Out No. Notice that on the first print out. 2.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 23 – Bill Of Material.Complete a drawing or sketch as accurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and number of fittings. ITEM NO. discharge times. the second computer print out will verify that the system will function properly. the nozzle codes generated by the computer are given in exact. fittings.A bill of material should be generated to show the complete list of all required hardware. 9 – Bill Of Material. fittings. 1 – Calculation Sheet/1 002124 12-216 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1 – Calculation Sheet/2 002125 12-217 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2 – Drawing 002126 12-218 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 002127 12-219 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/1 002128 12-220 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 4 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/2 002129 12-221 . 5 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/1 002130 12-222 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002131 12-223 . 5 – Print Out No. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 002132 12-224 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 002133 12-225 . 1/1 002134 12-226 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 7 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 7 – Print Out No. 1/2 002135 12-227 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 7 – Print Out No. 1/3 002136 12-228 . 8 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/1 002137 12-229 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002138 12-230 . 8 – Print Out No. 8 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/3 002139 12-231 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 9 – Bill Of Material 002140 12-232 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 10 – Calculation Sheet/1 002141 12-233 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 10 – Calculation Sheet/2 002142 12-234 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 11 – Drawing 002143 12-235 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 002144 12-236 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 002145 12-237 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form/3 002146 12-238 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – Hydraulic Input Form/4 002147 12-239 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/1 002148 12-240 . 13 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/2 002149 12-241 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 1/3 002150 12-242 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 1/4 002151 12-243 . 13 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 13 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/5 002152 12-244 . 14 – Hydraulic Input/1 002153 12-245 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 14 – Hydraulic Input/2 002154 12-246 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 15 – Print Out No. 2/1 002155 12-247 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 15 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/2 002156 12-248 . 2/3 002157 12-249 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 15 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 15 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 2/4 002158 12-250 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 15 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/5 002159 12-251 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 16 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/1 002160 12-252 . 3/2 002161 12-253 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 16 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 3/3 002162 12-254 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 16 – Print Out No. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 3/4 002163 12-255 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 16 – Print Out No. 3/5 002164 12-256 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 16 – Print Out No. 17 –Bill Of Material/1 002165 12-257 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 17 –Bill Of Material/2 002166 12-258 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 18 – Calculation Sheet/1 002167 12-259 . 18 – Calculation Sheet/2 002168 12-260 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 19 – Drawing 002169 12-261 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 20 – Hydraulic Input Form/1 002170 12-262 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 20 – Hydraulic Input Form/2 002171 12-263 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 21 – Print Out No. 1/1 002172 12-264 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/2 002173 12-265 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 21 – Print Out No. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 1/3 002174 12-266 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 21 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 22 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/1 002175 12-267 . Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/2 002176 12-268 . 22 – Print Out No. 22 – Print Out No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. 2/3 002177 12-269 . 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No.Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 23 – Bill Of Material/1 002178 12-270 . 23 – Bill Of Material/2 002179 12-271 .Section 12 – Typical Applications EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER Item No. Section 12 – Typical Applications NOTES: 12-272 . ANSUL ® PROPOSAL INFORMATION CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 001061 . If ceiling has exposed beams. Contents of space ____________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Also answer applicable questions on “Check List for Total Flooding”. Use space provided for sketches. show size and arrangement on sketch. 4. GENERAL INFORMATION PROSPECT’S NAME ______________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS ______________________________________________________________________________________________ PERSON CONTACTED ______________________________________________ TITLE ________________________________ QUOTATION ADDRESSED TO ________________________________________ TITLE ________________________________ DISTRIBUTOR ____________________________________________________ ADDRESS ____________________________ ORIGINAL TO BE MAILED TO: APPROVAL REQUIRED BY □ IRI □ CUSTOMER □ FM □ DISTRIBUTOR □ Fire Dept. it is necessary to give us ALL the information asked for in this form. Name of space ______________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Then fill out the section which pertains to the hazard under consideration. If “no” how many switches are required? ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2 . Show location of hazards with regard to their relation to each other if two or more are to be protected. Can all electric equipment be shut down with one switch? □ Yes □ No. Show space available for cylinders and specify distance from hazard. 6. TOTAL FLOODING CHECKLIST 1. Electrical equipment to be shut down: Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ______________ Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ______________ 7. wide X ________ ft. and “Hose Reels”. Is ceiling □ Flat □ Sloped □ Peaked 5. ________ in. ________ in. ________ in. □ SALESMAN Other __________________ HAZARD _______________________________________________________________________________________________ TYPE OF SYSTEM: □ Manual □ Automatic □ Rate of Rise □ Fixed Temperature Electric □ Photoelectric PREFERRED TYPE OF AUTOMATIC: □ IONIZATION TYPE OF MANUAL: CONNECTED RESERVE: SPARE CYLINDERS: □ Other Detection – Type_____________________________________________________________ □ Local Control □ Yes □ Yes □ No □ No ALARM REQUIRED: □ Bell □ Siren □ Remote Control Blueprints or sketch to scale showing size and detail of hazards must be sent with proposal. Show location of remote manual controls. Fill out the General Information first. Size of space: ________ ft.Submitted by _______________________________________ Date __________________ Due Date ____________________ In order to expedite the processing of system proposals. Iong X ________ ft. “Local Application”. “Rotating Electrical Equipment”. high. Flammable material: □ Lacquer □ Paint □ Varnish □ Oil □ Other If lacquer. Iong X ________ ft. Are people working in hazard? □ Yes □ No LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST Hazard to be protected – Check appropriate box. other openings. 4. Number. ________ in. Booth opening: ________ ft. can dampers be installed? □ Yes □ No. wide. wide X ________ ft. type of heating: □ Gas □ Electric □ Steam 12. Maximum _________°F. □ Mixing tank: ________ ft. specify: _____________________________________________________________________________________ 10. ________ in. Operating temperature: _________°F. □ Quench tank: ________ft. ________ in. diameter ________ ft. Are ducts equipped with dampers? □ Yes □ No. Name and dimensions of equipment dipped or quenched: ______________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 9. Indicate whether normally open or normally closed and indicate if they can be arranged for automatic closing. wide. ________ in. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. Iong X ________ ft. with ________ in. with ________ in. Method of ventilation: □ Forced. If hazard is an oven. Coating machine: a. (See Question 12) 6. ________ in. 5. specify type ______________________________ If other. Iong X ________ ft. size and location of all intake and exhaust ducts on sketch. □ Natural. wide X ________ ft. high. what is the height of top of material above tank or drainboard.TOTAL FLOODING CHECKLIST (Continued) 8. Describe coating process: _____________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 7. □ Drainboard: ________ft. Minimum 11. Iong X ________ ft. If “no”. □ Dip tank: ________ft. ________ in. Material coated □ One Side Only. ________ in. 1. c. high. 9. On sketch show number. (Show on sketch. freeboard. high. ________ in. windows. size and location of all doors. wide. ________in. freeboard. □ Spray booth: ________ft. NOTE: It is Ansul policy to shut down or damper ventilation equipment prior to the discharge of carbon dioxide. ________ in. If material is dipped by conveyor or is drained over tank. If “forced”. ________ in. wide. ________ in. Coated material is ________ft.) 11. specify and provide MSDS _____________________ 8. ________ in. Are there baffles or structures across dip or quench tanks that will affect nozzle location? Describe: ____________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3 . 2. 3. diameter and width of coating rolls _______________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ b. 10. locate number. ________ in. or □ Both Sides d. How is material dipped? □ Hand □ Conveyor □ Hoist □ Other Motor Driven If other. Do tanks have □ Yes □ Bolted Covers. 13. Type of heating equipment: □ Gas □ Steam □ Electric ________Volts ________Amps b. For range hoods. Electrical equipment to be shut down: Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ________________ Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ________________ 15. answer the following questions: a. DUCT GIVE LOCATION AND DESIGNATIONS FRYER LIQUID SURFACE b. how many switches are required?_______________________ 16. Can all electrical equipment be shut down with one switch? □ Yes □ No If “no”. etc.LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST (Continued) 12. 18. If “no”. Auxiliary cooking surfaces sizes □ YES □ Total Flood Only L ____________ L ____________ L ____________ W ____________ W ____________ W ____________ 4 . Fill in dimensions or make sketch. Maximum operating temperature ________ °F. vent lines. does hood raise: If yes. 14. can dampers be installed? □ Yes □ No 17. specify type of protection required c. Fryer size (container only) L ____________ L ____________ W ____________ W ____________ □ NO □ Total Flood and Local Application 001062 If industrial fryer. Ceiling height of room in which hazard is located: __________ ft. Are ducts equipped with dampers? □ Yes □ No. size and location of all intake and exhaust ducts on sketch. If heating equipment is involved: a. Indicate size and location of all openings (hatches. locate number.) on sketch. Method of ventilation: □ Forced □ Natural If forced. supply the following information: a. fill lines. If hazard is mixing or storage tank. __________ in. Are tanks closed? b. or □ No □ Hinged Covers c. Size of cover _______________________________________________________________________________________ d. 3. complete drawings or dimensioned sketches must be furnished. If electric powered: e. Control type: Quantity ____________ □ Remote Manual □ Electric □ Local Manual 4. On overall sketch. no pits or ducts) b. Decelerating time for machine to stop without braking is ____________________ minutes. □ Self-contained recirculating (i. Voltage available for electric system: ______________________ 3. 19. Static air volume of machine is ____________________ cubic feet. fire damper(s).. ROTATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST 1. If gas powered: Volts ____________ Amps ____________ Gas Iine size ____________ f. HOSE REEL CHECKLIST 1.e. sits over pit) c. Length of hose required ____________________ 5 .LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST (Continued) d... □ Non-recirculating (i.e.e. □ Closed recirculating (i. show approximate locations of cylinders. air passes in and out) 4. exhaust fan(s). For protection of all hazards not covered by the above questions. Type of machine to be protected: □ Generator □ Converter □ Motor □ AC □ DC 2. Size and quantity of cylinders required Size ____________ lb. remote actuator(s). Is machine: a. Type hazard to be protected 2. Scale: 1 square equals______________________ 6 . Scale: 1 square equals______________________ 7 . Scale: 1 square equals______________________ Form No. MARINETTE.S. ONE STANTON STREET. WI 54143-2542 1995 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. F-94148 ANSUL INCORPORATED. .A. • When bolting components together. nuts. 1 2 Part Description Weigh Rail Support Weigh Rail Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Upright (For Either Right Or Left Side) Backframe Assembly Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Carriage Bolt With Nut 10 in.4 kg) Cylinders Cylinder Clamp Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Bracket Foot – Right Side Bracket Foot – Left Side Connector – Required For Attaching Back Frames Together For Seven Or More Cylinders Center Upright – Required With Weigh Rail Assembly Of Seven Or More Cylinders In A Row Center Upright Foot No. – Backframe Connector to Backframe – two 1 1/2 in. ANSUL INCORPORATED. use the following size bolts. (3. flatwasher. (25 cm) Long – For 50 lb. (34 kg) Cylinders 12 in. flatwasher. flatwashers. flatwashers. (3.2 cm) clearance holes required). and lockwashers (15/32 in.5 in.4 cm) clearance hole required). 7 8 9 10 73256 11 418508 ANSUL is a registered trademark. backframes.8 cm) x 7/16 in. ONE STANTON STREET. (1. (45.2 cm) clearance holes required). F-9127-1 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. – Bracket Foot to Upright – two 1 1/2 in.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Installation Parts List for Single Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Item No.8 cm) x 7/16 in.7 kg) Cylinders 10. diameter bolts. and lockwashers (15/32 in. 71683 – 73266 73267 73268 73269 73270 73257 – 79638 79639 79640 79641 79642 – 73250 11 9 1 2 3 10 3 4 4 5 6 7 5 73251 73252 – 73091 73092 73554 73553 79413 8 6 002182 Note: • Some drilling required for assembly of feet. diameter bolts.8 cm) x 7/16 diameter bolts. nut. (27 cm) Long – For 75 lb. and weigh rails. (6. (22. nuts. and lockwasher (15/32 in. diameter bolt. (1. (1. nuts.8 cm) x 7/16 in. flatwashers. and lockwashers. (3. (31 cm) Long – For 100 lb. flatwashers.2 cm) clearance hole required).S.A.4 cm) x 1/2 in. . and lockwasher (9/16 in. MARINETTE. (1. nuts. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. – Weigh Rail to Weigh Rail Support – one 1 1/2 in. (3. nut. and lockwashers: – Backframe to Upright – one 2 1/2 in. diameter bolt. – Weigh Rail Support to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. (45. (34 kg) Cylinders 22 in. nut. nut. (1.2 cm) clearance holes required). flatwashers.8 cm) x 7/16 in. • When bolting components together.8 cm) x 7/16 in. nuts. use the following size bolts. and lockwashers (15/32 in. ONE STANTON STREET. (3. and lockwasher (15/32 in. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. . flatwashers. nuts. diameter bolt.S.7 kg) Cylinders 20. (51 cm) Long – For 50 lb. – Weigh Rail to Weigh Rail Support – one 1 1/2 in. flatwasher. (1.A.2 cm) clearance holes required). backframes. 7 8 9 10 73256 11 418508 ANSUL is a registered trademark. and lockwashers (15/32 in. flatwashers. – Bracket Foot to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. (6.4 kg) Cylinders Cylinder Clamp Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Bracket Foot – Right Side Bracket Foot – Left Side Connector – Required For Attaching Back Frames Together For Seven Or More Cylinders Center Upright – Required With Weigh Rail Assembly Of Seven Or More Cylinders In A Row Center Upright Foot No. – Backframe Connector to Backframe – two 1 1/2 in. 71682 – 73266 73267 73268 73269 73270 73257 – 79638 79639 79640 79641 79642 – 73253 73254 73255 – 73091 73092 73556 73555 79413 002183 1 2 10 3 3 4 4 9 5 6 7 5 11 8 6 Note: • Some drilling required for assembly of feet.4 cm) x 1/2 in. (1. and lockwashers: – Backframe to Upright – one 2 1/2 in.8 cm) x 7/16 in. – Weigh Rail Support to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. (3. (1.2 cm) clearance hole required). (22. flatwashers. flatwasher.5 in. (64 cm) Long – For 100 lb. F-9128-1 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. and lockwasher (9/16 in. diameter bolts. nuts. and lockwashers. diameter bolts. and weigh rails.8 cm) x 7/16 diameter bolts. MARINETTE. diameter bolt. (52 cm) Long – For 75 lb.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Installation Parts List for Double Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Item No. (3. ANSUL INCORPORATED. 1 2 Part Description Weigh Rail Support Weigh Rail Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Upright (For Either Right Or Left Side) Backframe Assembly Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Carriage Bolt With Nut 30 in. (3.4 cm) clearance hole required). nuts. – Weigh Rail to Weigh Rail Support – one 1 1/2 in.8 cm) x 7/16 in. (3. – Bracket Foot to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. and lockwashers: – Backframe to Upright – one 2 1/2 in.4 cm) clearance hole required). (3.8 cm) x 7/16 diameter bolts. and lockwasher (9/16 in. and lockwashers. diameter bolts. flatwashers. • When bolting components together. nuts. F-9129-1 ©1996 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. and lockwasher (15/32 in.A.4 cm) x 1/2 in.7 kg) Cylinders 10. (25 cm) Long – For 50 lb. 1 2 Part Description Weigh Rail Support Weigh Rail Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Upright (For Either Right Or Left Side) Backframe Assembly Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Four Cylinders Five Cylinders Six Cylinders Carriage Bolt With Nut 10 in. (3. and weigh rails. and lockwashers (15/32 in. flatwashers. (3. (34 kg) Cylinders 12 in. (1. flatwashers.2 cm) clearance holes required). WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No.4 kg) Cylinders Cylinder Clamp Two Cylinders Three Cylinders Bracket Foot – Right Side Bracket Foot – Left Side Connector – Required For Attaching Back Frames Together For Seven Or More Cylinders Center Upright – Required With Weigh Rail Assembly Of Seven Or More Cylinders In A Row Center Upright Foot No. (45. (27 cm) Long – For 75 lb. MARINETTE. (1. . nuts. ANSUL INCORPORATED. (31 cm) Long – For 100 lb. 7 8 9 10 73256 11 418508 ANSUL is a registered trademark. ONE STANTON STREET. flatwasher. nut. diameter bolts. – Weigh Rail Support to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. – Backframe Connector to Backframe – two 1 1/2 in. 1 71684 – 73266 73267 73268 73269 73270 73257 – 79638 79639 79640 79641 79642 – 73250 11 9 5 6 2 10 3 3 4 4 7 5 73251 73252 – 73091 73092 73554 73553 79413 8 6 002184 Note: • Some drilling required for assembly of feet. use the following size bolts.ANSUL Carbon Dioxide System Installation Parts List for Back To Back Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail Item No.8 cm) x 7/16 in. and lockwashers (15/32 in. (1. nuts. nuts. nut.5 in. flatwasher. diameter bolt.S. flatwashers.8 cm) x 7/16 in.2 cm) clearance holes required). (22. diameter bolt. (6. (1.2 cm) clearance hole required). backframes. ANSUL CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM PARTS LIST 21 22 28 23 19 24 27 25 26 20 18 11 10 12 CV90 CYLINDER VALVE 13 1 14 2* 3* 4 8 7 6 5 *Note: All valves manufactured after March 1995 do not have a removable ball and spring.103 in. Cross Section Plunger Actuation Insert Spanner Wrench (not shown) Cap Shipping (Top and Fill Part) – Not Shown Safety Shipping Cap – Not Shown PART NO.A. DESCRIPTION CV90 Valve Shipping Assembly Body Ball Spring Pipe Plug Safety Nut Safety Disc Safety Washer Main Seal Kit Shipping Assembly Stem Assembly Spring Seal Set Screw Recoil Seat Valve Inlet Seat Pressure Release Plug Gasket Spring Stop Reconditioning Kit Shipping Assembly Spring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring O-Ring – . – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ANSUL is a registered trademark. NO. Cross Section O-Ring – .070 in.8 – 33. 5) must be installed within 290-300 in. 16 15 17 9 002185 FIG. Note: Safety nut (Item No. F-91122-2 ©1998 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U. 79075 417511 40018 42409 42411 77366 45010 45011 415251 79972 79389 79133 79401 79390 79391 42412 42394 41447 79131 415250 79082 79627 79626 79625 11873 79623 79624 79392 79394 415252 77726 73066 ANSUL INCORPORATED. . ONE STANTON STREET.S. WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. (32. MARINETTE. lbs.9 Nm) of torque.
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.